CERTAIN IMPROVEMENTS IN MACHINERY FOR MAKING BOBBIN NET LACE, FOR THE PURPOSE OF PRODUCING CERTAIN KINDS OF ORNAMENTED BOBBIN NET LACE AND OTHER FABRICS, BY AID OF THE IMPROVEMENTS, WHICH ARE IN PART APPLICABLE TO MACHINERY CONSTRUCTED ACCORDING TO MY FORMER IMPROVE- MENTS, FOR WHICH TWO SEVERAL LETTERS PATENT WERE GRANTED TO ME ON THE EIGHTH DAY OF DECEMBER, ONE THOUSAND EIGHT HUNDRED AND THIRTY-TWO, AND OTHER LETTERS PATENT ON THE TWELFTH DAY OF FEBRUARY, ONE THANDT AND
Year: 1836

page_text: TO ALL TO WHOM THESE PRESENTS SHALL COME, I, THOM A
ALCOCK, of the Parish of Claines, in the County of Worcester, Lace
Manufacturer, send greeting.
WHEREAS I did by petition humbly represent unto His most Excellent
Majesty King William the Fourth, that after considerable application and
expence I had invented "CERTAIN IMPROVEMENTS IN MACHINERY FOR MAKING
BOBBIN NET LACE, FOR THE PURPOSE OF PRODUCING CERTAIN KINDS OF ORNAMENTED
BOBBIN NET LACE AND OTHER FABRICS, BY AID OF THE IMPROVEMENTS, WHICH ARE IN
PART APPLICABLE TO MACHINERY CONSTRUCTED ACCORDING TO MY FORMER IMPROVE-
MENTS, FOR WHICH TWO SEVERAL LETTERS PATENT WERE GRANTED TO ME ON THE EIGHTH
DAY OF DECEMBER, ONE THOUSAND EIGHT HUNDRED AND THIRTY-TWO, AND OTHER
LETTERS PATENT ON THE TWELFTH DAY OF FEBRUARY, ONE THOUSAND EIGHT HUNDRED
AND THIRTY-FIVE;" and His said Majesty, being willing to give encouragement to
all arts and inventions which may be for the public good, was graciously
pleased, by His Royal Letters Patent under the Great Seal of the United
Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland, bearing date at Westminster, the
Seventeenth of March last (One thousand eight hundred and thirty-six), in the
sixth year of His reign, for Himself, His heirs and successors, to give and
grant unto me, tho said Thomas Alcock, my executors, administrators, and
assigns, His especial licence, full power, sole privilege and authority, that I
or they, by myself or themselves, or by my or their deputies, servants, or
agents, or such others as I or they should agree with (and no others), during
the term of fourteen years from the date of the said Letters Patent, should
and lawfully might make, use, exercise, and vend my said Invention within

page_text: that part of His said Majesty's Dominions called England, His Dominion of
Wales, and Town of Berwick-upon-Tweed, and also in all His Majesty's
Colonies and Plantations abroad, in such manner as to me, my executors,
administrators, and assigns, shall seem meet, and as that I or they shall enjoy
the whole profit and advantage arising by reason of the said Invention during
the said term of fourteen years, and for that end His said Majesty requires
and strictly commands all His subjects whatsoever that they shall not, neither
directly nor indirectly, make, use, or put into practice my said Invention,
or any part thereof, nor in any wise counterfeit, imitate, or resemble the
same, nor make any addition thereto or subtraction therefrom, whereby to
pretend himself or themselves to be the inventor or inventors thereof; and
whereas the said Letters Patent contain a proviso, obliging me, the said
Thomas Alcock, particularly to describe and ascertain the nature of my said
Invention, and in what manner the same is to be performed, by an instrument
in writing under my hand and seal, and to cause the same to be inrolled in His
Majesty's High Court of Chancery within six calendar months next and
immediately after the date of the said Letters Patent, as in and by the same
(reference being thereunto had) will more fully and at large appear.
NOW KNOW YE, that in compliance with the said proviso, I, the said
Thomas Alcock, do hereby declare that my said Invention is described and
ascertained in manner following, and by aid of the thirty-one Sheets of
Drawing hereunto annexed, that is to say:-
Part of my said improvements in machinery for making bobbin net lace are
applicable to machinery constructed according to my former improvements, for
which two several Letters Patent were granted to me on the 8th of December
1832, and other Letters Patent on the 12th February 1835, all which said
former improvements are fully set forth in the three several Specifications
which I caused to be inrolled in pursuance of the said Letters Patent, and all
the said improvements relate to what is termed traverse warp mechinery for
making breadths of bobbin net lace, being so called because the traversing
threads which proceed diagonally or obliquely across from selvedge to selvedge
of such breadths, and which then return with a contrary obliquity across the
same, are warp threads being supplied from as many small warp rollers (called
spools) as the number of breadths of net which the machine is intended to
make at once.
Mr. John Brown had a Patent for such traverse warp
machinery in the year 1811. In one of my said Specifications, dated the
31 May 1835, I described a Lever's traverse warp rotary machine having
certain parts invented by me, and called lifting points, and holding points
applied to it, for the purpose of raising up those crosses of the warp or spool

page_text: threads which are made in the usual manner of ordinary traverse warp
machinery by the parts which produce the traversing of the warp threads, in
order by such raising up to bring the said crosses within reach of the bobbin
carriages, in such manner, that in entering between the warp threads the
bobbin carriages may commence their insertion beneath the crossings which
have been previonsly made, and lifted up, as aforesaid, the said machinery also
having extra thicknesses formed at the upper part of every alternate one of the
bobbin carriages for the purpose of opening suitable spaces amongst the
adjacent warp threads, for facilitating the insertion of the ordinary taking-up
points into their proper places beneath the said crosses of the warp threads.
And the machinery which is described in my other Specification aforesaid,
dated the 6th of June 1833, is also a rotary traverse warp machine, which
was then newly combined by me, being a single-tier fluted roller circular comb
machine, with improved single-tier combs and bobbin carriages, and an
improved arrangement of the comb bars and of the two fluted rollers; the
machine also containing all the same lifting and holding points, and extra
thicknesses to the tops of the carriages, as were applied in the other or Lever's
traverse warp machine. And the machinery described in my other Specification
aforesaid, dated 12th of August 1835, is a rotary traverse warp machine,
containing a new combination of the usual catch bars for moving Lever's
bobbin carriages in their combs, with the toothed wheelwork and other parts
used in fluted roller machinery for giving vibratory motion to the carriages,
the same being applied by me in the said combination for giving vibratory
motion to the said catch bars, and likewise a rotary traverse warp single-tier
fluted roller machine of the same kind in every respect as is described in
my said former Specification, dated the 6th of June 1833, but with new
additional machinery applied thereto, for the purpose of producing ornamental
spots in the breadths of bobbin net lace made by such machinery, the spots
being made by gathering up and accumulating portions of some of the
same bobbin threads whereof the net is made. One part of my present
improvements is applicable to all the aforesaid traverse warp machines, being
for the purpose of guiding the warp threads at or near the midway between
the two rows of parts called forks, or else between the straight row of fixed
pins called dividers, and the circles or circular rings of holes around the
circumferences of what are called the circular dividing plates, which may be
fixed at the ends of the spindles on which the spools are mounted; or else
instead of being so fixed the same may be what are called additional or
intervening circular dividing plates; for it has been the usual custom in
ordinary traverse warp machinery to interpose circular dividing plates between

page_text: the said straight rows of forks or row of fixed dividing pins and those said
circular dividing plates which are fixed, as aforesaid, at the ends of the
spindles whereon the spools are mounted; this part of my present improve-
ments being applied with a view to keep the several warp threads distinct
from each other, because the threads which come near together side by side
in their passage from the aforesaid circles of holes to the straight row of spaces
are very liable to twine one round the other so as to adhere together, and
such adhesion (which the workmen term cotting of the threads) proves a
great impediment to the operation of traversing the warp threads, becauso
the cotting interferes with the turn-again which the warp or spool threads
are required to make when in their progress of traversing they arrive in
succession at the selvedges of the several breadths, and must therefore begin
to turn again in order to traverse across the same breadths with contrary
obliquity. The warp threads as they get towards their turn-again position.
at the selvedges of the several breadths are brought nearer to each other
than they were when they were in full progress of traversing across the
middle parts of the same breadths, and hence they are more liable to cot
together as they arrive at their turn-again situations. The said ordinary
application of additional circular dividing plates intervening between the
aforesaid circular dividing plates at the ends of the spindles of the several
spools, and the straight rows of forks or the rows of divider pins, however
the same may be applied, are but a very imperfect remedy for the inconvenience
arising from cotting of the traverse warp threads.
Sheet I. of the Drawings hereunto annexed is appropriated to the explanation
of this part of my present improvements.
The section, Figure 1, is a copy of a portion of Sheet II. of the Drawings
annexed to my said former Specification, dated the 31st of May 1833; and
the vertical transverse section, Figure 2, is a corresponding copy of a portion
of another, Sheet II., of the Drawings annexed to my said former Specification,
dated the 6th of June 1833; and the same Figure 2 is equally a copy of a
portion of Sheet VII. of the Drawings annexed to my said other Specification,
dated the 12th of August 1835. The said sections, Figures 1 and 2, are
marked with the same letters and figures of reference as the several originals
from which they are copied, and are therefore explained by the former
Specifications. And note.-In my aforesaid improved traverse warp machines,
as the same are represented in the said several Drawings annexed to my said
three former Specifications, the additional or intervening circular dividing
plates before mentioned are unnecessary and even inapplicable between the
circular dividing plates g at the ends of the spindles h of the spools, and the

page_text: two straight rows B, D, of forks, or the straight row A of dividers, because
the distance at which the said circular dividing. plates garo situated from
the said two straight rows B, D, of forks or the row A of dividers is only
such as would be a proper situation for such additional or intervening circular
dividing plates if any were used, and hence the holes around the circumferences
of the circular dividing plates 9 are themselves suitable points of departure
for the several warp threads to set out from a circular arrangement at g
to go to the straight line arrangement of the two rows B, D, of forks or the
row A of dividers, unless in case of making much narrower breadths of
bobbin net lace than are represented in the said Drawings, when the spools
and their circular dividing plates 9 would be much smaller, and therefore in
that case additional or intervening circular dividing plates might be used,
and placed in such a position that the said points of departure of the threads
from a circular arrangement would be at a suitable distance from the straight
line B, D, A, into which the same threads are to be arranged, all which is
well understood by persons conversant with traverse warp machinery. In
working my said improved rotary traverse warp machinery, which operates
with great rapidity, I found the interruptions which were occasioned, as in
all other traverse warp machinery, for rectifying the occasional derangements
of those warp threads which have become cotted together, abated sensibly
from the otherwise great performance of the said machinery in producing
net, wherefore I was led to consider of a remedy for the cotting of the warp
or spool threads, and at length found out a very simple and efficacious remedy
by making radiating slits in certain additional intervening dividing plates
for receiving the several warp threads in such slits, in order to keep each
thread distinct from its neighbouring threads, those radiating slits being in
the place of small round holes around the circumferences of the additional
circular dividing plates commonly used in traverse warp machinery, and by
applying such additional intervening dividing plates with radiating slits
apparently in the same manner as additional circular dividing plates are
commonly applied, but really in a very different manner, for I apply my said
new plates near to the midway of the distance between the circular dividing
plates g, which are fixed at the end of the spindles h.of the spools, and the
two straight rows B, D, of forks, or the row A of dividers, in the manner
represented in Sheet I.; or, more correctly speaking, I apply my said new
plates near to the midway of the distance between the said straight rows
B, D, A, and the points of departure of the several threads from their circular
arrangement, whether that be the small round holes around the circular
dividing plate g itself, or else the small round holes around any other additional

page_text: circular dividing plate which may be interposed in the usual manner of
traverse warp machinery, but which additional plates, however they may be
applied, always form the said points of departure from a circular arrange-
ment of the threads; whereas my new additional intervening dividing plates
with radiating slits instead of circular rings of small round holes are always
placed in the intervening distance between the said points of departure of the
warp threads from a circular arrangement and the straight rows of forks or row
of dividers where the same threads come to be arranged into a straight line.
And whereas I did not in either of my aforesaid Specifications describe or
make claim to any improvements in the spools or their spindles or circular
dividing plates (otherwise than a new application of cog wheels to connect all
the several spools together and cause them to give off their thread alike),
but I therein described the spools with their usual circular dividing plates to
each spool with holes round their circumferences for conducting the warp
threads through in their way from the spools to the forks, the spools being
provided with all their apparatus, such as were used in Mr. Brown's traverse
warp machines of the most improved kind, the structure and operation whereof
is commonly known to experienced and competent bobbin net lace makers,
each spool having the proper number of threads warped upon it to supply the
diagonal or traverse threads for one breadth, and the said number of threads
will quite fill the number of holes round the circumference of the circular
dividing plate 9 belonging to the same spool; wherefore this part now
describing of my said improvements consists in the substitution of radiating
slits in the additional or intervening dividing plates to receive the several
warp or spool threads instead of the small holes usually made for that pur-
pose around the circumferences of the ordinary additional circular dividing
plates, and in applying such new dividing plates to intervene between the
straight rows of forks or the straight row of dividers, and the points where
the several threads depart from their circular arrangement, go to form a new
straight line arrangement in such straight rows; and the said radiating slits
will allow all the several warp threads which are conducted through them to
assume a sort of elliptical arrangement in passing through the said slits of the
new intervening dividing plates, each thread being but slightly deflected from
its natural straight line between the ring of holes in the circular dividing
plate g, by which it is retained in part of the circular arrangement before
mentioned, and the straight rows of B, D, of forks, or the row A of dividers,
in which the same threads come to a straight line arrangement, all which is
fully explained in the Drawing Sheet I.; wherefore the effect of my new
intervening dividing plates with radiating slits is to keep the warp or spool

page_text: threads separate from each other without very materially altering the natural
straight course of the several threads, and the slight alteration which is made
thereby is rendered advantageous to the proper intended action of the forks
and dividers for traversing the said threads; for when the several spool threads
in the course of their traversing get towards the middles of their respective
breadths they will in consequence of their own tension gather themselves in
along the radiating slots of my new dividing plates towards the centres
thereof, and by that means those threads become slightly deflected, so as to
be approached rather nearer one to another side by side, as they appear to the
eye viewing them from the front than they would be if the said threads were
not deflected at all in passing through the said radiating slits; and also when
the several spool threads in the course of their traversing get towards the half
way between either of the selvedges and the middle of their respective breadths,
then in consequence of their own tension those threads will assume such posi-
tions in the said radiating slots as will separate the said threads rather farther
from one another side by side, as they appear to the eye viewing them from
the front, than they would be if the said threads were not deflected at all
in passing through the said radiating slits. Wherefore the result of the slight
deflections of the spool threads, which are produced as aforesaid by the opera-
tion or guidance of my said new intervening dividing plates with radiating
slits, is to bring all the several spool threads nearer to an equality of lateral
distance, as they appear to the eye, viewing them from the front, than they
would otherwise be, and the nearer the spool threads can be brought to such
an equality, the more certain and unerring will be the action of the two rows
B, D, of forks, and the row of dividers A for duly traversing the threads.
And whereas my said new intervening dividing plates with radiating slots are
so situated that they guide and separate the spool threads at a much less dis-
tance from the row of forks or the row of dividers than any ordinary circular
dividing plate with a ring of small round holes can be applied, so they are
more efficacious to prevent the cotting together of the threads; for in the
application of the ordinary circular dividing plates they must be disposed at a
suitable distance from the straight rows of forks or row of dividers, because
the rings of holes around the circumferences of those plates is in all cases a
circular arrangement of the spool threads, and from which they are to be.
brought into a straight line arrangement, which cannot be effected all at once
without allowing a sufficient length of threads to permit of the conversion
from one arrangement to the other without overstraining the threads. What
length will be sufficient for that purpose depends principally upon the width
of the breadth of lace which is to be made from the spool, as is well known

page_text: may
to persons conversant with traverse warp machinery; but in all cases, whatever
be the distance between the circular dividing plates with a circular ring
of round holes and the straight rows of forks, my new intervening dividing
plate with radiating slits is to be applied at or near the midway of such
distance, and where it will consequently form a very efficient guidance and
seperation of the threads to prevent them from cotting together. The form of
my new intervening dividing plate with radiating slits is sufficiently explained
by the Drawing, Sheet I. It is to be supported in its place by a small slender
stem or spindle, applied on the top of the spindle of the spool, in the
usual manner of supporting the additional circular dividing plates com-
monly used in traverse warp machinery. The Drawing represents a spool
and dividing plates adapted to receive seventy spool or warp threads, for
making what is considered to be a wide breadth of lace for traverse
warp machinery, and for such a case the circular dividing plate 9, 9,
at the top of the spindle h of the spool is at a suitable distance from the
row of dividers A for effecting an easy conversion of the threads from
a circular arrangement to a straight-line arrangement, as is apparent in
the Drawing, and my new intervening dividing plate with radiating slits
is applied near to the midway of that distance. But in case of making
narrower breadths of lace with fewer threads, and if the said distance is thought
to be greater than is suitable for an easy conversion, as aforesaid, then in such
case an ordinary additional circular dividing plate with a circular ring of holes
may, if preferred, be applied above the circular dividing plate g, g, at such
a suitable distance from the row of dividers A as will be proportionable to the
narrower breadth, in the same manner as is represented in the Drawing for
the wider breadth, and my new intervening dividing plate with radiating slits
is to be applied at or near to the midway between the said additional circular
dividing plate and the straight row of dividers A. And in lieu of cutting out
radiating slits in a brass plate for forming my said new intervening dividing
plate, the same effect may be produced by affixing steel wire pins into the
circumference of a small circular wheel and radiating out therefrom in all
directions, and their outer extremities may be steadied by a thin metal hoop.
The said radiating wire pins may be fastened into a small central circle by
casting them in lead, in the manner well known to all persons conversant with
lace machinery.
Another part of my said Improvements in machinery for making bobbin net
lace for the purpose of producing ornamented bobbin net lace is applicable to
machinery constructed according to part of my aforesaid former improvements,
for which Letters Patent were granted to me on the Twelfth of February, One

page_text: thousand eight hundred and thirty-five, and which are described in my former
Specification, herein-before mentioned, and dated the Twelfth of August, Ono
thousand eight hundred and thirty-five, in manner following, that is to say :—
The aforesaid part of the said improvements is stated to be for producing
ornamental spots in the breadths of bobbin net lace which are made by
rotary traverse warp fluted roller machinery, of the kind which is described
in my former Specification, dated the Sixth of June, One thousand eight
hundred and thirty-three, the spots being made in such breadths of bobbin
net lace by gathering up and accumulating portions of some of the threads
whereof the net is made, and interweaving such portions amongst other of
the threads in order to form spots in the net, those threads which are so
gathered up being bobbin threads which in traverse warp machinery form
the longitudinal threads in the net; the operation of forming a row of the
spots being performed at intervals in the operation of the machinery whenever
a sufficient length of plain net has been made for intervening between the
succeeding rows of spots, the ordinary operations of making the net being
suspended whilst the operation of making a row of spots is going on, and then
the operation of making spots must be suspended whilst another intervening
portion of the net is making; and when changes are required to be made in
the connections of the several parts of the machinery, in order to qualify it for
making rows of spots at particular periods of its operation and then to qualify
the machinery for making portions of plain net to intervene between the rows
of spots, the said changes will be made by the action of the machinery itself,
without requiring any particular attention or manepulation of the workman,
who will proceed turning the winch handle, by which the rotary machinery is
actuated with an uninterrupted revolving motion, the making of the spots
being performed by employing the ordinary rows of taking-up points (the front
row and the back row being used alternately) to catch and gather up those
particular bobbin threads which belong to the places in the width of the
net where spots are to be made therein, the same action of the points
catching and gathering up to adjacent bobbin threads for making each spot,
and each spot is composed of several such successive gatherings up of two
adjacent bobbin threads by the points; and after each such gathering up
has been performed, but before proceeding to repeat the gathering, those
two bobbin carriages which supply the two threads for each spot are passed
between the warp threads from the back combs into the front combs at
one side of one or both of their corresponding warp threads, and then the
same two carriages are repassed between the warp threads at the opposite
sides of one or both of their said corresponding warp threads from the front

page_text: combs into the back combs previous to again repeating the gathering up
of the same bobbin threads by the points, and by that means, at the next time
of gathering up by the points, those pairs of the bobbin threads which are then
to be caught up will, by the said previous passing or repassing of their bobbin
carriages between the warp threads, have become laid across their correspond-
ing warp threads in such mauner, that the points when they are inserted
between those warp threads will catch the said bobbin threads which have
been so laid across, but no others, and by gathering up the same a portion of
each spot will be formed, and by making several successive repetitions of so
passing and repassing the bobbin carriages and gathering up their bobbin
threads the spots will be rendered complete, their texture being of the
nature of woven wickerwork or basketwork, that is to say, every two bobbin
threads which are caught up together will act as weft for forming successive
zig-zag courses across and across the interval between two adjacent warp
threads which correspond to the said two bobbin threads, every return of
cach such zig-zag course being made around one or other of those two warp
threads, and the said two zig-zag bobbin threads being also passed through the
space between the said two adjacent warp threads in going across from one
return of each zig-zag course to the next return thereof, wherefore the course
whereby each such pair of bobbin threads will be interwoven with their
corresponding warp threads will resemble a figure of eight when looking
downwards from above on the said course; that is to say, the two bobbin
threads pass first around the left-hand side of the left-handmost of their
two corresponding and adjacent warp threads, then both bobbin threads
pass between that left-handmost warp thread and the adjacent right-hand-
most warp thread, and then they will both pass around the right-hand side
of the said last-mentioned warp thread, after which they will repass again
between the said two warp threads, and will then proceed to turn again
round the left-handmost of the two warp threads, as before stated; and after
one such zig-zag course has been formed, the same course is repeated in con-
tinuation until as many such successive zig-zag courses of both bobbin threads
have been made one below another as will accumulate the requisite quantity
of thread for making a spot of the intended size, which will in most cases be
six of such courses; and in order to enable the points to gather up the said
pairs of bobbin threads in such manner, a row of parts called pulling-off prongs
are applied on a horizontal bar at the back of the machine, and when the
operation of spotting is going on the said bar is moved so much forward that
the extremities of its pulling-off prongs (which are purposely made forked) will
catch two adjacent bobbin threads at the moment when the bobbin carriages

page_text: spots
swing back through between the warp threads, and the said prongs by resting
those two bobbin threads will bend and pull off from their bobbins just so much
length of thread as will be requisite for making one of the horizontal zig-zag
courses, whereof each spot is to be in part composed; and in order to do so, a
pulling-off prong is applied in their row at every place where a spot is to be
formed in the width of the net, so that the said prongs will catch and arrest
those particular bobbin threads which are to supply threads for forming the
spots without interfering with any other of the bobbin threads. And note.-
Although all the bobbin carriages are passed and repassed continually between
the warp threads during the operation of making spots, no twisting of any
bobbin threads around warp threads will take place, excepting the aforesaid
lapping of particular bobbin threads in courses resembling the curve of a figure
of eight around those pairs of adjacent warp threads which are to have
woven around them, and across the interval between them, as before explained.
This suspension of the twisting is accomplished by leaving all the
warp threads
(excepting those said pairs of adjacent warp threads) without racking during
the operation of making spots, although those said pairs are racked for the
purpose of causing the corresponding bobbin threads to form zig-zag courses
around them, and the requisite racking of those said pairs of adjacent warp
threads was stated in my said former Specification to be performed at the
proper moments and in their proper directions by means of a row of stump pins,
which are inserted amongst the row of warp threads at the moment when the
operation of making spots is to be commenced, one such stump pin being inserted
at every place in the width of the net where a spot is to be made therein; the
said row of stump pins when so inserted amongst the warp threads is racked so
much as is requisite for carrying those particular warp threads aside by bending
them, so far as is requisite, for racking them in such manner as will cause
the pairs of bobbin threads, which are gathered up by the points, to form suc-
cessive zig-zag courses, resembling the curve of a figure of eight, around each
of the said pairs of adjacent warp threads, which are racked by the stump pins
as aforesaid. And thus far is extracted from my said former Specification,
dated the Twelfth of August One thousand eight hundred and thirty-five,
wherein all the machinery whereby spots may be formed in manner aforesaid
for the ornament of breadths of bobbin net lace which are made in traverse
warp machinery is fully explained by the aid of five Sheets of Drawings.
And the part now to be described of my present improvements which relates
to the machinery aforesaid, is in the substitution of two rows of a new kind of
guides, which I call selecting guides, instead of the row of stump pins last
mentioned in the foregoing extract, the object of that substitution being to give

page_text: more appropriate and complete racking motions to those pairs of adjacent warp
threads before mentioned, which are to have spots woven around them (and
across the interval between them), than could be done by stump pins, in order
that by such more appropriate rackings of those pairs of warp threads the
formation of figure of eight courses of the pairs of corresponding bobbin threads
around the same may proceed more rapidly, for (during the making of spots
with a row of stump pins) no more than a half of one of the said figure of eight
courses could be formed whilst the bobbin carriages made one complete vibra-
tion, that is, whilst they were passed through between the warp threads and
then repassed again between the same threads; but the two rows of my present
new selecting guides are adapted to take proper hold of the aforesaid pairs of
warp threads, one thread of each such pair being caught by the selecting
guides of the back row, and the other thread of the same pair being caught by
the selecting guides of the front row, and the threads which are so caught can
be thereby racked either to the right or to the left, as may be required, and by
aid of my said two rows of selecting guides contrary racking motions are at the
same time given to the two warp threads composing each of the aforesaid
pairs, and which two threads are to go together in forming each of the afore-
said figure of eight courses whercof spots are to be composed, and which
contrary racking motions could not be given by stump pins, and thereby one
of those courses can be fully completed whilst the bobbin carriages are passed
through between the warp threads and then repassed again between the same
threads. Wherefore, by this improvement of substituting two rows of such
selecting guides instead of a row of stump pins, together with suitable racking
wheels and accessaries, (the other parts of the machinery remaining as before
described in my former Specification, dated the Twelfth of August One thousand
eight hundred and thirty-five,) spots of a larger size will be produced during
the same number of complete vibrations of the bobbin carriages for the purpose
of making spots, as was before described to be made for that purpose.
Sheets II., III., IV., of the Drawings hereunto annexed, represent so much
of the complete rotary traverse warp fluted roller machine, represented in
the several Sheets of Drawings annexed to my said former Specification, as
are sufficient to explain this part of my present improvements, and the same
letters and figures of reference to the several parts are used in the present
Drawings as were used in the former Drawings, from which they have
been copied or extracted; therefore the description in the former Speci-
fication will apply to all such parts as are not altered, and consequently
it is unnecessary at present to enter into the description of any other
parts than those which are to be altered or added. And note.-My new

page_text: intervening dividing plates with radiating slits instead of rings or holes for
the warp or spool threads to pass through, as is. represented in Shect I.
and herein-before explained, is to be used in the machinery now describing.
An enlarged representation of the bobbin net lace is given in Sheet IV.,
also shewing the texture of the enlarged spots which will be made therein
by aid of the improvement now describing, when the machine makes the
same number of vibrations of the bobbin carriages for the production of
each row of spots, as was intended to be made for that purpose in the former
state of the machine. The spindle bar 81 of the former Specification, with the
two row of stump pins 80 upon it, is to be wholly removed from the machine,
together with all its levers, links, camms, ratchet wheel, racking wheel, and
other appendages formerly described, and numbered 82 to 93, which parts were
for actuating the row of stump pins 80, but now two rows of selecting guides
with suitable appendages are to be substituted; also the racking wheel 78
for racking the row of pulling-off prongs 41 is to be removed, and another,
shewn in Sheet IV., is to be substituted for it. My new selecting guides are
shewn at 104 and 108, in Sheet II. they are arranged each row on its own
bar 109 and 110, and are applied very much in the same manner as the
former stump pins were, the chief difference therefrom being in the form of
the extremities of the selecting guides 104 and 108, which are bended into
a horizontal position suitably for insertion amongst the warp threads imme-
diately below the places where the teeth of the bobbin carriages are to pass
through between those threads, for those extremities, instead of being plain
stump ends of wire pins, are now to be formed with a hooked notch on the
right-hand side of the extremity of each selecting guide, which notches will
admit the warp threads into them. When the said extremities have been'
inserted amongst those threads, and then racked half a space towards the
right hand, so as to bring the said extremities to bear laterally against the
particular warp threads which they are to select, those threads being at
the notched sides of the said. extremities, which being done, the selecting
guides 104 and 108 are mutually withdrawn from the row of the warp
threads, and in so doing they will catch and select the intended warp threads
within their hooked notches, and will draw out those particular threads (as is
represented in Sheet II.) so far outwards from the general row of warp threads
as will admit of racking the said particular and selected warp threads with all
such peculiar racking motions, whether to the right or to the left, as is
requisite for causing the pairs of bobbin threads which correspond to the said
pairs of selected warp threads to form one complete course of figure of eight,
wrapping of the latter around the former at every complete vibration that the

page_text: bobbin carriages make during the operation of forming spots.
row.
In so catching
and selecting the warp threads, the front selecting guides 104 take one warp
thread of each pair, viz., the left-haudmost thread, and the corresponding back
guide 108 takes the other or right-handmost warp thread of each pair. And
note. The row of warp threads is retained within a long narrow cleft or
opening left between two fixed parallel wires 119, 119, which are extended
horizontally from one end of each comb bar to the other end, and within side
of those bars, so as to stand just above the places where the holding points 1
enter amongst the warp and close beneath the places where the aforesaid
extremities of the selecting guides 104 and 108 are intended to enter between
the same threads, those extremities being (as before mentioned) only just
clear beneath the teeth of the bobbin carriages when the same pass and repass
between the warp threads. The said wires 119, 119, are substituted for the
two brass straight edges, described and represented in the former Speci-
fications, and answer the same purpose of retaining the warp threads in their
The wires 119, 119, are steadied by small cocks, shewn separately in
Sheet II., which are fixed to the insides of the comb bars k, k, at suitable
intervals apart, and projecting inwards therefrom, so as to reach to the
wires 119, 119, and support them steadily. The selecting guide bars 109 and
110, on which the stems of the selecting guides 104 and 108 are fixed, are
supported on pivots at their ends in bearing sockets 111 fixed to the sole bars
of the framing, with other like bearings in the middle of each bar, if requisite,
to keep them from bending. The bars 109 and 110 are capable of being
turned or tilted a little on their said pivots, in order to insert the extremities
of their selecting guides 104 and 108 amongst the warp threads, or else to
withdraw them therefrom. The requisite tilting motion of the selecting guide
bars 109 and 110 is derived from lateral prominences on the under side of the
rim of a racking wheel 125, which is fixed on an upright axis 160 at the left-
hand end of the machine. Those prominences of operate in turn on a beak
at the left-hand extremity of an inserting lever 116, which is poised by its
middle on a fixed centre pin, and the opposite end acts beneath the foremost
end of a lever arm 114, which projects out from the front selecting guide
bar 109, at the left-hand end thereof. There is also another lever arm
projecting out forwards from the front selecting guide bar 109 with a
pulling-down spring 115 applied to the foremost end of it, which always
tends to withdraw the selecting guides 104 and 108 from amongst the
warp threads, and a stop screw at the end of the lever 116, by striking
on the fixed framing limits the distance to which they can be so with-
drawn. The back selecting guide bar 110 is tilted simultaneously with

page_text: the front one by means of a short stump lever, which projects forwards from
the back bar 110, and its end is forked to receive a pin, which projects
laterally from the short end of the lever arm 114. Both the selecting guide
bars 109 and 110 are capable of racking endways by motion of their pivots
in their bearing sockets 111, and suitable racking motions are given to each
bar by the two racking wheels 125 and 126, which are fixed on the upper
end of the upright axis 160. The steps around the circumferences of those
wheels are delineated in Sheet IV, and they act against suitable beaks formed
at the ends of racking levers 123 and 124, which are mounted on upright
centre pins fixed into supports affixed to the framing, and the racking motions
are communicated to the bars 109 and 110 by wire links, which are extended
from the beaked ends of the said racking levers 123 and 124 to the left-hand
end of each of the said bars, which bars have slender springs applied to their
right-hand ends to pull those wiro links tight and the tail ends of the
racking levers 123, 124, have stronger reacting springs applied to them
to bear the beaks of those racking levers towards the steps of their racking
wheels 125, 126, and urge the respective bars to the left. The racking
wheels 125 and 126 are fixed on the upper end of the upright axis 160,
which is turned round by means of a bevel wheel 159, Sheet III., of eighty-
four teeth, and they are actuated by the fourteen teeth of a bevel pinion
158 fixed on the left-hand extremity of the lower axis 32, which carries
the several camm wheels for actuating the two point bars and the pulling-off
prongs and other parts when spots are making, as was described in my former
Specification, dated the Twelfth of August, One thousand eight hundred and
thirty-five, and wherein it is fully explained that the said lower axis 32 is only
put in motion during the time whilst a row of spots is in progress of formation,
and that it makes three revolutions in the time of making each row of spots,
the main axis J standing inotionless all that time, together with all the camms
upon it, and consequently all the operations for making plain net are sus-
pended. The proportion of the bevil wheel 159 and the pinion 158 being
six to one, the said three turns of the lower axis 32 will produce only half a
turn of the racking wheels 125, 126, during which half turn a row of spots
will be completed, and after that (as was explained in the said former Specifica-
tion) the lower axis 32 will be left standing still, whilst the main axis J resumes
its motion for making as many meshes of plain net as are intended to intervene
between the succeeding rows of spots, and the racking wheels 125, 126, will
likewise stand still during the same interval. The parts of the circumferences
of the two racking wheels 125 and 126, which they present to the beaks of
their respective racking levers 123, 124, when they are thus standing still

page_text: during the time of so making intervening meshes of plain net is marked in
Sheet IV. And note.-The bar 61, on which the row of pulling-off prongs 41
is fixed, is exactly the same as described in the former Specification, with a
like racking wheel 78 for racking it endways, that racking wheel being fixed
on a horizontal cross axis at the back of the machine at the left-hand end,
and being turned round by the same ratchet wheel 76 of twenty-four teeth,
one tooth at a time, by a driver 73 and ratching lever 74, which are actuated
by a star wheel 75 in a lower axis 32, the wheel 78 being thereby moved at
the same moments when the other racking motions are performed during the
making of spots by the racking wheels on the upright axis 160, but tho said
wheel 78 stands still at the places marked therein in Sheet IV. when meshes
of net are making, all which is exactly the same as described in the former
Specification, excepting some differences in the steps and notches around the
racking wheel 78, which are now formed as is represented in Sheet IV. For
explaining the operation of making a row of spots according to this part of my
present improvements, the machinery may be supposed to have been recently
occupied in making three rows of intervening meshes of plain net since making
a former row of spots, and to have just completed those rows of meshes; the
main axis J with its racking wheel i will then have arrived nearly at the end
of its revolution, the sixth or last of the racking steps on the circumference of
that wheel, as marked in Sheet IV., for racking the holding points 1, having
recently come to action when the carriages were in the back combs, and
having then racked the holding points 1 to their left-handmost racking
position. (Note. They are only capable of being racked one single-tier space,
or one-twentieth of an inch, for a ten-point gage machine, and at the same
time the racking wheel for the lacing or whipping guides O racked those guides
to their midway racking position, from which they are capable of being racked
one space either way. After the said sixth or last racking has been performed,
and as the carriages are in the act of coming through forwards between the
warp threads into the front combs, the requisite change of the parts of the
machinery is made, in order to discontinue the making of meshes of plain net,
and to qualify the machinery for making a row of spots. That change is
effected precisely in the manner described in the former Specification of the
Twelfth August, One thousand eight hundred and thirty-five, and therefore
does not require to be repeated. The main axis J is thereby set at rest when
its racking wheel i has proceeded as far as about the midway between its sixth
or last and the first of its racking steps, but the axis J stops before that first
step comes round to its acting position, being when the carriages have arrived
very near to the midway of their vibration forwards, and at the same instant

page_text: the lower axis 32, together with the racking wheels 125 and 126 on the
upright axis 160, are put in motion, commencing their motion from the
places marked as their resting positions in Sheet IV., in which resting positions
both rows of the selecting guides 104 and 108 stood withdrawn and quite
detached from the warp threads, the front row of selecting guides 104 standing
racked to their left-handmost racking position, and the back row of selecting
guides 108 standing racked within half a space of their left-handmost racking
position. And note. -The bar 61 of the pulling-off prongs 41 stands racked
by its wheel 78 within half a space of as far as it can go towards the right-
hand whilst that wheel is at its resting position, and when the spotting opera-
tion commences, as aforesaid, and in that position its prongs 41 stand opposite
to those pairs of adjacent bobbin threads from which the last preceding row of
spots were formed; but before another succeeding row is begun the prongs 41
must be racked so much as will bring them opposite to other pairs of adjacent
bobbin threads which correspond to the pairs of adjacent warp threads, which
are selected, and caught, as aforesaid, by the two rows of selecting guides 104
and 108. The very first commencement of the motion of the lower axis 32
and of the racking wheels 125, 126, bring a prominence at the under side of
the wheel 125 into action on the beak of the inserting lever 116, and that
action inserts both rows of selecting guides 104 and 108, with their hooked
notches at their extremities amongst the row of warp threads by one action,
and then instantly after that insertion both wheels 125 and 126 rack their
respective rows of selecting guides half a space each to the right-hand,
whereby they are brought in contact with those warp threads which they
are intended to select respectively, their hooked notches which are at their
right-hand sides receiving tho said threads, and instantly after that racking,
then, by the passing away of the aforesaid prominence from the beak of the
inserting lever 116, the selecting guides are both together drawn outwards by
action of their withdrawing spring 115 from the row of warp threads, taking
with them those threads of that row which they have selected and caught and
bending them outwards from their proper row, in the manner represented in the
section, Sheet II. And note.-The selecting guides in so catching and draw-
ing out their threads make a selection of all those pairs of adjacent warp
threads which are about to have spots formed upon them at this time of
making spots, the front selecting guides 104 taking the left-handmost thread
of each such pair, and the corresponding back selecting guides 108 taking the
right-handmost thread of each pair, as before stated. Each row of selecting
guides has its several guides 104 or 108 arranged at such places therein as will
correspond with the places where the pulling-off prongs 41 are arranged in

page_text: their row, but each of those prongs 41 is adapted to gather together and
receive two adjacent bobbin threads into the opening of its forked end, whereas
each selecting guide is adapted to select and catch only one warp thread. The
aforesaid actions of inserting of the selecting guides 104 and 108, and then
selecting and catching and drawing out of the selected warp threads in the
hooked notches of the selecting guides 104 and 108, is almost an instantaneous
operation, which begins with the first motion of the racking wheels 125 and
126, when the carriages are nearly at the midway of their vibration forwards,
and the same must be wholly concluded by the time that the carriages are
come quite through forwards between the warp threads into the front combs,
so as to be clear of those threads; and then, at the usual appointed time for
racking the threads, the two racking wheels 125 and 126 on the upright
axis 160, and also the racking wheel 78 on the horizontal cross axis at the back
of the machine, both performing their racking of No. 1 at the same instant,
whereby the front selecting guides 104 are racked to the right two single-tier
spaces (of one-twentieth of an inch each for a ten-point gage machine), carry-
ing with them their selected warp threads, which are the left-handmost of
each pair of selected threads. The back selecting guides 108 are at the samo
time racked one such space to the left with their selected warp threads, which
are the right-handmost of each such pair, and the bar 61 of the pulling-off
prongs 41 is at the same time racked by its racking wheel 78 two such spaces
towards the left, which carries the row of pulling-off prongs 41 as far as they
can go that way, and in that position its pulling-off prongs 41 will stand
opposite to and ready to receive those pairs of adjacent bobbin threads which
correspond to the pairs of adjacent warp threads, which are already selected
and caught, as aforesaid, by the two rows of selecting guides 104 and 108, and
then immediately after the racking the said prongs 41 are brought a little
forwards by action of their camm 71, as described in the former Specification,
in readiness for acting on the bobbin threads when the same swing backwards.
The carriages begin to go through backwards between the warp threads into
the back combs immediately after the said racking of No. 1; and as soon as
the bobbin threads get a little way through behind the row of warp threads
the pulling-off prongs 41 catch and slacken the pairs of adjacent bobbin
threads which are to form the spots, precisely in the manner explained in the
former Specification; and when the pulling-off prongs 41 have in their way
pulled off enough of those several spotting threads from their respective
bobbins, then the pulling-off prongs 41 begin to go back with and accompany
the slackened pairs of spotting bobbin threads in the rest of their backward
swing, just to keep the same gently extended without pulling off any more

page_text: thread, all which is done in the same manner as was formerly fully described.
The carriages having got quite through behind the warp threads No. 2 is
racked, which racks the front selecting guides 104 two spaces to the left, and
racks the back selecting guides 108 two spaces to the right, and the pulling-off
prongs 41 are racked half a space to the right by their wheel 78, in order to
place the slackened bobbin threads suitably for enabling the front points to
catch them. And note.-Before the said racking of No. 2 (being, in fact,
immediately after the racking of No. 1,) the front points were drawn out from
the meshes of the net by action of their revolving truck 55 at the left-hand
end of the lower axis 32 against the lower end of their pendulous lever T, and
the instant that the front points were so withdrawn the back points were
pulled up a little by action of their pulling spring R, in consequence of the
withdrawing of the overlapping horns at the ends of the row of front points,
and also immediately after they were so withdrawn the front points were
racked half a space to the right hand, in consequence of their extra conducting
plate 56 being then brought into action by its racking wheel 57 for guiding
the front points in making their insertions during the formation of spots, as
was explained in the former Specification; then after the said racking of
No. 2 the carriages begin to come through forwards between the warp threads
into the front combs, the pulling-off prongs 41 coming forwards part of the
way with the bobbin threads, and keeping the slackened bobbin threads quietly
extended until the front points (which have been already lowered down by
action of a prominence of their pulling-down camm 51, at the right-hand
end of the lower axis 32) make their insertion amongst the warp and
bobbin threads in consequence of the revolving truck 55 retiring from
their pendulous lever T, and after that insertion the front points begin to
go up again, by action of their pulling-up springs R, and by the passing
away of the prominence of their camm 51, and in so going up the front
points gather up the wrappings, which pairs of the spotting bobbin threads
have made around their corresponding warp threads, being those warp threads
which are retained in the hooked notches of the selecting guides 104 and
108, those wrappings being the first portions towards the formation of the
intended spots. The carriages having come quite through forwards into the
front combs No. 3 is racked, which racks the front selecting guides 104 two
spaces to the right and the back selecting guides 108 two spaces to the left,
and also racks the pulling-off prongs 41 half a space to the left. Then the
carriages go through backwards, and the pulling-off prongs operate again as
they did before to slacken the same pairs of spotting bobbin threads as before,
and they go back with those slackened threads to keep them gently extended.
O

page_text: The back points are drawn out after the racking of No. 8, and begin to bo
tilted down. Then No. 4 is racked, which racks the front selecting guides 104
two spaces to the left and the back selecting guides 108 two spaces to the right,
and racks the pulling off prongs 41 half a space to the right. Then the car-
riages are brought through forwards, the pulling-off prongs coming forwards part
of the way with them to keep the slackened threads gently extended, and the
back points having been tilted down, make their insertion amongst the bobbin
and warp threads, and then begin to go up, taking up before them the wrappings
which the pairs of slackened bobbin threads have made around the pairs of cor-
responding warp threads, these being the second portion of the accumulation in
part of the intended spots. Then No. 5 is racked, which racks the front select-
ing guides 104 two spaces to the right, and the back selecting guides 108
two spaces to the left, and racks the pulling off prongs 41 half a space
to the left. The carriages go through backwards, and the pulling-off
prongs 41 slacken the same pairs of bobbin threads as before. The front points
draw out but are not racked this time, nor will they be racked again until
after the spots are completed. Then No. 6 is racked, which racks the front
selecting guides 104 two spaces to the left and the back selecting guides 108
two spaces to the right, and racks the pulling-off prongs 41 half a spaco to
the right. The carriages are brought through forwards, and the front points
make their insertion and take up another third- portion of wrappings of the
same pairs of bobbin threads, in further formation of the spots. Then No. 7
is racked, which racks the front selecting guides 104.two spaces to the right
and the back selecting guides 108 two spaces at the left, and racks the
pulling-off prongs 41. half a space to the left. The carriages go through
backwards, and tho pulling-off prongs 41 slacken the pairs of bobbin threads
again. Then No. 8 is racked, which racks the front selecting guides.104
two spaces to the left and the back selecting guides 108 two spaces to the
right, and racks the pulling-off prongs 41 half a space to the right. The
carriages-como-through-forwards, and the back points take up a fourth
portion of wrappings for the formation of the spots. Then No. 9 is racked,
with racks the front selecting guides 104 two spaces to the right and the
back selecting guides 108 two spaces to the left, and racks the pulling-off
prongs 41 half a space to the left. The carriages go through backwards, and
the pulling-off prongs slacken the same pairs of bobbin threads again. Then
No.:10 is racked, which racks the front selecting guides 104 two spaces to
the left and the back selecting guides 108 two spaces to the right, and racks
the pulling off prongs 41 half a space to the right: The carriages come
through forwards, and the front points take up for a fifth time in the formation

page_text: of the spots. Then No. 11 is racked, which racks the front selecting guides
two spaces to the right, but the back selecting guides are not racked at all
this time, and racks the pulling-off prongs 41 half a space to the left. The
carriages go through backwards, and the pulling-off prongs 41 slacken the
same bobbin threads as before. Then No. 12 is racked, which racks the
front selecting guides 104 two spaces to the left and the back selecting
guides 108 one space to the left, but the pulling-off prongs 41 are not racked
this time. The carriages come through forwards, the pulling-off prongs
coming forwards part of the way with them as before, to keep the slackened
threads gently extended until the back points have entered amongst the
threads, and taken up the wrappings of the pairs of slackened bobbin threads
for the sixth and last portions of the spots, which are now completed. And
note. In making their insertion this time the back points enter between
the two bobbin threads, constituting each pair of those which have been going
together like one thread for forming the figure of eight wrappings of pairs
of bobbin threads, in manner aforesaid, around their corresponding pair of
warp threads, one of which latter threads is held by a front selecting guide
104 and the other by a back selecting guide 108, whereas hitherto at every
previous time of taking up for the spots, the points, whether the back points
or the front points, made their insertion on the left-hand side of the two
bobbin threads of each such pair, and as soon as the back points have taken
up the slackened bobbin threads for this last time, the change of the several
parts of the machinery for making spots in order to resume the making of
plain net is begun, and the said change is performed in the manner fully
described in the former Specification. The pulling-off prongs 41 having
completed their task for the present go back by action of their camm 71, so
as to take their prongs 41 quite out of the reach of the bobbin threads when
the carriages swing back in future. The selecting guides 104 and 108
began to change whilst the carriages were coming through forwards from
the back immediately after the racking of No. 12, for then the two rows of
selecting guides 104 and 108 are both together moved inwards towards the
row of warp threads, by action of a prominence at the underside of the wheel
125 coming round to the beak of their inserting lever 116, whereby the pairs
of warp threads, which have hitherto been held drawn out by the selecting
guides 104 and 108, are allowed to reinstate themselves in their proper
places in their row, and then the instant that the said threads are so reinstated
the two rows of selecting guides 104 and 108 are racked half a space euch
to the left, and thereby their hooked notches quit the warp threads which
they have hitherto retained, and instantly after that the two rows of selecting

page_text: guides 104 and 108 are withdrawn from amongst the warp threads, by action
of thoir withdrawing spring 115, as the said prominence at the under side
of the wheel 125 passes away from the beak of their withdrawing lever 116
and in so withdrawing the selecting guides 104 and 108 do not draw any
threads with them as they did before, wherefore all selection of particular
warp threads is now discontinued for the present, in order to prepare the
machine for making plain net by the usual course of operation to traverse
warp machinery. But note.-The instant that the selecting guides are
withdrawn clear of the warp threads they are racked two spaces to the right,
which is only done in preparation for making spots with them at the next
succeeding time, at different places in their row, suitably for disposing the
spots in the net according to a chequered. pattern; and all the aforesaid
actions with the two rows of selecting guides 104 and 108 are performed
almost instantaneously, so as to be all completed by the time that the carriages
have come through forwards to about the midway of their vibration, and
then, as described in my former Specification, the further motion of the lower
axes 32, as well as that of the racking. wheels 125, 126, now added on the
upright axis 160 is suddenly stopped; also at the same instant the motion
of the main axis J is resumed, whereby the change to qualify the machine
for making three rows of intervening. meshes of plain net is accomplished,
so that by the time the carriages get quite forwards into the front combs
all the parts will be ready for racking the holding points 1 with all the
warp threads as one row, one space to the right by the, first step of the
racking wheel i on the main axis J, before the-carriages begin to go through
backwards to meet the warp threads, all which is. according to the usual
mode of making plain net by traverse warp machinery, and, as is described
in my aforesaid former Specification, and the operation of the machine.
continues in the usual manner until as many rows of meshes of plain_net
have been made as are intended to intervene-between the succeeding rows
-of-spots, as, for instance, three rows, the lower. axis 32 and the racking.
wheels 125, 126, standing motionless. all the time at the places marked on.
those, wheels in Sheet IV; and when those rows of meshes are.completed, the.
the machine prepares itself for commencing another row of spots exactly.in
the same manner as before, the change being effected at the same period of
the, operation, viz., after the sixth racking step of the racking wheel I has
operated, and then during the very short interval of time.from that racking
intil the carriages have come forwards near to the midway of their vibration,,
the change of the parts of the machinery to prepare them for making spots
will have been completed; and the motion of the main axis J will cease, and

page_text: that of the lower axes 82 with the racking wheels 125 and 126 on the upright
axis 160 will begin at the said midway of the forward vibration of the
carriages, and then by the first commencement of the motion of the racking.
wheels 125, 126, the two rows of selecting guides 104 and 108 are inserted
amongst the row of warp threads and are racked half a space each to the.
right to catch those particular warp threads which they are intended to select
by their hooked notches, and then the selecting guides 104, 108, are each
moved outwards to draw those threads outwards from their places in the
general row of warp threads suitably for enabling them to be racked indepen-.
dently of any of the other warp threads, as is represented in the section,
Sheet II., all which is the same as herein-before described, and the samo.
must be all fully completed by the time that the carriages have got quite
forwards into the front combs and before the time arrives for racking. tho
selecting guides 104 and 108 by their racking wheels 125 and 126. But
note. The places of insertion of the several selecting guides 104 and 108
amongst the warp threads will this time be made at places which are two
spaces further towards the right than the places whereat they were inserted
the last time, wherefore at this time they will select and catch and draw out
and rack pairs of warp threads at other different places in the width of the
net suitable for forming-spots at different and immediate places in the row
now about to be commenced to the places at which the spots were made in
the preceding row, and consequently the spots will be disposed according to
what is called a chequered pattern. The traversing of the two rows of select-
ing guides was effected by the very last racking motion of two spaces to the
right which their wheels 125 and 126 gave to each of them an instant before
the motion of those wheels ceased, as above stated, after completing the
preceding row of spots. And note.-The row of pulling-off forks 41 will be
racked two spaces to the right by their racking wheel 78 at the first time of
racking for commencing the formation of the new row of spots, and the pulling-
off prongs 41 will be thereby qualified to take and slacken those pairs of adja-
cent bobbin threads which correspond to the particular pairs of warp threads
which have been already selected and caught in the hooked notches of the
selecting guides 104 and 108, and have been pulled out thereby from their.
row. And after this commencement the making of another row of spots is
performed in precisely the same manner as above described until after No. 12
has been racked, and then at the very last racking motion which is given to
the two rows of selecting guides 104 and 108 by their racking wheels 125
and 126 just before those wheels. stop, they rack the selecting guides two
spaces to the left instead of to the right, as at the former time..

page_text: And another part of my said improvements in machinery for making bobbin
net lace is for the purpose of producing ornamental spots in certain net of
that kind which is made without diagonal threads traversing from selvedge to
selvedge, although it is composed of longitudinal warp threads and of bobbin
threads combined together into a network by means of twists formed by the
union of the bobbin threads with the warp threads (as is usual in all kinds of
bobbin net or twist lace), and also by means of crossings which unite those
twists together in order to produce meshes; those crossings being formed by
adjacent warp threads intersecting each other obliquely as they proceed in
contrary diagonal directions, for which purpose each of the said adjacent
warp threads makes a mutual step of diagonal traversing in contrary obliquo
directions at all places where crossings are to be formed by them, but those
said warp threads which are so crossed, instead of containing in such oblique
directions from selvedge to selvedge (as the traversing threads in ordinary
bobbin net do), they only proceed so far in such oblique directions as to make
two succeeding crossings by each such thread, which then returns with an
opposite direction of traversing obliquity for forming two more successive
crossings, after which it returns again, and so on, wherefore the said warp
threads proceed along the length of the piece of net by zig-zag courses, whereof
the oblique steps of the zig-zags cross and recross each other continually, and
the bobbin threads proceed along tho length of the piece by waving courses
side by side, in the same manner as the longitudinal threads usually proceed
along most kinds of bobbin net, and in like manner they form twists with the
zig-zag warp threads at all the flexures thereof. Nevertheless, the warp
threads, instead of traversing diagonally from selvedge to selvedge of the net,
as they usually do in traverse warp bobbin net, although they proceed diagonally
in order to form the crossings, yet each warp thread never deviates farther
than the width of two meshes from the said longitudinal waving courses of its
corresponding bobbin threads. An enlarged representation of this kind of
bobbin net lace without traversing threads (whereof there are several varieties
differing slightly in texture and appearance) is contained in Sheet V. of the
Drawings hereunto annexed, where the several threads, being distinguished by
differences of colouring, the courses which they take respectively in forming
the net work may be easily traced; and it may be therein observed, that the
threads which form crossings and which process by zig-zag courses along the
length of the piece of net are coloured red, they are warp threads, and each
such red thread after having formed twists (as, for instance, those which are
marked a) around one of the longitudinal threads (which proceed by waving
courses along the length of the net and which are coloured blue), then proceeds

page_text: obliquely diagonally for the time to form a crossing 6 with another red thread,
which is also for the time proceeding diagonally but with a contrary obliquity;
and after thus forming one crossing 6, the said first-mentioned red thread then
forms another second twisting c around the next adjacent longitudinal or blue
thread, and having done so then it proceeds diagonally again in continuance of
the same oblique direction as it did before in order to form another second
crossing d, with another red thread which is for the time proceeding diagonally
with a contrary obliquity, and after that second crossing d the same first-
mentioned red thread forms another third twisting e, with another next
adjacent longitudinal blue thread; but then, instead of continuing further in the
same oblique direction as before, the said first-mentioned red thread begins to
return from that twisting e with a contrary obliquity of diagonal direction to
that which it had before, and in so doing it forms a third crossing f by again
intersecting the same red thread which it intersected before in making the
second crossing d; then the said first-mentioned red thread continues onwards
in its new diagonal direction and forms a fourth twisting g around the same
longitudinal blue thread with which it formed its aforesaid second twisting
at c, and proceeding still further onwards, it then forms a fourth crossing h,
by again intersecting the same red thread which it intersected before in
making the first-mentioned crossing 6; and, lastly, the same first-mentioned
red thread makes another fifth twisting i around the same longitudinal blue
thread with which it formed the aforesaid first-mentioned twisting a, and then
after having completed the twists of the said fifth twisting at i, the said first-
mentioned red thread begins to return from that twisting i with a contrary
obliquity in order to repeat another like series of crossings and twistings;
and every other zig-zag red thread going through such a course of twisting
with its corresponding longitudinal blue threads, and of crossing over or under
other red threads, the same as that already described respecting one of the
said red threads, those twistings and crossings constitute the net work. And
note. In so doing each red thread forms twistings with three adjacent blue
threads, which are its sole and only correspondents, for it twists with no others
than those three at any part of the net. The several twistings which each red
tbread forms with the middlemost of its said three corresponding longitudinal
blue threads (as at c and 9, for instance,) consist of three half twists each,
being an odd number, the same as the usual twistings of the pairs of threads in
ordinary bobbin net, but the several twistings which the same red thread makes
around the two outermost of its said three corresponding longitudinal blue
threads (as at a, e, and i,) consist of four half twists each, being an even number,
and that evenness of the number of half twists causes the red twisting thread to

page_text: return from each such twisting with a contrary direction of traversing obliquity
to that which it had before making such twisting, as already explained, and as
represented at a, c, and i, whereas when it makes an odd number of half
twists, as at c and 9, the twisting red thread after so twisting will continuo
onwards in the same direction of traversing obliquity that it had before so
twisting, which latter is the usual course of the diagonal threads in ordinary
bobbin net with traversing threads; and in consequence of some of the
twisting being thus composed of an even number of half twists and others of
an odd number of half twists, and also in consequence of the aforesaid
disposition of the threads, the meshes of such net without traversing threads
will be of two different sizes and forms, viz., small meshes of an bexagonal
form, as at B, which are bounded by a crossing d at top and another crossing
fat bottom, and by one twisting at each sile e and k, those twistings having
an even number of half twists, and also larger meshes of an octagonal form, as
at A, which are bounded by a crossing 6 at top and another crossing hat
bottom, and by three twistings at each side e and k, those twistings having an
even number of half twists, and also larger meshes of an octagonal form, as
at A, which are bounded by a crossing 6 at top and another crossing hat
bottom, and by three twistings at each side, viz., c, k, g, at one side, and l, m, n,
at the other side, and of which twistings the uppermost and lowermost at each
side have an odd number of half twists, as at c, g, and l, n, but the middlemost
twistings on each side bave an even number of half twists, as at k and m.
And note. The several crossings made by the red warp threads are not all
alike, but are of two kinds, that is to say, at every alternate pair of succeeding
crossings the backmost of the two red crossing threads proceeds from the right
hand towards the left, and the frontmost red thread proceeds from left to right,
which is in the same manner as in the ordinary crossings of bobbin net lace
with traversing threads, and these are called binding crossings; nevertheless,
the intermediate pairs of succeeding crossings between those aforesaid alternato
pairs of succeeding crossings are reversed, (viz.) the frontmost of the two red
crossing threads proceeds from right to left, and the backmost thread proceeds
from left to right, all which is fully explained by the Drawing. The texture of
the said kind of bobbin net lace, composed as aforesaid without traversing
threads, and the mode of making the same is well known to manufacturers of
bobbin net lace, or twist lace, and forms no part of my Invention. But this
part of my said improvements now about to be described, relates to that
kind of machinery for making bobbin net lace, which is called single-tier
machinery, the improvement being applicable thereto when the parts thereof
are arranged suitably for making such bobbin net lace as is of the kind

page_text: above described, without traversing threads, and with largo octagonal meshes
and small hexagonal meshes intermixed; the improvement being for the..
purpose of producing opaque spots in such net for the ornament thereof,
those spots being formed by accumulating and gathering up portions of
particular and adjacent warp threads, which are caused to form wraps in
pairs around and between corresponding adjacent bobbin threads in pairs,
by means of suitable action of this part of the improvements, by which
action peculiar and appropriate racking motions are given to the said par-
ticular pairs of adjacent warp threads, which are required for the time being
to form such wraps, those peculiar racking motions being different from
the racking motions which are given to all the warp threads at times when the.
making of spots is not going on, and which racking motions are for the.
purpose (by so racking the warp threads and by passing all the bobbin
carriages, and then again racking the warp threads and repassing the carriages):
of forming those twists of warp and bobbin threads, and crossings of warp.
threads, which are to constitute the meshes of net work as aforesaid. The.
said peculiar racking motions being adapted to cause the aforesaid particular
warp threads to go in pairs of adjacent wrap threads, and to form wraps of
such pairs around and between corresponding adjacent bobbin threads in
pairs, in such manner as to include the latter within the course of the said
wraps, which course resembles the double loops of a figure of eight, with one
bobbin thread of the pair included in each loop, because the said pairs of
wrapping warp threads are caused to pass through between the two bobbin
threads which constitute each pair, around which the said wraps are making, and
which pairs are to be included in those wraps, consequently the succeeding
figure of eight loops which are made by the same pairs of wrapping warp
threads will cross and intersect the preceding figure of eight loops of the same
threads, so as to form a compact accumulation of warp threads, of the nature,
or texture of wicker work, for composing each of the spots, and as fast as such
figure of eight wrappings of pairs of warp threads are so formed around and
between pairs of corresponding included bobbin threads, the said wrappings
may be gathered up, by timely and appropriate application of the ordinary
taking-up points, in part of the formation of spots, which spots are completed
by several repetitions of such getting up of figure of eight wrappings of the
same pairs of warp threads, until a sufficiency thereof is accumulated to
produce spots of the size required for the ornament of the said bobbin net
lace without traversing threads; wherefore the said spots are composed of
accumulated portions of some pairs of the same warp threads, which in their
turn form twists and crossings in part of the meshes of the net work or

page_text: plain ground of the said bobbin net lace, on which the said spots are to be
exhibited, and whereof they are to form the ornament. And note. The spots
which are thus formed of accumulated figure of eight wrappings of pairs o
adjacent warp threads will occupy places in the net where small hexagona
meshes, such as B; would otherwise appear therein, but the spots fill up such
meshes. The particular warp threads which go together in pairs for forming
such figure of eight wrappings are those warp threads which in due course of
making the net work come to intersect each other at the place where each
spot is to be formed, and which warp threads, if no spot were to be made
would by their intersection from the crossing (such as d, for instance) at the
uppermost side of the small hexagonal mesh B. But the said pair of warp
threads having come together and formed a spot, by several figure of eight
wrappings made as aforesaid; (by both threads of the pair going together
in the same figure of eight courso like one thread,) then at the conclusion
of the spot the two warp threads of the said pair separate, and proceed. in
contrary directions, each one along the obliquity of its own proper zig-zag
course, as. it would have done if no spot had been made, but if, in place
thereof, a small hexagonal mesh B had been formed, and as if that mesh had
been concluded by a crossing of the said pair of warp threads, such as 'f, for
instance, at the lowermost side of that mesh. And note. Whereas the
said operation of forming spots, by accumulating wrappings of pairs, of
adjacent warp threads of such bobbin net aforesaid, as is made without
traversing threads, is somewhat similar to certain modes which have been
practised by others for producing spots in bobbin not lace which is made with
traversing threads, and is also similar in some respects to certain modes which
have been practised by others, for producing spots in bobbin net lace
made without traversing threads by accumulating coiled wrappings of pairs of
adjacent warp threads; I confine my claim to the mode already stated,.and
herein-after more particularly described, of producing wicker work spots, from
accumulated figure of eight wrappings of certain pairs of adjacent warp threads
passing around and 'between corresponding adjacent bobbin threads of such
bobbin net lace às is made without traversing threads, of the texture already
described; with small hexagonal meshes and large octagonal meshes. And I
make "no claim to any modo of making spots in such net from coiled
wrappings of pairs of adjacent warp threads, that is, wrappings, which pass
entirely round and round both the bobbin threads of each corresponding pair,
so as to include both the said bobbin threads in the same coiled wrappings;
but according to this part of my improvements, the pair of wrapping warp.
threads passes and repasses between the two threads, of each pair of included

page_text: bobbin threads, as well as around those threads in a figure of eight course,
so as to include one of the said bobbin threads in each of the double
loop of the wrappings, in order to obtain a wicker work texture of spot.
And I make no claim to any mode of accumulating any kind of wrappings of
bobbin threads to form spots in bobbin net lace without traversing threads,
but only of warp threads, in manner aforesaid. The kind of ornamented
bobbin net lace which is to be produced by aid of this part of my improvements
being now fully explained, I shall proceed to describe the machinery which I
use for making the same.
Sheets V. to VIII. of the Drawings hereunto annexed, represent a single-tier
Lever's machine, whereof the parts are suitably arranged for making bobbin
net lace of the kind already explained without traversing threads, and with
small hexagonal meshes and large octagonal meshes intermixed, such not being
either made in a wide piece or in narrow breadths, and all the parts of the
machine deriving their several motions from the continuous turning motion of
one axis F, with a winch handle E, which the workman turns by his hand, or the
same may be turned by the power of millwork machinery; the said machine
also containing the requisite additional apparatus for making spots in the said
net according to this part of my said improvements. And first, respecting
those alterations which are required to be made in the ordinary hand Lever's
machine, in order to adapt it for making plain unornamented bobbin net of
the kind aforesaid without traversing threads, in lieu of ordinary bobbin net
with traversing threads, and which alterations constitute no part of my im-
provements, the same are as follows:-The pusher bars, front and back, are
wholly removed, together with all the parts appertaining to them, such as the
joints by which they are usually supported from the landing bars, the pusher
bar wheel,' and the back dividing levers, and other tackle by which they are
usually moved; all those parts being unnecessary, because the usual dividing
and traversing of the carriages is not required to be performed; also the rack-
ing motion of the front comb bar being unnecessary, its racking wheel and
lever are removed, and the front comb bar is made immoveable between its
_end stop screws; the ordinary catch bar wheels, back and front, are removed
and others are substituted, with their notches cut as represented at A, in
Sheet V., suitably for actuating each catch bar, with an uninterrupted alteration
of lifting and letting fall; the usual levers and links for nudging the driver
of the ratched wheel of the front catch bar wheel are removed, and the centre
pin on which the said driver for the front catch bar wheel is mounted is made
immoveable; likewise the lever and links for lifting the back catch bar
when either of the point bars, front or back, is put down for taking up, are

page_text: removed; the racking wheels are removed from the usual upright axis at the
right-hand end of the Lever's machine, and others are substituted, togethe
with another ratchet wheel for giving motion to them, having twelve o
other suitable number of steps or notches, and of teeth around their re
spective circumferences, those steps or notches being suitably disposed and
arranged for racking the guide bars, in such mannor as is requisite for making
the aforesaid kind of net without traversing threads; the usual single-tie
guide bar of Lever's machine is removed, and two guide bars t and vare
substituted, each having half the number of guides a, b, upon it, the same as
the guide bars of double-tier machinery (see Figure a or 6, Sheet V.), and the
warp threads are threaded through the eyes of those two rows of guides,
because the adjacent warp threads require to be occasionally racked across
each other, in order to obtain the crossings of those warp threads for uniting
the several twists of bobbin threads and warp threads into the form of meshes;
the turn-again or half combs which usually are inserted into vacancies in the
row of back combs in Lever's machinery for the purpose of making breadths
of bobbin net lace with traversing threads are removed, together with their
turn-again comb bar and its racking wheel, and the row of back combs is
made up complete without any vacancies. And if the said bobbin net lace
without traversing threads is intended to be made in breadthis, the séparation
of the net into breadths will be obtained by leaving out one bobbin carriage
from the row thereof, and leaving out one warp thread from the row of back
guides 6, at every place of intended separation; as is represented in the
horizontal plan, Sheet V. And in order to unite the adjacent edges or
selvedges of the several breadths together into one tissue during the fabrication
of the net, lacing threads are to be supplied from a thread roller -L, which may
be the same as the main warp thread roller, or it may be distinct therefrom;
thoso lacing threads being threaded through the eyes of lacing guides 0,
whereof there is one such guide for every separation between the intended.
breadths, and a racking wheel must bo provided with suitably formed steps for
racking the lacing guide bar p, in such manner as will cause the lacing threads
to be properly laced between the adjacent selvedges of the several breadths, as
is shewn in the enlarged representation of the net in Sheet V. And all the
aforesaid alterations of the Lever's machine; from its ordinary state to that
state which renders it suitable for making plain unornamented net of the
kind herein-before described without traversing threads, contain no part of my
present improvements; and although Lever's machines are commonly worked
by men with a series of motions produced by means of handles and treadles,
in the manner of what are termed hand machines, yet for making spotted

page_text: nets without traversing threads according to this part of my said improve-
ments, I prefer to actuate the parts by rotary motion in the manner repre-
sented in the Drawings, Sheets VI. and VII., because of the greater ease and
rapidity of working which is thereby attained, that is to say:-
Description of Sheets VI., VII., and VIII. of the Drawings hereunto annexed.
The winch handle E, which the workman turns continuously round, is fixed on
the extreme end of a short horizontal axis F, which has a fly wheel S fixed on
the other end of it, to regulate its motion; a pinion G, of eighteen teeth, is also
fixed on the axis F, and turns an intermediate wheel R, mounted on a stud
centre pin borne by a bracket fixed to the frame, and the teeth of the wheel R
actuate those of a large spur wheel I, of one hundred and forty-four teeth, on
the end of a long horizontal axis J, J, which extends all the length of the
machine, being sustained in bearings affixed to a strong fixed bearing bar.
At the other end of the axis J, a bevel pinion D, of twenty-four teeth, is fixed,
which acts in the seventy-two teeth of a large bevil wheel B fixed on the
ower end of the upright axis V of the several racking wheels. The requisite
motions for operating with all the several parts of the machine are commu-
nicated to them from the three revolving axes F, J, and V, viz. :-A short
crank is formed on the handle E at the end of the short axis F, and the
crank receives a joint at the foremost end of a crank rod or connecting
rod M, which is jointed at the other end to a lever arm N fixed on the
usual horizontal back axis T, on which axis the usual back levers P, P,
(commonly called drawing tackle levers) are fixed. The crank x, as it
revolves, communicates a rocking or vibratory motion to that axis T,
and to its said back levers, which are connected by back links Q from
the upper ends of the back levers P, P, to the joints of the back landing
bar w, w, and the same back levers are also connected by other long
crooked links H, H, called goose-neck links, extending from the lower
ends of the back levers P, P, to the joints of the front landing bar w, in the
usual manner of Lever's' machinery. Wherefore, the revolving motion of the
crank causes the landing bars w, w, to close mutually towards each other,
and then to open again, and separate from each other at every revolution of
the handle E; and those alternate motions of the landing bars w, w, operating
in conjunction with the alternate action of the two catch bars m, m, as the
same is regulated by their catch bar wheel A, the bobbin carriages will
thereby be passed through between the warp threads, from the back combs to
the front combs at one turn of the crank x, and will then be repassed between
the same threads from front to back at the next succeeding turn thereof.
When the machine is adapted for making spotted net without traversing

page_text: threads, according to this part of my improvements, the proportions of the
toothed wheels G, I, and D, B, being as aforesaid, will cause the upright
axis V of the racking wheels to make one revolution for twenty-four revolutions
of the handle E and crank a, and accordingly the circumferences of the several
racking wheels are divided into twenty-four divisions for the places of the
racking steps, wherefore one of those divisions will come to its acting position
on the several racking levers for every turn of the crank x, that is, at every
time that the landing bars are fully extended, and that the bobbin carriages
are drawn out clear of the warp, threads, either into the back combs, as is
represented in the section, Sheet VI., or else into the front combs. And the
requisite taking-up motions of the point bars y, back and front alternately,
are derived from four camm wheels K, 1, and s, h, fixed. on the long horizontal
axis J, J; that is to say, the two camms K, s, operate alternately to withdraw
tho points, front or back, from the meshes of the net, and to re-insert them
amongst the threads, and the two. other camms 1, h, operate alternately to
lower the points, front or back, and then to raise them up again. Tho- said
action-of the two camms K, s, is transmitted by. withdrawing levers Z, one to
cach camm; each of the levers:Z being poised by its middle on a fixed centre
pin, and having a truck at its foremost end, to apply to the edge of its camm K
or s, on the main axis.J; and the back most end of each lever Z is connected
by an upright withdrawing link to the backmost end of the horizontal arm of
an elbow lover. c, which is mounted on a fixed centre pin, supported, by the
back tye bar of the machine. There are two such elbow levers e. and c, side
by side, on the same fixed centre pin, one for withdrawing the back point bar
by a link n, and the other for withdrawing. the front point bar. by, a link. f.
For the front point bar, the upper end of the upright arm of its elbow lever e
is connected by a withdrawing link f to the upper end of a lever arm g, affixed
to the top joint bar d, from which the front point bar y is suspended by its top.
joint links in the usual manner of Lever's machines. Wherefore, when, a pro-
minence-of-the-camm K presents itself to the truck of its withdrawing lover Z,
it causes the front points to be withdrawn from the meshes of the net; but
when the said prominence of the camm K passes away, it allows the front
points to be reinserted by action of suitable reacting springs, which are applied
as usual; and by the combined action of the two cams K, l, or else s, h, one
or other of the two point bars is withdrawn from the net, and then lowered
down; and then reinserted amongst the threads, and then raised up again at
the proper times for performing the taking up. of the meshes of net, or else
taking up the wrappings for composing the spots, which taking-up action-
recurs at every timo that the bobbin carriages are taken into the back combs,

page_text: the taking up being performed at one of those times by the front points, and
at the next succeeding time by the back points alternately; that is to say, for
lifting the front points, the action of their taking-up camm is transmitted by.
a treadle lever U, which is poised by its middle on a fixed centre pin, and
having a truck on its foremost end to apply to the circumference of the camm 7,
the backmost end being connected by an upright lifting link W, with the back-
most end of the usual tail pole lever X, which is affixed to the spindle bar Y.
in the usual manner of Lever's machines. Wherefore, when a notch. or.
depression of the camm / comes into action beneath the truck of the treadle
lever U, the same will lower the front point bar y down, and on the contrary,
an elevation of the camm / will lift up that point bar again. The withdrawing
camm K operates first by a prominence to withdraw the front points from the
net, and immediately after they are withdrawn, tho other camm / presents a
depression, which begins to lower them down whilst they continue out of the
threads, and when they get down, the prominence of the camm K passing
away allows the front points to be reinserted amongst the warp threads, by
reaction of their springs, which being done, an elevation of the camm / comes
round and raises up the front points for taking up. The back points are
actuated in their turn by a similar operation of their withdrawing cam 8, in
conjunction with that of their taking-up camm h. Each point bar is thus
made to take up twice for each revolution of the main axis J; the front
points operating at one-fourth of that revolution, and the back points operating
at the next succeeding fourth of.. the same revolution, and so on alternately.
But note. That frequency of taking up is not requisite for merely making
plain unornamented net of the kind aforesaid, without traversing threads,.
neither is it any impediment to the making thereof, provided that the taking-
up motions are performed by rotary machinery, without interruption to the
vibration of the bobbin carriages. The frequent repetitions of taking up are
calculated for taking up the figure of eight wrappings of warp threads which
are to form spots according to this part of my said improvements. The
machinery bitherto described only. relates to the making of plain unornamented
bobbin net lace without traversing threads, which net is to form the trans-
parent ground whereon the spots are to bo exhibited for the ornament thereof,
and the making of such plain unornamented net is no part of my Invention. But
note. It is only twelve steps out of the twenty-four steps around the circum-.
ferences of the several racking wheels i, j, and q, Sheet V., which are operative
for the making of such plain net, viz., those steps which are numbered. No. 21.
to No. 8 inclusive in the Drawings; the other twelve steps, from No. 9 to.
No. 20 inclusive, being operative during the making of the spots according to
с

page_text: .
this part of my improvements; and hence, if the machine were only intended
for making plain unornamented net, as herein-before supposed, without
applying any part of my present improvements thereto, the said twelve steps
numbered No. 21 to No. 8 inclusive, would occupy the whole circumference
of the several racking wheels i, j, and q, and those circumferences would then
be divided into twelve instead of twenty-four, and the proportions of the
toothed wheel work G, I, and B, D, would be rendered suitable thereto, by
making the proportion of the spur wheel I six times the size of the spur
pinion G, and making the bevel wheel B double the size of the bevil pinion D ;
and further, as the points would only be required to operate four times for
taking up during the time of performing those twelve racking motions, that
is, the front points should take up twice and back points twice, therefore the
withdrawing camms K, s, should have only one prominence each, instead of
the two prominences represented in Sheet VIII., and the taking-up camms
1, h, should have only one notch in the circumference of each, instead of two
notches, as there represented. The general arrangement and operation of the
machinery, whereby it might make plain unornamented bobbin net lace with-
out traversing threads, being now explained, and being no part of my Inven-
tion, the manner whereby, according to this part of my improvements, spots
are produced in such net for the ornament thereof is as follows:-Those warp
threads which are from time to time to be accumulated, in figure of eight
wrappings to form the spots, are supplied from two warp rollers 1 and 2,
distinct from any other warp roller; but as the said warp threads are to form
meshes of tho net work when they are not forming spots, the turning of the
said rollers is retarded by friction produced by means of lovers loaded with
weights 6, 29, and 5, 7, with just so much friction as to cause a suitable
tension on those warp threads for making twists and crossings for plain net,
when those threads are pulled off from their.said warp rollers 1 and 2. The
warp threads from the said two warp rollers 1 and 2 are carried up, and
threaded through the eyes of front and back guides, at suitable places in the
two rows of guides a, b, all those threads which are intended to be operativo
in making spots at the same time (in one transverse row across the width of
the net) being supplied from one warp roller 1, and all those warp threads
which are to make spots at the next succeeding time in another such succeed-
ing row being supplied from the other warp roller 2. The places across the
width of the net where the spots are disposed in one row (made from warp
threads supplied by the roller 1) are interspaced to the places where the spots
are disposed in the next succeeding row (made from threads of the roller 2),
and thereby the spots are distributed over the net according to what is called

page_text: a chequered pattern. The two adjacent warp threads which are to go together
in a pair like one thread, for forming each spot, by a succession of figure of
eight wrappings, as before explained, are both threads supplied from the same
warp roller either 1 or 2, but one of the said warp threads of each such pair
is threaded through a front guide a, and the other through a corresponding
back guide b, and in case there are any other warp threads which are never
required to form spots, they must be supplied from some other warp roller,
such as L, which is distinct from the rollers 1 and 2, the said threads being
carried up alternately to a front guide a, and to a back guide b, in the same
manner as the warp threads are usually distributed to the two rows of guides
in double-tier machinery. But note. When the spots are intended to be as
near together across the width of the net as they appear to be in the enlarged
representation, Sheet V., all the warp threads will in turn become operative
for making spots, as is apparent in that representation, so that every alternate
thread in each row of guides a and b will be taken from the front roller 1,
and the intermediate threads in each of the said rows will be taken from the
back roller 2, excepting at the right-hand edge or selvedge of each of the
several breadths, where one back guide at the left-hand side of the place for
each intended separation between the breadths is supplied with its
warp tbread
from the roller L, because the warp thread is never required to be operative
in the formation of spots. And note.-At the exact place for each such sepa-
ration one back guide is left empty without any warp thread in it, in order that
there may be a vacancy in the warp threads corresponding to the vacancy
occasioned in the bobbin threads, by the leaving out of one bobbin carriage,
as is represented in the horizontal plan, Sheet V. The lacing threads for
uniting the edges of the breadths together during their fabrication may be
supplied from the same thread roller L as those warp threads last mentioned,
which are never required to be operative in forming spots, each lacing thread
being carried up through the eye of a lacing guide o, at the back of the row
of back guides, and which stands immediately behind the said vacant back
guide, the lacing guide o being fixed on a lacing guide bar p; the two front
guides which are immediately adjacent to the said vacancy in the back guides,
viz., one front guide in each side thereof, are supplied with warp threads from
a.distinct thread roller 3, of their own; because those warp threads are only
concerned in the formation of the selvidge meshes along the two edges of
each of the several breadths, and therefore do not proceed obliquely more than
the widths of one mesh in their zig-zag course before they return with contrary
obliquely, instead of traversing across the width of the meshes, as all the other
warp threads do, even those which are not concerned in making spots; and

page_text: hence those said two front guides do not require to be supplied with so much
length of warp thread as the others do, and must have a distinct supply. And
note. The guide a of the front row are at most times interspaced to those
of the back row b, so that the two rows of warp threads appear like one single-
tier row when viewed from the front, and are therefore suitable for passing
and repassing the single-tier row of bobbin carriages between the warp threads
in the usual manner of Lever's machines. The row of front guides a, on the
front guide bar t, are racked by a racking wheel i, on the upright axis V;
the back guides b, on the bar V, are racked by another such wheel j; and the
9. The proper
lacing guides o, on the bar p, are racked by a third wheel
forms for the steps around their racking wheels are represented in Sheet V.,
and they are adapted to give such racking motions to the several guides,
as well in conjunction with the passing and repassing of the bobbin car-
riages, cause the requisite twists to be formed by the several bobbin threads
around those warp threads which are, for the time being, the corresponding
warp threads, such twists being for tho inclining sides of the meshes of
the net work; and also at intervals the said wheels give such racking
motions as will carry the warp threads of the front row a across in front of
the threads of the back row b, and vice versa, will carry the warp threads of
the back row across behind those of the front row, in order to form the cross-
ings of warp threads by which the aforesaid twists are to be united to form
meshes, and those crossings are taken up by timely and appropriate insertion
of the points, either back or front points; such insertion being made at every
time that the carriages are drawn into tho back combs, as represented in
Sheet V.; the front points r being operative at one time, as is there shewn,
but at the next succeeding time the back points will be operative. The racking
motions which are given to the lacing guides o by their wheel q are at times
coincident with those which are at the same time given to the back guides b
by their wheel j; but the coincidence is only at times, because it is not
intended to form complete twists of the selvidge bobbin threads around the
lacing threads, but only occasional loops, as is shewn by the enlarged repre-
sentation, Sheet V. And in order to produce those peculiar racking motions
of those warp threads which are to make figure of eight wrappings round
bobbin threads for the formation of spots, I apply a new sort of guides, which
I call selecting guides, in two rows 4 and 8, on two bars 9 and 10, one row 4 in
the front and the other row 8 at the back of the two rows of warp threads a, b.
The selecting guides are fixed at such distances apart in their respective rows
4 and 8 as corresponds to the places where spots are intended to be made at
the same time in the width of the net, the selecting guides 1 of the front row

page_text: corresponding to those 8 of the back row. The shanks of the selecting guides
may be soldered into stems of brass plate in the usual manner of extra guides,
and those stems stand up from the bars 9 and 10 with an inclination conform-
able to the insides of the comb bars k, k, and the extremities of the selecting
guides are bended into a horizontal position, suitably for insertion amongst the
warp threads above the eyes of the guides a, b, and immediately beneath the
combs; the said extremities are formed with a hooked notch on the right-
hand side of each guide, which notches will admit the warp threads into them
when the said extremities have been inserted amongst those threads, and when
those threads have been afterwards racked towards the left hand, so as to bring
them to bear laterally against the extremities of the several selecting guides at
the notched sides thereof, which being done, the selecting guides 4 and 8 are
withdrawn from amongst the warp threads, and in so doing they will catch
and select the intended warp threads within their hooked notches, and will
draw those particular threads, as represeeted in Sheet V., so far outwards
from the rows of warp threads a, b, to which they belong respectively, as will
admit of racking the said particular and selected warp threads, independently
of the other warp threads, with such peculiar racking motions as is requisite
for causing the said selected warp threads to form figure of eight wrappings
around those bobbin threads which are for the time being their corresponding
bobbin threads. The bars 9 and 10, on which the selecting guides 4 and 8
are fixed, are supported on pivots at their ends in bearing sockets 11, 11,
Sheet VII. (which may either be fixed to the comb bars, or otherwise, to suit-
able fixed supports), so as to be capable of turning round or tilting a little, in
order to insert the extremities of the selecting guides amongst the warp threads,
or else to withdraw them therefrom. The requisite tilting motion of the
selecting guide bars 9 and 10 is produced by lateral prominences on the under
side of the rim of a wheel 17 on the upright axis V; those prominences
operate in turn on a beak at the extremity of a lever 16, which is poised by its
middle on a fixed centre pin, and the opposite end is connected by an upright
link 15 with a short lever arm 14, which projects out backwards from the back
selecting bar 10; another longer lever arm, similar to 14, is pulled down by a
spring, as shewn in Shoet VI., which always tends to withdraw the selecting
guides 8 outwards away from the warp threads, when the prominences of the
wheel 17 pass away from the tooth of the lever 16, and a stop screw in the
said longer lever arm limits their retreat by stopping upon a fixed support.
The front selecting guide bar 9 is tilted simultaneously with the back bar 10 by
means of a short stump lever 12, which projects inwards from the front bar 9,
and is forked to receive a pin in another short stump lever 13, which projects

page_text: inwards from the back bar 10. Both the selecting guide bars 9 and 10 are
capable of racking endways by motion of their pivots in their bearing sockets
11, and suitable racking motions are given to each bar by racking wheels 25
and 26, fixed on the upright axis V; the steps around the circumference of
those wheels acting against suitable beaks formed at the ends of racking
levers 28, 24, which are mounted on upright centro pins fixed into supports
attached to the frame. The said beaked ends of the racking levers 23, 24,
are connected by wire links with the right-hand ends of the selecting guide
bars 9 and 10, which bars have slender springs applied at their left-hand
ends to pull those wire links tight, and the tail ends of the racking levers
23, 24, have stronger reacting springs applied to them to bear the beaks
of those racking levers towards the steps of their racking wheels 25, 26.
The forms for the steps around those wheels are represented in Sheet V. The
racking motions for the two guide bars t and vare transmitted from the steps
of their respective racking wheels i and j, by similar racking lovers, with
reacting tail springs and wire links, and with slender springs at the left-hand
ends of the several bars. The racking wheels on the upright axis V go once
round whilst one row of spots is made, with as much plain net as belongs
thereto, and as is intended to intervene between that row and the next
succeeding row, that is to say, as much net as constitutes two succeeding
rows of complete meshes, viz', a row of small bexagonal meshes, such, for
instance, as a, b, in the enlarged representation, Sheet V; then a row of the
large octagonal meshes A; those two rows being formed by means of four
successive warp-thread crossings b, d, f, and h, and by the time so much net
has been made, the racking wheels will have gone quite round. And note.
During tho making of the said two succeeding rows of meshes, a row of
small hexagonal meshes B will also bave been made, side by side with the
large octagonal meshes A, being formed contemporaneously therewith; and of
those meshes B, every other alternate one in their transverso row will have
been filled up by several successive figure of oight wrappings of a pair of
warp threads, constituting a spot, and those spots, as well as the two suc-
ceeding rows of complete meshes aforesaid, are made complete during the
period whilst the racking wheels are going once round, as aforesaid; and in
order that the spots which are to be made at the next succeeding revolution of
the racking wheels may be interspaced to those made at the preceding revolu-
tion according to a chequered pattern, the two selecting guide bars 9 and 10
are cach traversed endways in the interval between the making of the spots,
the distance traversed being half the lateral distance at which the spots stand
apart in their transversed rows. That traversing is performed when the

page_text: selecting guides 4 and 8 aro withdrawn and detached from all the warp
threads, and will have no effect thereon; but when the said selecting guides:
4 and 8, after. having been so traversed, are again inserted amongst the warp
threads, they will go in at different places in the rows: thereof, and will select
and catch different pairs of warp threads from those. which they caught at the
preceding time. Of the two warp threads composing each pair of warp
threads, which are to go together in making figure of eight wrappings for
forming spots, one is a back guide thread b, which is selected and caught
by a back selecting guide 8, and the other is a front guide thread a, which is
selected and caught by a corresponding front selecting guide 4; but both the
said warp threads which constitute a pair are supplied from the same warp:
roller, either 1 or 2. And note. At one time of forming spots, the selecting
guides 4.and 8 will select and catch all those pairs of warp threads which are
supplied from the warp roller 1, that will be during one revolution of the
racking wheels on the upright axis V, and at the next succeeding time
of making spots during the next succeeding revolution of the racking.
wheels, the same selecting guides 4 and 8 (having been traversed in the
interim as aforesaid) will select and catch other pairs of warp threads, which
are supplied from the other warp roller 2; and then at another next succeding
revolution of the racking wheels and time of making spots, the same selecting
guides 4 and 8 (having been traversed back again) will select and catch the
same first-mentioned pairs of warp threads which are supplied from the warp
roller 1, as they did before, and so on at every other revolution of the racking
wheels. The traversing of the selecting guide bars 9 and 10 is performed by
lifting up or letting down their two racking levers 23, 24, upon their upright
fixed centre pins, so much up or down thereon as will bring different parts of
the teeth or beaks of the said racking levers opposite to and in contact with
the edges of their respective racking wheels 25, 26, and one of those parts of
each of the beaks being more prominent than the other part by as much as
the intended traversing distance, the bars 9 and 10 will be traversed by thus
bringing the more or less prominent parts into action; but whether one part
of each of those beaks or the other is thus rendered operative, the same
racking motions will be communicated by the racking levers 23, 24, from the
steps of the racking wheels 25, 26, to each of their respective selecting guide
bars 9 and 10. The requisite lifting up and letting down of the racking
levers 23, 24, is performed by a notched wheel 18, which, together with a
ratchet wheel 19.of eight teeth, is mounted on a horizontal stud centre pin,
fixed into a supporting bracket in a direction pointing towards the upright
axis V, and in a suitable position for the teeth of the said ratchet wheel 19.

page_text: to be intercepted by a single revolving tooth, which is affixed to the uppermost
racking wheel 26, on the axis V, so that at every revolution of that axis the
said ratchet wheel 19 will be turned one tooth, and the notched wheel 18 with
it; and that wheel has alternate prominences and notches, as represented in
Sheet V., to operate beneath a tooth at one end of a lifting lever 20, whereof
the other end is mounted on a horizontal fixed centre pin; and from near the
middle of the lifting lever 20, a link descends to suspend the racking lever 23,
that link being connected to a bended piece 22 6ixed to the lever 28, and
rcaching upwards and over the top of the fixed centre pin of the lever 23, in
order that the suspension by the said link may be in the centre line of the
axis of motion of the lever 23, and the same bended piece also reaches
downwards and beneath the said fixed centre pin, in order that the pulling-
down spring which is connected thereto may act in the said centre line, so as
to insure the descent of the racking lever 23 whenever a notch of the notched
wheel 18 presents itself beneath the tooth of the lifting lever 20. The other
racking lever 24 is suspended in like manner by a link and bended piece 27
from another lifting lever 21, whereof the extremity rests upon the extremity
of the lever 20, so as to participate in the motion thereof. By these means
the two racking levers 23 and 24 will be raised up or let down both together,
like one, in the interval between the making of each successive row of spots,
the motion being so much as will bring the more prominent or less prominent
parts of their respective beaks opposite to and in contact with the wedges of
their corresponding racking wheels 25 and 26, for the purpose of traversing
the two selecting guide bars 9 and 10 both together, like one, as already
explained. And note. At every revolution of the upright axis V, the
revolving tooth wheel which is fixed to the uppermost racking wheel 26 will
come to act in the lowermost tooth of the cight-toothed ratched wheel 19,
so as to turn the same one tooth, but no more; and in order to prevent tho
ratchet wheel overrunning and being turned more than one tooth, a short stud
pin is fixed into the sloping side of each tooth of the ratched wheel 19, so as
to project out therefrom, as is represented in Sheet VIII.; and when tho
revolving tooth of the racking wheel 26 comes into action against the lower-
most tooth of the ratchet wheel 19, the said stud pin in the sloping side of the
next succeeding tooth thercof follows after the revolving tooth, and prevents the
ratchet wheel 19 turning otherwise than by the guidance of the said revolving
tooth, and the notched wheel 18 is formed with a series of alternate promi-
nences and notches, as shewn in Sheet V., whereby during one revolution of
the upright axis V of the racking wheels it will hold the racking levers 23
and 24, lifted up so that the least prominent parts of their beaks will be in

page_text: action, thereby keeping the selecting guide bars 9 and 10 traversed towards
the right hand, in which case their selecting guides 4 and 8 will be prepared
for selecting and catching the pair of warp threads proceeding from the warp
roller 1, but at the next succeeding revolution of the racking wheels on the
axes V, the notched wheel 18 will present a notch, and let down the two
racking levers 28 and 24, so as to bring the most prominent parts of their
beaks into action against the edges of their racking wheels 25, 26, thereby
traversing the selecting guide bars 9 and 10 towards the left hand, in which
case their selecting guides 4 and 8 will be prepared for catching and selecting
those pairs of warp threads which proceed from the warp roller 2, and when
the pair of selecting warp threads are in progress of forming their intended
figure of eight wrappings round their corresponding bobbin threads, in order
to produce spots, and those wrappings are in the act of being gathered up by
the points, whether front points or back points, then it is requisite to diminish
the retarding friction on that warp roller (either 1 or 2) which supplies thoso
particular pairs of warp threads which are at the time in progress of forming
their wrappings, so that the said roller may yield off its warp threads easily
as the points gather the same up. For this purpose the weights and loaded
levers, either 7 and 31, or 29 and 32, which cause the retarding friction on
the warp rollers 1 or 2, must be lifted up for a moment when the points are
in the act of taking up either the front or back wrappings of those pairs
of warp threads which are supplied from the said roller. The said weights 7
and 29 are suspended by wire links from their loaded levers 31 and 32, which
are moveable about fixed centre pins at one end, and to the middle part of
each lever 31, 32, a flexible brass wire is attached after the same has been
coiled two or threo times round the groved sheave at the right-hand end of
each of the warp rollers 1, 2, the opposite ends of the same flexible brass
wires being made fast to fixed supports in the same manner as friction cords
are usually applied to thread rollers; others such loaded levers 33, 30, with
weights 6, 5, are applied with like flexible brass wires at the left-hand ends
of the 'rollers 1 and 2; the force of the several loaded levers drawing the said
flexible brass wires tight round the sheaves of the rollers causes a retarding
friction, and the intensity thereof is regulated by altering the weights 6, 7, or
5, 29, or by moving the same nearer to or further from the centres of their
loaded levers 31, 33, or 30, 32, after what is termed steel-yard fashion, until
the warp threads are subjected to the desired tension for making the plain net
without regard to the making of spots; but when spots are making, one or
other of the loaded levers 31 or 32, as the case may be, must be lifted up for
a moment, as before stated, which is done by an upright lifter 34, which has

page_text: prominent teeth on its upper end; which are adapted to catch and lift up one
or other of the loaded levers 30 or 31, when required; the lifter 34 is jointed
near the middle of its length to the foremost end of a lifting lever 35, which
is poised by its middle on a fixed centre pin; and to the extreme end of the
tail of the lever 35 two or more lifting springs 28 are applied, of sufficient
strength to overcome and lift up either one of the loaded levers 31 or 32
whenever one or other of the teeth of the upright lifter 34 is permitted to act
thereon, but neither of the said teeth is permitted to act at all except when
spots are making; and in order to move the lifter 34, a truck on the lifting
lever 35 is applied to the edge of a revolving. giving-off camm wheel 36,
which is fixed on the main axis J, so that whenever a prominence of the
giving-off camm 36 comes to act on the track of the lifting lever 35 it will bear
down the same; together with the lever 34, in opposition to the lifting springs
28, and then as the prominence of the camm 36 passes away from the truck:
it allows the lifter 34 to be raised up endways by reaction of its lifting springs
28 at the tail end of the lever 35. If the upright lifter 34 is held exactly
perpendicular whilst it is thus raised up, neither of its prominent teeth will
interfere with either of the loaded. levers 31; or 32, and consequently it will
produce no effect on them, and that is the case when no spots are inaking;
but if the upper end of the lifter 34 is brought forwards a little way from-the
perpendicular, as represented in the section, Sheet VI., then as it is raised up
by reaction of its lifting springs 28, its prominent tooth on its front side. will
come beneath a pin projecting laterally from the loaded lever 31, and lift the
same upwards; and the flexible brass wire, which is passed around the grooved--
sheave at the right-hand end of the roller 1 in the manner of a friction cord,
being attached to the same projecting. pin. of tho lever 31, the lifting up,
thereof will render that brass wire slack. around the groove of the roller 1, so
as to relievo the same from the friction of-that wire, in order that those.
particular warp threads which are supplied from that roller 1, and which are
-then-in-progress-of-forming their figure of eight wrappings, may draw off so
easily when the said wrappings are taken up by the points, as is suitable for
yielding as much length of thread as those wrappings require. And note.-)
The other loaded lever 33 and weight-6, with its flexible brass wire around>
the other sheave at the left-hand end of the warp roller 1, is not disturbed by:
the said action of the lifter 34, but the same continues by action of its
weight 6 to produce friction for retarding the pulling off of the pairs of warp
threads from the roller 1, and the said weight 6 must be so regulated as to
cause a suitable but slight tension on the said pairs of warp threads when
their figure of eight wrappings are taken up by the points; the giving-off

page_text: camm 86 permits the upright lifter 34 to riso by reaction of the lifting
springs 28, so as to lift up the loaded lever (either 31 or 32, as the case may
be,) at the same moment when the taking-up camm or his 'raising up the
point bar, whether the front one or the back one, for taking up the wrappings,
The above action is repeated every time of taking up with the points, whether
front points or back points, during the formation of the row of spots by figure
of eight wrappings of those pairs of warp threads which are supplied from
the warp roller 1, and that is the case during one revolution of the racking
wheels on the upright axis V; and when those spots are completed, then
the upright lifter 34 is restored to its perpendicular position by putting its
upper end a little backwards, in which case, although it continues to be put
down by its going-off cam 36, and then to be lifted up again by reaction of its
lifting springs 28 at every time when either of the point bars is raised up,
nevertheless, the prominent tooth in front of the lifter 34 will not come in
contact with the projecting pin of the loaded lever 31, but the same will act
continually by its weight 7 and its flexible brass wire to produce friction for
retarding the motion of the warp roller 1, so as, in conjunction with the
friction produced by a like action of the other loaded lever 83, weight 6, and
its flexible brass wire on the left-hand end of the roller 1, to cause just so
much tension on these particular warp threads which are supplied from that
roller as all the other warp threads endure, and as is suitable for making the
net work; and the same may be said of the other warp roller 2, which is not
yet subjected to any action from the lifter 84; and during the next succeeding
revolution of the racking wheels on the upright axis V, when another next
succeeding row of spots is to be formed by figure of cight wrappings of the
pairs of warp threads which are supplied by the warp roller 2, then the upper
end of the lifter 34 is put back so far from its perpendicular position that its
other tooth which projects out from it behind will come beneath a pin project-*
ing laterally from the other loaded lever 32, and to which pin the end of the
flexible brass wire for the warp roller 2 is fastened; wherefore the giving-off
action already explained respecting the warp roller 1 will be repeated exactly
by the warp roller 2 during the formation of a row of spots by the pairs of
warp threads proceeding from that roller, and when those spots are completed
the upright lifter 34 will be again restored to its perpendicular position, in
which it will produce no effect on either of the loaded levers 31 or 32, and it
will continue to be inoperative during all the time that meshes of plain net
are making without spots for intervening between the succeeding rows of spots.
The upright lifter 34 is retained in its perpendicular position, or else it is
inclined either forwards or backwards, in manner before stated, by action of

page_text: a notched wheel 38, which, together with a ratchet wheel 41, of twenty-four
teeth, is mounted on a stud centre pin fixed into a support, and which ratchet
wheel is turned round one tooth at a time by a driver 40 jointed to the lifting
lever 35, and the wheel 38 makes only one revolution, whilst the racking
wheels on the upright axis V make two revolutions. The action of the notches
around the circumference of the notched wheel 38 is transmitted to the upright
lifter 34 by means of a pendulous lever 37, which is suspended on a fixed
centre pin at its upper end, and has a tooth near its middle to apply to the
edge of the wheel 38, and from its lower end a horizontal connecting link 39
extends to the lower end of the upright lifter 34, which end is a prolongation
thereof downward; below the joint by which it is united to the end of the
lifting lever 35, a reacting spring is applied to pull forward the lower end of
the pendulous lever 37, and keep its tooth in contact with the notched wheel
38, whereof the proper form is delineated in Sheet V. When the most
prominent part of the circumference of the notched wheel 38 is in action on
the said tooth of the pendulous lever 37, then the upright lifter 31 will be
inclined forwards, as is represented in Sheet VI., and will operate on the loaded
lever 31 of the warp roller 1, as already described; but when the least prominent
part of the circumference of the notched wheel 38 is in action, the upright
lifter 34 will be inclined backwards suitably for operating on the loaded lever
32 of the warp roller 2; or when the intermediate portions of the circum-
ference of the notched wheel 38 between its aforesaid greatest and least
prominences are in action, then the upright lifter 34 will be kept perpendicular,
and will produce no action on either of the loaded levers 31 or 32.
note. The other two thread rollers L and 3 are weighted in the usual manner
of extra thread rollers, their retarding friction being constantly operative on
them, and being regulated to produce a suitable tension on the warp threads
which are supplied from those rollers, and equal to the tension of those warp
threads which are supplied from the warp rollers 1 and 2, when all the four
loaded levers 33, 31, and 30, 32, are in action to produce such tension.
The point bars, front and back, require to be occasionally shogged en:lways, in
order that the points may enter properly amongst the warp threads for taking
up, and such shogging must be performed whilst the points are withdrawn
from amongst the threads and are descending in the interim before they are
inserted again. This is done by small notched wheels which are mounted on
studs fixed into the spindle bars Y and O, by which the point bars are sus-
tained, and turned by ratchet wheels with suitable claw drivers, that is to say.
for shogging the front point bar y, a notchel wheel 4 with a ratchet wheel
43 of six teeth, are both mounted on a stud centre pin fixed into the spindle
And

page_text: bar Y, and the ratchet wheel 43 is turned round a tooth at a time by a claw
driver 42, which is mounted on stud pin fixed to the top bar of the frame,
that motion being given whilst the front point bar y is being lowered down,
because the claw driver 42 then detains one of the six teeth of the ratchet
wheel 43 at the time when the stud centre pin of the wheel 43 is tilting and
coming forwards, in consequence of the motion of the spindle bar Y into
which it is fixed. The action of the notched wheel 44 is transmitted to the
top joint bar d of the front point bar y by an elbow lever 46 which is mounted
on another stud centre pin fixed into the same spindle bar Y. There is a
beak at one end of the elbow lever 46 which applies to the edge of the
notched wheel.44, and the other end of the same lever applies to a stud which
projects upwards from the top joint bar d, consequently when a prominence of
the notched wheel 44 comes into action on the beak of the elbow lever 46, it
will allow the front point bar y to be shogged towards the left by a pull of a
spring 47 at the left-hand end of the top joint bar d, moving the same as far
as the left-hand end stops screw to that bar will permit, but when the promi-
nence of the wheel 44 passes away out of action, it causes the front point bar
to be racked towards the right as far as the right-hand end stop screw of the
top joint-bar d will permit, that racking being effected by the force of a strong
spring 48 which is applied to the elbow lever 46, and which may be either a
curled wire spring, or a blade spring (or both united), but must be strong
enough to overcome the first-mentioned spring 47. The requisite shogging
of the back point bar is performed in like manner by a notched wheel 49
with a ratchet wheel and an elbow lever 50 applied upon the spindle bar O
for the back point bar, and a claw driver 45 applied on a fixed stud pin
with springs and stop screws, all which are exact duplicates of those parts
nlready described for shogging the front point bar y, and require no farther
description. And note. The taking-up points remain just as usual in
Lever's machines, being cast ten per inch in their leads for a ten-point gage,
but in the act of taking up the points do not go quito up at once to stop
at their resting place, as usual in Lever's machinery, but each row of points
when it takes up is lifted up close under the other row of points which is in
the meshes of the net, and then, as soon as ever that other row is withdrawn
from the said meshes, that row of points first mentioned, which has recently
taken up, is lifted up a little higher, so as to take the same level in the meshes
of the net that the other row of points occupied before the same was with-
drawn, and each point bar performs in that manner in its turn. The said
action, which is common in other lace machinery, is effected by the forms of the
taking-up camms and h, as represented in Sheet VIII., but the same action

page_text: might be obtained by means of what are called overlapping horns to cach
point bar. The winding up of the lace or net as fast as it is made is per-
formed in the usual manner of Lover's machines, by a worm wheel on the
end of the axis of the lace roller, the teeth thereof being engaged by the
threads of a worm on a cross axis, which has a ratchet wheel u fixed on its
foremost end, and the ratchet teeth are turned one at a time by a driver which
is jointed to a short arm projecting out forwards from the main joint arm by
which the front landing bar is suspended. And note.-For making rows of
spots which are to succeed each other at the distance apart which is denoted in
the enlarged representation, Sheet V, the winding up may go on continually,
as well when spots are making as when plain net is making,
Table of References to the Drawings, Sheets VI. to VIII., representing a
rotary Lever's machine for making ornamented net without traversing threads.
(A), front catch bar wheel; (B), bevil wheel, of seventy-two teeth, on the lower
end of the upright axis V, turned by bevil piuion D; (C), end standard of the
main frame; (D), bevil pinion, of twenty-four teeth, on end of axis J; (E),
winch handle, to turn the whole machine; (F), short horizontal axis of the
handle E, and of the crank a; (G), spur pinion, of eighteen teeth, fixed on the
axis F of the handle E and crank x; (II), goose-neck links; (1), large spur
wheel, of one hundred and forty-four teeth, on the end of the axis J; (J), long
horizontal axis, with taking-up camms on it; (K), withdrawing camm for the
front points fixed on the main axis J; (L), lacing thread roller, also main warp
thread roller, for warp threads which are never required to form spots; (M),
connecting or crank rod from the crank a to the lower arm N; (N), lever arm
on the back axis T, the connecting rod N being jointed to it; (O), horizontal
spindle bar for the back point bar; (P), back levers on the back axis T, for
moving the landing bars w, w; (Q), back links from the back lever to the
back landing bar w; (R), intermediate spur wheel between the pinion G and
the wheel I; (S), revolving fly wheel on the end of the axis F of the handle
E and crank a; (T), horizontal back axis of the drawing tackle levers P, and
lever arm N (U), treadle lever for lifting the front point bar by the camm 1,
and upright back link W; (V), upright axis of the racking wheels at the
right-hand end of the machine, turned by the bevil wheel B and pinion D;
(W), upright lifting link for the front point bar y, extending from the treadle
lever U to the tail pole lever X; (X), tail pole lever for the front point bar y,
projecting out backwards from its spindle bar Y; (Y), horizontal spindle bar
for the front point bar y; (Z), withdrawing lever for the front point bar,
actuated by the camm K; (a), front main guides; (b), back main guides;
(c), elbow lever for withdrawing the back point bar by the link n, corre-

page_text: sponding to e; (d), top joint bar of the front point bar y; (e), elbow with
drawing lever for the front points bar; (f), withdrawing link for the front
point bar by its elbow lever e, and lever arm g; (9). lever arm to the top
point bar.d of the front point bar for withdrawing; (h), taking-up camm for
lifting the back points; it is fixed on the main axis J; (i), racking wheel.on
the upright axis V, for racking the front guide bar t; (j), racking wheel on
the upright axis V, for racking the back guide bar v; (k), comb bars, front
and back; (), taking-up camm for lifting the front points; it is fixed on the
main axis J; (m), catch bars, front and back; (n), withdrawing link to tho
back point bar; (o), lacing guides at each vacancy in the row of back.guides;
(p), lacing guide bar; (9), racking wheel on the upright axis V, for racking
the lacing guide bar p; (r), front points; (s), withdrawing camm for the back
points; it is fixed on the main axis J; (t), front main guide bar; (u), ratchet
wheel for winding up the lace roller; (v), back main guide bar; (w), landing
bars, front and back; (a), revolving crank formed on the winch handle E, at
the end of the axis F; (y),.front point bar; (e), upright. withdrawing links
for the front point bar y. (1), front warp roller for supplying pairs of warp
threads which are to form spots at one time; (2), back warp roller for
supplying pairs of warp threads which are to form spots at the next time;
(3), warp thread roller, for supplying warp threads at the two selvedges of each
breadth; (4), front selecting guides fixed on the bar 9; (5), weight to the
loaded lever 30, for the brass friction wire at the left-hand end of the warp
roller 2; (6) weight to the loaded lever 33, for the brass friction wire at the left-
hand end of the warp roller 1; (7), weight to the loaded lever 31, for the brass.
friction wire at the right-hand end of the warp roller 1; (8), back selecting
guides fixed on the bar 10; (9), front selecting guide bar; (10), back selecting
guide bar; (11), bearing sockets for tho end pivots of the two selecting guide
bars 9 and 10; (12), short stump lever, forked, and projecting inwards from
the front selecting guide bar 9; (18), another short stump lever, with a pin to
go into the fork of 12; it is fixed to the back selecting guide bar 10; (14),
short lever arm, projecting out backwards from the back selecting guide bar
10; (15), upright link for inserting the selecting guides; (16), lever, with a
beak, to apply to the prominences of the wheel 17, and to insert the selecting
guides; (17), wheel on the upright axis V, with lateral prominences under its
rim, for inserting the selecting guides; (18), notched wheel for lifting and
lowering the racking levers 23 and 24; (19), ratchet wheel, of eight teeth, for
turning the notched wheel 18; (20), lifting lever, with a tooth, to bear on the
notched wheel 18; it lifts the racking lever 23; (21), lifting lever, with its end
resting, on the end of the lever 20; it lifts the racking lever 24; (22); bended

page_text: picce fixed to the racking lever 23, for lifting it up by a link from the lover 20;
(23), racking lever for the front selecting guide bar 9, with beaks of two dif
ferent degrees of prominence; (24), racking lever for the back selecting guide
bar 10, with beaks of two different degrees of prominence; (25), racking wheel
on the upright axis V, for the front selecting guides 4 on the bar 9; (26),
racking wheel on the upright axis V, for the back selecting guides 8 on the bar
10; (27), bended piece affixed to the racking lever 24, for lifting the same by
a link from lever 21; (28), lifting springs at the tail end of the lever 35, for
raising up the upright lifter 34; (29), weight to the loaded lever 32, for the
brass friction wire at the right-hand end of the warp roller 2; (30), loaded
lever for the weight 5 of the friction wiro at the left-hand end of the warp
roller 2; (31), loaded lever for tho weight 7 of the friction wire at the right-
hand end of the warp roller 1; (32), loaded lever for the weight 29 of the
friction wire at the right-hand end of the warp roller 2; (33), loaded lever for
the weight 6 of the friction wire at the left-hand end of the warp roller 1;
(34), upright lifter, moved by the lifting lever 35, and having teeth to act on
one or other of the loaded levers 31 or 32; (35), lifting lever for the upright
lifter 34, with lifting springs 28 at its tail end, and with a truck; (36),
giving-off cam on the axis J, for actuating the lifting lever 35 of the lifter 34;
(37), pendulous lever with a tooth applying to the notched wheel 38; (38),
notched wheel for regulating the upright lifter 34; (39), connecting link from
the lower end of the pendulous lever 37 to the lower end of the lifter 34;
(40), driver jointed to the lifting lever 35, to turn the ratchet wheel 41; (41),
ratchet wheel, of twenty-four teeth, turned by the driver 40, and actuating the
notched wheel 38; (42), claw driver for the ratchet wheel 43; it is mounted
on a stud pin fixed to the top bar of the frame; (13), ratchet wheel, of six,
teeth, mounted on a stud centre pin fixed into the spindle bar Y, for the front
bar y; (44), notched wheel affixed to the ratchet wheel 43, for shogging the
front point bar y; (45), claw driver for the ratchet wheel of the notched wheel
49, for shogging the back point bar; (46), elbow lever, mounted on a stud
centre pin fixed into the spindle bar Y, for transmitting the action of the notched
wheel 44 to the front point bar y; (47), spring at the left-hand end of the
top joint bar d, for shogging the front points to the left; (48), blade spring or
wire spring or both, applied to the elbow lever 46, for shogging the front points
to the right; (49), notched wheel for shogging the back point bar, corre-
sponding to 44 for the front one; (50), elbow lever for shogging the back point
bar, corresponding to 46 for the front one. The construction of the machine
being now explained, the operation of making spotted ornamented bobbin net
lace of the kind represente in Sheet V., without traversing threads, is as

page_text: follows:-Supposing the machine to have been regularly at work making such
net, and that it is only stopped for examination, the positions of its several
parts being as follows, that position may be taken for a commencement of tho
description of the operation. The several racking wheels of the upright axis V
stand with their steps, numbered 1 in the Drawings, in action on the beaks or
teeth of their respective racking levers; the bobbin carriages are all in the back
combs, as shewn in the Drawings, and have not moved materially since No. 1
was racked, but are ready to be brought through forwards between the warp
threads into the front combs; the back catch bar is down in the back notches
of the carriages, but the front catch bar is raised up; the front points r are
down, and now stand inserted between the warp threads; they were so inserted
an instant before No. 1 was racked, and they are now ready to go up again.
The front points stand racked as far as they can go towards the right
hand in consequence of a deficient part of the circumference of their notched
wheel 44 being in action on the beak of their elbow lever 46; the back points,
which are now raised quite up into their resting position in the meshes of the
net, also stand racked as far as they can go towards the right hand in consc-
quence of a deficiency of their notched wheel 49 being in action on the tooth
of their elbow lever 50. The front guide bar t, with its front guides a, stands
racked to the right within one single tier space of as far as it can go that way.
it will in the whole be racked over the extent of three single tier spaces of one-
twentieth of an inch cach, viz., one such space to the right or two spaces to
the left of its present position. But note.-It will at one time receive a
momentary nudge to the left, and at another time a momentary nudge to the
right, beyond the limit of the said three spaces; those nudges being made in
order to facilitate the insertion of the points amongst the crossed warp threads,
but as the bar returns from those nudges before the carriages are repassed, the
full extent of the real racking motions is three single-tier spaces, as aforesaid.
The back guide bar v, with its back guides b, stands racked as far as it can go
to the left, it will in the whole be racked over an extent of three spaces. But
note. It will at one time receive a momentary nudge to the left beyond where
it now stands, and consequently beyond the limits of the said three spaces, that
nudge being made in order to facilitate the insertion of the points amongst the
crossed warp threads, but the back guides will return from that nudge before
the carriages are repassed. Note.-The front guides a now stand interspaced
in their row to the back guides b. The lacing guide bar p: with its lacing
guides o, now stands the same as the back guide bar v, and it has the same
extent of racking and nudging motions; the lacing guide o. now stands behind
the vacancy in the row of back guides. The two selecting guide bars 9

page_text: And note.
and 10, with their selecting guides 4 and 8, stand racked in their midway
position, and they will in the whole bo racked an extent of two spaces, vize
one space to the right or one space to the left of their present position
The front selecting guide bar 9 will at one time receive a momentary nudge
to the left beyond those limits. The selecting guides 4 and 8 are with-
drawn, and quite detached from all the warp threads, so as to have no action
thercon. Note.-The representation of them at 4 and 8 in the large section,
Sheet V., with wrapped threads pulled out of their respective rows a and b
by them, is only for explanation, but that action does not take. place for
the present. But note. The positions of the guides 4 and 8 is now
as there represented, although without any threads in them.
the notched wheel 18 now presents one of its prominences to the tooth of
the lever 20, as is shewn in Sheet V., and thereby the racking levers 23 and
24, for the two selecting guide bars 9 and 10, are raised up upon their fixed
upright centre pins so much that the beaks at the ends of those levers now
present their least prominent parts to the steps around the edges of their
racking wheels 25 and 26, and consequently the two rows of selecting
guides 4 and 8 now stand traversed to their right-handmost traversing posi
tion, which position the selecting guides 4 and 8 still retain after having
completed the last row of spots from accumulated wrappings of these pairs of
warp threads which are supplied from the warp roller 2; but the said guides
4 and 8 are now entirely out of action on the threads, and before they are
brought into action again thereon they will be traversed to their left-handmost
traversing position, as will be explained. And note:-The notched wheel 38
now presents its midway prominence to the tooth of the pendulous lever 37,
and the upright lifter 34 is thereby held quite upright, in order that it may-be
wholly inoperative on either of the loaded levers 31-or-32; nevertheless, in
the section, Sheet VI., the lifter 34-is-represented as inclining forwards, but
that is as it will-do at a further stage of the operation. The comb bars have
no racking motions, and the same bobbin carriages always vibrate backwards
and forwards in the same geats or spaces between the combs back and front.
The clevations or prominences of the several racking wheels on the upright axis
V rack the several bars towards the left hand, and the depressions or notches
rack them towards the right hand. And note.-Occasionally the four guide
barst, v, p, and 9 must receive momentary nudging motions from suitable
steps of their several racking wheels, such motions being given at times after
the carriages have gone into the back combs, and got quite through behind
the warp threads; but before the proper appointed time for racking the warp.
threads, those nudging motions. being only made in order to open extra and

page_text: unusual spaces amongst the warp threads for the due insertion of the points
into their proper intended places amongst those threads, but the guide bars in
most cases return from such nudging motions immediately after the points are
inserted, and at the time when the real racking motions are made, and con-
sequently before the bobbin carriages begin to be repassed between the warp
threads, wherefore such nudging motions do not affect the twisting of the
threads, as what are properly called racking motions do; those steps or notches
on the several racking wheels, which are solely intended to produce such
nudging motions, are all marked by dotted lines in the Drawings, Sheet V.;
but the contours or outlines which appear in the Drawings, and which are
distinguished by the colouring, only represent those steps or notches which
would produce real racking motions. Also, in the following description the
distinction of the terms nudging or racking of the warp thread guides is to
be observed as designating the two kinds of motions above explained, whereof
the nudging motions precede the insertion of the points, and only affect that
insertion, but the racking motions (which do not take place until after the
said insertion has been made) only affect the twisting action of the threads,
and in cases when nudging motions have been given to any of the bars imme-
diately previous to the insertion of the points, but the same bars do not return
from such nudging motions immediately after such insertion (or they only
partly return therefrom), then in such cases the nudging motions also serve as
racking motions, and will be fully explained; but it must be understood that
the true forms of the several racking wheels includes all the steps and notches
represented by the dotted lines in the Drawings, instead of the coloured
outlines. And note. After the carriages have got quite through and clear
behind the warp threads, the said nudging motion must be given, and then
the insertion of the points must be made, and then the real racking motions
must be given, all which must be severally performed before the carriages can
re-enter amongst the warp threads in coming forwards; and as there is no
pause made in the revolving motion of the crank x, the sweep or throw of that
crank is adapted so as to swing the carriages out somewhat further back into
the back combs than is absolutely necessary for taking the carriages clear
behind the warp threads, and in the time of thus moving further, and of
returning again, in order to re-enter the carriages amongst the warp threads,
the aforesaid nudging and inserting and racking actions are all performed
The positions of the several parts is further explained by the horizontal plan
of the several guides in Sheet V., and being well understood, the operation of
the machinery is as follows:-By turning the winch handle E and crank x
round, the landing bars w, w, are closed mutually towards each other, and the

page_text: bobbin carriages will be brought forwards between the warp threads and will
get to their central positions by the time that the crank- has made lialf a
turn, and the front points are raised upwards during that time; then the front
catch bar is let fall into the front notches of the 'bobbin carriages, and the
back catch bar is lifted up out the back notches thereof by action of their
respective catch bar wheels. By continuing the turning motion of the handle
E and crank without any pause, the landing bars w, w, are extended
mutually from each other, and thereby, owing to the recent changing of the
catch bars, the carriages are drawn through forwards between the warp
threads into the front combs, so as to get quite clear of those threads a little
before the time, when the crank will have quite completed another half turn,
and by that time the steps No. 2 of the several-racking wheels on the upright
axis V will have come round to the beaks of their respective racking levers,
and will rack the several bars as follows, viz., the front guides a, and the back
guides b, and also the lacing guides o, are all rácked together, one space cach
to the right; and the turning motion of the handle E and crank x continuing
without intermission; closes the landing bars w, w, again, which
puts the
carriages backwards between the warp threads, and they get to their central
position by the time that the crank has made another half turn, and then the
back catch bar is let fall, and the front one is lifted. The back points are drawn
out from the meshes of the net, and the front points are lifted up a very little
higher than they were, in order to take the level from which the back points
have been withdrawn; the latter are then lowered down, and in so doing
a prominence of their notched wheel 49 comes into action and shogs
the back points to the left, in preparation for their inaking their entrance
amongst the warp threads. The motion of the handle E and crank a con-
tinuing incessantly extends the landing bars w, w, again, and owing to the
recent changing of the catch bars, that extending-takes the carriages through
backwards between-the-warp threads into their back combs, so as to be quite
clear behind the warp threads a little before the time when the crank a will
have quite completed another half turn; but the instant that the carriages do
get clear behind the warp threads some extra nudging steps and notches of the
racking wheels, as shewn by dotted lines, Sheet V., come into action, in 'order
to nudge the front guides a to the right about one space by a notch in their
wheel i, and also to nudge the back guides 6, together with the lacing guides:o;
to the left about two spaces, by prominences on their respective racking wheels
jánd q, and then the back points, which have been previously lowered quite
down, make their entrance between the warp threads beneath the crossings
which have been formed by the recent nudgings of those threads, and imme

page_text: diately after that entrance is effected, the appointed time for racking No. 3
having arrived, the front guides return from their aforesaid nudge, and also
go one space further, so that in effect the front guides a are racked one space
to the left. At No. 3, the back guides b return from their aforesaid nudge,
but not all the way, whereby they are in effect racked one space to the left at
No. 3, but the lacing guide o return wholly from their aforesaid nudge, so that
they are not racked at all at No. 3. The carriages (by continuance of the
turning motion of the handle E) are now brought through forwards into the
front combs, and the back points go up, taking up the aforesaid crossings of
warp threads, which will form a transverso row across the net of such as is
marked p in the enlarged representation, Sheet V.; and also about this time
the single revolving tooth, which is affixed to the uppermost (26) of the rack-
ing wheels on the upright axis V, will have come round to the eight-toothed
ratchet wheel 19, and will turn the same one tooth, together with its notched
wheel 18, which will thereby bring one of its notches beneath the tooth of tho
lifting lever 20, so as to let down the same, and also the lever 21, as well as
to let down the two racking levers 23 and 24 on their respective fixed upright
centre pins, letting them so much down that the more prominent parts of the
beaks of those racking levers will be brought opposite to and in contact with
the edges of their racking wheels 25 and 26, and consequently the two select-
ing guide bars 9 and 10 will be traversed two spaces towards the left hand, as
the selecting guides 4 and 8 are still quite detached from all the warp threads.
This traversing produces no effect on those threads, but is a preparation for
the selecting guides being afterwards brought into action on those pairs of
warp threads which proceed from the warp roller 1, and then No. 4 is racked,
which racks the front guides a and the lacing guides o each one space to the
right, and the back guides 6 two spaces to the right, and then the carriages
are put through backwards into the back combs. The front points are drawn
out, and immediately that they are withdrawn the back points are raised up a
very little higher than they were, in order to take their proper level in the
meshes of the net; then the front points are lowered down, and as they
descend they are racked to the left by a prominence of their notched wheel 44,
and are ready to penetrate the warp threads by the time that the carriages get
quite back behind those threads, but previously to their penetrating, the front
guides a are nudged about three spaces to the left a little before the appointed
time for racking, in order to preparo for the proper insertion of the front points
beneath the crossings of the warp threads, which have been recently formed
by the same nudging, and instantly after their insertion the racking of No. 5
takes place, and racks the back.guides bone space to the left; also the front

page_text: guides a return from their aforesaid nudge, but only part of the way, so a
in effect to become racked two spaces to the left. At No. 5 the carriage
are brought through forwards, and the front points go up, and take up th
crossings of warp threads, which crossings form a transvered row of such as i
marked bin Sheet V.; and when the carriages get quite through forward
No. 6 is racked, which racks the front guides a and the lacing guides o cacl
one space to the right, and the back guides 6 two spaces to the right. The
carriages are then put through backwards, and whilst they are going through
the two rows of selecting guides 4 and 8, front and back, are both inserted
between their respective rows a and b of warp threads, by a prominence o
the wheel 17 coming round to the tooth of their lever 16; also the back
points having been withdrawn are lowered down, and are shogged to the righ
as they go down by the passing away of the prominence of their, notched
wheel 49; then a little before the appointed time for racking No. 7, the fron
guides a are nudged about three spaces to the left, and the front selecting
guides 4 about two spaces to the left, whereby the front warp threads a become
laid into the hooked notches on the right-hand sides of the several front select
ing guides 4, and then tho back points penetrate amongst the warp threads
beneath the crossings thereof, which have been recently made by the aforesaid
nudging motion, and after the back points have penetrated; No. 7 is racked
which racks the back guides 6 one space to the left, thereby carrying the back
guide threads 6 into the hooked notches of the back selecting guides 8; also
the front selecting guides return from the aforesaid nudge, in order to get
back as they were, wherefore they will not be racked at all this time; but the
front guides a only return part of the way from their aforesaid nudge, so as
in effect to become racked two spaces to the left at No. 7, then the carriages
are brought through forwards, and the back points go up, taking before
them the crossings of the warp threads, and which crossings form a trans-
verse row, such as is marked d in the enlarged representation, Sheet V.
As the carriages come through forwards between the warp threads, the two
rows 4 and 8 of selecting guides are both moved outwards together from
between the two rows a, b, of warp threads, in consequence of the aforesaid
prominence of the wheel 17 passing away from the tooth of their lever 16,
and in so moving outwards, the selecting guides 4 and 8 having already
selected, will now catch all those particular parts of warp threads a, b, which
are supplied from the warp roller 1, and which are about to be become operative
in making a row of spots, all those threads having (as before mentioned) been
already laid into the hooked notches of the selecting guides 4 and 8 by tho
aforesaid rackings of the warp threads a, b, after the selecting guides 4 and 8

page_text: were inserted amongst their respective rows a, b, and as the selecting guides
4 and 8 move outwards, they bend those warp threads which they have so
selected and caught, and carry the same outwards from their respective rows
a, b, in the manner represented at 4 and 8 in Sheet V., after which either of
the rows of selecting guides 4 or 8, with those particular warp threads which
they hold respectively, can be racked independently of the rows of guides a or b,
to which the said threads belong, and the tension of the threads will cause
them to keep securely lodged in the hooked notches of the selecting guides
4 and 8, which notches are sufficiently undercut or hooked to retain the warp
threads in them, so as to rack those threads either way, the same as guides
with eyes would do. And note. Tho said warp threads are caught by the
selecting guides 4 and 8 at such a height above the eyes of their front and
back guides a and b as will admit of their bending as much as the pulling out
and racking motions require without injury to the threads when they are racked
by the selecting guides 4 or 8, and those guides being closed under the combs,
the racking motions which they give to the selected warp threads determines
the positions of those threads when the points are to make their insertions, and
when the carriages are to make their entrances between the whole series of
warp threads a and b. And note.-After the selecting guides 4 and 8 have
thus drawn out the pairs of warp threads belonging to the warp roller 1 from
their proper places in their respective rows a and b, the further continuance of
the twisting and crossing operations for making of meshes of plain net will be
suspended for the present, until a row of spots has been made by accumulated
wrappings of those said selected threads, in manner now about to be explained.
The said suspending of the making of plain net takes place immediately after
the taking up of the row of such crossings as is marked d by the back points,
as already explained, because every other of those crossings in their transverse
row is in fact to form the commencement or upper boundary of one of the
spots about to be made. And note.-From after the racking of No. 8, until
the said row of spots is completed, neither the front guides a, nor the back
guides 6, nor the lacing guides o, will have to undergo any racking motions,
but the front guides a will have nudging motions given to them at every time
that the carriages are put through backwards into the back combs, and have
got just clear of the warp threads, the said nudging motions being given to the
front guides just before the points (whether front or back) make their
insertions amongst the warp threads, and the front guides a return from their
said nudging motions the instant after the points have made their insertion,
the return being made at the proper appointed time for racking, and before
the carriages come forwards so far as to re-enter amongst the warp threads;
a

page_text: and after the carriages have come through forwards into the front combs
No. 8 is racked, which racks the front: guides a and the back guides 6 each
one space to the right, and racks both the rows of selecting guides 4 and 8 onc
space to the left; then the carriages are put through backwards, and the front
points, which have been withdrawn, are lowered down, and in descending, they
are shogged to the right by the passing away of the prominence of their notched
wheel 44; and a little before the proper time for racking, the front guides a
are nudged about one space to the left, in order to facilitate the proper insertion
of the front points amongst the warp threads, then No. 9 is racked, and racks
both rows of selecting guides 4 and 8 one space to the right; also the front
guides a return from their aforesaid nudge, so that in effect they are. not
racked at all this time. When the carriages begin to come through forwards,
and the front points to go up for taking up the first wrappings in part of the
intended spots, which wrappings the pairs of selected warp threads 4 and 8
have made across those bobbin threads which are for the time being their
corresponding bobbin threads, 'in consequence of the racking motions of the
selecting guides 4 and 8, and now the retardation of the warp roller 1, which
is to supply the wrapping warp threads;. must in part be released for an instant
as the front points are in the act of taking up.the said wrappings, which is
done by means of the upright lifter 34 in manner already described; thus the
notched wheel 38 has been turned one tooth of its twenty-four toothed ratchet
wheel 41, at every time when the carriages were going through backwards into
the back combs, previous to the time for taking up with either row of points
but hitherto since the commencement, of this description the notched wheel 38
has always presented its midway prominence. to the tooth of the pendulous
lover 37, whereby it has kept the upright lifter 34 in a truly perpendicular
position, in which case (as before explained), the lifter produces no_effect
whatever, but when the carriages were going-through backwards after the
racking of No. 8, and-whilst the points were going down a little before the
racking of No. 9, and when the ratchet wheel 41 was turned its one tooth as
usual; the greatest prominence of the wheel 38 was thereby brought into action
on the tooth of its lever 37, and that prominence inclined the upper end of the
upright lifter 34 so much forwards, as is represented in Sheet VI., and thereforo
when the said lifter 34 is rising, as is now the case, the prominent tooth at tho
front side of the lifter 34 will act to lift up the loaded. lover 31 of the front
warp roller 1 at the moment when the front points are going up after the
racking of No. 9, so as to liberate the roller 1 from the friction occasioned by
the flexible brass wire of the loaded lever: 31, in order that the selected pairs
of warp threads 4 and 8, proceeding from the warp roller 1, may be given off

page_text: easily to form their intended wrappings around those bobbin threads which
are for the time their corresponding bobbin threads, the said liberation
taking place at the time when those wrappings are to be gathered by the
going up action of the front points which have been recently inserted
amongst the warp threads beneath those wrappings, and after the front
points have got quite up to their resting position, so as to have completely
taken up the said wrappings, which are the first such of the formation of a
row of spots, then the lifter 34 will be let down again by action of its giving-
off camm 36, so as to allow the loaded lever 31 to resume its action on the
brass friction wire of the warp roller 1; the carriages having come through
forwards into the front combs, No. 10 is racked, which racks both the rows of
selecting guides 4 and 8 one space to the right, then the carriages go through
backwards, and the back points which have been withdrawn are lowered down,
but are not shogged this time, being still kept to the right, as they were placed
for their last time of taking up. And note. Both the point bars, back and
front, will continue racked to the right as they are now placed, without change
during all the remainder of the course of operations. The carriages having
got through backwards, then a little before the appointed time for racking, the
front guides are nudged about one space to the left, in order to obtain proper
spaces for the insertion for the back points, and immediately after that insertion
is made No. 11 is racked, which racks both the front and back selecting guide
4 and 8 each one space to the left; also the front guides return from their
aforesaid nudge, and are not in effect racked at all this time, then the carriages
begin to come through forwards, and the back points to go up, taking up
another second portion of the intended wrappings of the pairs of selected warp
threads proceeding from the warp roller 1, and by action of the upright
lifter 34 on the loaded lever 31, that roller is again liberated from the friction
occasioned by the flexible. brass wiro of that lever, the liberation being only
whilst the back points are taking up the said wrappings. When the carriages
have come through into the front combs No. 12 is racked, which racks the
front and back selecting guides 4 and 8 one other space to the left; the carriages
go through backwards, the front points which have been withdrawn are not
shogged in going down, but a little before the appointed time for racking
the front guides a are nudged about one space to the left, suitably for making
a proper insertion amongst the warp threads by the front points, and No. 13 is
racked, which racks the two rows of selecting guides 4 and 8 one space to the
right, also the front guides a return from their aforesaid nudge, so that in
effect they are not racked at all this time. The carriages are brought through

page_text: forwards, and the front points go up, and as they do so the warp roller 1 i
again liberated as before, in order to give off its threads for the third time o
taking up wrappings thereof to form spots, then No. 14 is racked, which rack
the front and back selecting guides 4 and 8 each one space to the right; the
carriages are put through backwards, the back points which have been with
drawn are lowered down, but are not shogged in going down, and a little before
the appointed time for racking, the front guides a are nudged about one space
to the left for facilitating the proper insertion of the back points, which insertion
being made No. 15 is racked, which racks the back and front selecting guides
4 and 8 each one space to the left, also the front guides return from their
aforesaid nudge, so that in effect they are not racked at all this time, then the
carriages begin to come through forwards, and the back points to go up for
taking up the fourth wrappings of the pairs of selected warp threads, and the
warp roller 1, from which those pairs of threads proceed, is liberated, as before
mentioned, whilst the back points are so taking up.. When the carriages get
through forwards No. 16 is racked, which racks the front and back selecting
guides 4 and 8 each one space to the left; the carriages are put through back-
wards, and the front points having been withdrawn are lowered down, but are
not shogged, and a little before the appointed time for racking, the front
guides a are nudged about one space to the left, to enable the front points to
be properly inserted amongst the warp threads, which being done, then No. 17
is racked, which racks the front and back selecting guides 4 and 8 each one
space to the right, also the front guides return from their nudge, so that in
effect they are not racked at all this time; the carriages begin to come through
forwards, and the front points to go up for taking up the fifth portions of
wrappings of the pairs of selected warp threads proceeding from the roller 1,
which roller is liberated at the moment of taking up, as before explained, and
when the carriages are come through forwards No. 18 is racked, which-racks
the front and back selecting-guides-4-and-8 one space to the right; the
-carriages are put through backwards, and the back points which have been
withdrawn are lowered, but are not shogged, and a little before the appointed
time for racking, the front guides a are nudged one space to the left, in order
that the back points may be properly inserted amongst the warp threads, which
being done, No. 19 is racked, and racks both the front and back selecting
guides 4 and 8 each one space to the left, also the front guides a return from
their said nudge, so that they are not racked this time, then the carriages
begin to come through forwards, and the back points to go up for taking up
the sixth portions of wrappings of the pairs of selected warp threads proceeding

page_text: from the warp roller 1, which roller is liberated at the moment when the back
points are taking up, and when the carriages get quite through forwards, then
No. 20 is racked, which racks both rows of selecting guides 4 and 8 one more
space to the left; the carriages are put through backwards, and the front points
having been withdrawn are lowered down, but are not shogged in going down,
and when the carriages get quite through, but a little before the time appointed
for racking, the front guides a are nudged about one space to the left, in order
that the front points may enter properly amongst the warp threads, which
being done, No. 21 is racked, which racks the front and back rows of selecting
guides 4 and 8 each one space to the right, and racks the back guides b, and
the lacing guides o, each one space to the left; the front guides a do not return
from the nudge which they have just made, and therefore they are in effect
racked one space to the left, the same as the back guides 6 and the lacing
guides o. And note.-The said racking motions of one space to the left,
which are given this time to the two rows of guides a and b, are the
only real racking motions they have either of them received since the
racking of No. 8, which racked them both one space to the right; the
back guides 6 have remained motionless during all that interval, but the
front guides a have been nudged about one space to the left every
time that the carriages have got back into the back combs, that is, at six
succeeding times of taking up those nudges, being for the purpose of obtaining
proper spaces for the insertion of the front or back points amongst the warp
threads, but as the front guides always returned from those nudges imme-
diately after the front or back points had made their insertion, and before the
carriages came forwards between the warp threads, those nudges of the front
guides did not constitute racking motions, and No 21 being racked, as afore-
said, the carriages begin to come through forwards, and the front points to go
up, taking before them the seventh wrappings of the pairs of selected warp
threads proceeding from the warp roller 1, which roller is released from its
friction as the front points go up, in order that they may draw off the threads
easily from the roller 1 to form the wrappings, as before explained. When the
carriages get through forwards, No. 22 is racked, which racks the front guides
a two spaces to the right, and racks the front and back selecting guides 4 and
8 each one space to the right; the carriages are put through backwards, and
the back points having been withdrawn are lowered down, but are not shogged
when the carriages get through, and a little before the appointed time for
racking, the back guides 6, and also the lacing guides o, are both together
nudged about two spaces to the left, in order to give proper insertion to the
back points amongst the warp threads, which being done, No. 23 is racked,

page_text: which racks the front selecting guideз 4 one space to the left, and the back
selecting guides 8 two spaces to the left, and the front guides a one space to the
left; the back guides 6 and the lacing guides o return only part of the way from
their said nudges, so as in effect to become racked each one space to the left at
No. 23; then the carriages begin to come through forwards, and the back points
go up for taking up the eighth and last portions of wrappings of the pairs of
selected warp threads proceeding from the warp roller 1, which roller is released
from its friction at the moment when the back points are going up, in .order
to permit them to gather thread for those wrappings. And note.-At the same
time of taking up, other pins in the row of back points will take up crossings
of pairs of adjacent warp threads which have not been hitherto concerned in
making spots, and which threads are supplied from the warp rollers 2 and 3,
neither of which rollers have been or are now released from their retarding
friction as the points go up, but the back points now pull off the crossed warp
threads from those rollers 2 and 3 which are retarded, so as to produce a
proper tension on those threads, the said crossings which are thus taken up by
the back points are in that transverse row whereof one is marked f in the
enlarged representation of the net, Sheet V., and which crossings form the
lowermost boundary of the small hexagonal meshes B, and when the carriages
are coming through forwards, after No. 23 is racked, the two rows of selecting
guides 4 and 8 are both together moved inwards towards the two rows of warp
threads a, b, by action of a prominence of their wheel 17 coming round to the
tooth of their lever 16, and thereby they reinstate the particular pairs of warp
threads belonging to the warp roller 1 which have been hitherto kept bended
outwards from their proper rows a, b, by the selecting guides 4 and 8, but when
the said threads are so reinstated, they nevertheless continue to be retained for
the present, partly within the hooked notches of the selecting guides 4 and 8;
and as soon as the carriages are come quito through into the front combs No. 24
is racked, and racks the front guides a and the back guides b each one space
to the right, whereby those pairs of warp threads belonging to the warp roller 1
which have been recently reinstated in their respective rows a and b, as afore-
said, will be borne sideways quite out of the hooked notches of the selecting
guides 4 and 8, which guides are not racked this time, and which have their
said hooked notches formed at the right-hand sides of their extremities, where-
fore all selection of particular warp threads is now discontinued for the present;
then the carriages are put through backwards, and the two rows of selecting
guides 4 and 8 are wholly withdrawn from between the two rows of warp
threads a, b, by action of their reacting spring, when the prominence of their
vlicel 17 passes away from the tooth of their lever 16; also the front point3

page_text: having been withdrawn are lowered down, but they are not shogged in going
down, and when the carriages get through, and a little before the appointed-
time for racking, the back guides 6 are nudged about two spaces to the left,.
and the lacing guides o are nudged about one space to the left, in order to
prepare for the insertion of the front points, and after that insertion, No. 1 is
racked, which racks the back selecting guides 8 one space to the right, and as
neither the back guides b nor the lacing guides o return from their; aforesaid
nudges, they are in effect racked at the racking of No. 1; the back guides b
two spaces to the left, and the lacing guides o one space to the left. And now
the racking wheels on the upright axis V bave gone completely round, and
all the parts have regained the same position which they had at the com-:
mencement of this description, and are ready to repeat their operations as
before, excepting that the notched wheel 38, with its ratchet wheel 41, has
gone only half round, but nevertheless the upright lifter 34 is kept in its
perpendicular position, as it was at the said commencement, also the notched
wheel 18 now stands with a notch beneath the tooth of its lever 20, and
therefore the racking levers 28 and 24 of the two selecting guide bars 9.
and 10 are now lowered down upon their respective fixed upright centre.
pins, so as to place the uppermost parts of their respective beaks opposite
to the edges of their racking wheels 25 and 26, which parts of the said
beaks being the most prominent, will keep the two selecting guide bars 9.
and 10 traversed two spaces further to the left than they were at the com-
mencement of this description, but the upright lifter 34, and the two rows.
of selecting guides 4 and 8, being wholly inoperative at present, neither of
the aforesaid differences in the positions of the parts appertaining to them.
will have any immediate effect on the further operation of the machinery,
which proceeds in the same manner as already described, until after the.
racking of No. 3, when the single projecting tooth of the uppermost (26).
of the racking wheels V comes round to the ratchet wheel 19, as before..
explained, and turns the same one tooth, together with the notched wheel
18, but that turning will now bring one of the prominences of the wheels
38 into action beneath the tooth of the lifting lever 20, so as to lift the.
same up, together with the other lever 21, as well as the two racking levers 23.
and 24, instead of letting them down, as was described to be the case at the:
former time of operation, and by so lifting up the least prominent parts of the
beaks of the levers 23 and 24 are brought opposite to the edges of their
respective racking wheels 25 and 26, and that causes the two selecting guide
bars 9 and 10 to be traversed two spaces to the right, which produces no effect.
upon the threads at the time because the selecting guides are wholly withdrawn

page_text: from amongst the threads, but by such traversing the selecting guides 4 and 8
are prepared for being brought into action, when No. 7 is racked, and sub-
sequently for selecting, catching, and pulling out and racking those pairs of
warp threads which proceed from the warp roller 2, instead of those threads
proceeding from the roller 1, as was before described to be the case in the
foregoing description, and also after the racking of No. 8, and a little before
the racking of No. 9, when the notched wheel 38 is turned, its one tooth of its
ratchet wheel 41, the least prominence of the wheel 38 is thereby brought
into action against the tooth of its lever 37, instead of the greatest prominenco
thereof, as was before described to be the case, and that least prominence
inclines the upper end of the upright lifter 34 so much backwards (instead of
forwards) that when it rises up the prominent tooth at the back of it will act
to lift
up the loaded lever 32, belonging to the warp 'roller 2, instead of the
loaded lever 31, belonging to the warp roller 1, as was before described to bo
the case, and all those differences in the operation are to cause the particular
pairs of warp threads which are supplied by the warp roller 2 to be operative
for forming a second row of spots, instead of the threads proceeding from-the
warp roller 1, as was the case when the first row of spots was made during the
foregoing description; and, as before mentioned, the spots made in the second
row by the threads proceeding from the warp roller 2 are interspaced to the
spots made in the first row by the threads proceeding from the warp roller 1,
in order that the spots may be distributed over the net according to a
chequered pattern; and with no other than this difference the operation
proceeds through all the remainder of the course of operations already described,
until the racking wheels on the upright axis V have again gone quite round;
when all the parts, without exception, will have regained the exact positions
which they had at the commencement of this description; and the further
working of the machine is by a continual repetition of the two-series-of-
operations which have-now-been fully described.
Another part of my said improvements in machinery for making bobbin net
lace relates to that kind of such machinery which is commonly called fluted
roller machinery, and although the same is usually of the class of double-tier
machinery, it is to be worked single-tier fashion, with exactly the same move-
ments of all those parts which operate-immediately upon the threads as thoso
movements which have been already described respecting the rotary Lever's
machinery, and for the same purpose of producing such bobbin net lace, as is
of the kind already described without traversing threads, and having large
octagonal meshes and small hexagonal meshes, and being ornamented with
wicker-work spots of the kind already described, that is to say, fluted roller

page_text: machinery is a variety of circular comb machinery, and is so called because the
bobbin carriages thereof are moved backwards and forwards in their circular
combs by the teeth or flutes of fluted rollers, which act in corresponding teeth
at the under sides of the bobbin carriages, in the same manner as the teeth
of pinions act with the teeth of cog wheels to communicate motion thereto. A
Patent was granted to Mess" Henson and Jackson, dated the Eleventh
of January, One thousand eight hundred and twenty-five, for such machinery,
which is now in extensive use for making broad pieces of bobbin net lace,
the same being double-tier machinery, that is, the bobbin carriages, and
also the warp threads, are arranged each in two rows or tiers, and ono tier
or row of bobbin carriages is passed first through between the warp threads,
and then the other tier or row is passed in succession after the first-mentioned
ones by means of four fluted rollers, and by transferring the two rows of
carriages from one roller to another. But for performing this part of my
present improvements I use such fluted roller machinery of a fine gage, such
as what is called fourteen-point gage, because it has fourteen points and
fourteen combs in every inch in width, but I remove one of the rows of bobbin
carriages and all the apparatus for racking the front comb bar, together with
the two outermost of the four fluted rollers, and I make some other alterations
suitable thereto, as will be herein-after stated; and I cast the two rows of
points and the two rows of guides anew in their leads with only seven points
and seven guides per inch instead of fourteen; and having also applied thereto
certain new and additional parts, which are equivalent to and in most respects
similar to those which are applied to the Lever's machine already described,
I work the machine therewith in the manner of single-tier machinery of a
seven-point gage for producing spotted net without traversing threads of the
same texture as that already described, and represented on an enlarged scale in
Sheet V. of the Drawings, and of like appearance, except being of a coarser
gage, that is, seven-point instead of ten-point. The advantage of the fluted
roller machinery over Lever's machinery is in the rapidity of its movements,
because no pause is required in the middle of the vibrating motion of the
carriages, as must be made in Lever's machinery for changing the catch bars
thereof; but in fluted roller machinery the bobbin carriages pass through
between the warp from the back combs to the front combs, and vice versa,
with an uninterrupted swing or vibration, so that each revolution of the
crank brings the carriages through, and also puts them back again. A fluted
roller machine, with its parts arranged as aforesaid, in order to operate
according to this part of my improvements, is represented in Sheets IX. to
XII. of the Drawings hereunto annexed, and the names of the principal parts

page_text: of the machinery being written thereon, and all the new additional parts
being very similar to those already described, a brief explanation will be
sufficient. The turning handle E, by which the whole machine may
be actuated, is situated in front of the machine, on one end of a short
horizontal axis F, which has a revolving fly wheel S fixed on the other
end of it to regulate its motion, or the same axis F may be turned by
the power of mill-work. machinery, in the well-known manner of power
lace machinery. A pinion G, of fifteen teeth, is also fixed on the axis F,
and by means of an intermediato cog wheel R it turns a large spur
wheel I, of one hundred and eighty teeth, on the end of a long horizontal
axis J, J, which extends all the length of the machine, and has a large racking
wheel i, j, fixed on, the left-hand end of it, with five, several circular projecting
rims thereon, which are cut with suitable steps or notches for producing all
the racking motions required for the several guide bars. The camm wheels.
for actuating the point bars are not fixed on the axis J, as is the usual manner:
in fluted roller machinery, but upon another long horizontal axis Z, which is
added at the lower part of the machine, and which is turned by a small spur
wheel D, of thirty teeth, deriving motion from the large spur wheel I; a short
crank is formed on the winch handle E, at the end of the axis F, and tho
crank receives a joint at the foremost end of a crank rod or connecting
rod M, which is jointed at the other end to a toothed sector P, with internal
teeth, which is fitted freely upon one of the main centre pins on which the main.
joint arms of the comb bars k, k, are suspended; and its internal teeth engage
with the teeth of two pinions m, m, fixed on the right-hand ends of the two.
fluted rollers 0, 0, which are disposed beneath the inner ends of the combs, within
the comb bars k, k, in suitable positions for the flutes of the two rollers o, o,
to engage the teeth at the under sides of the bobbin carriages, where those
teeth project down' beneath the combs. The action of the revolving crank
causes the sector P to be moved alternately backwards and forwards about
its centre pin with a swinging or vibrating motion, whereby corresponding
alternate turning motion is given to the two fluted rollers o, o, and by their
flutes engaging in the teeth of the bobbin carriages, they cause the same to
be moved alternately backwards and forwards in their circular combs with a
sufficient extent of vibrating motion for passing and repassing the bobbin
carriages between the warp 'threads from the back combs to the front ones,
and vice versa, without pause or intermission. And note. Although I have
spoken of the bobbin carriages as if they were one of the tiers of the same
bobbin carriages which would be used in the same machine if it were worked
double-tier, and although those bobbin carriages would answer the purpose,

page_text: nevertheless, in order to have larger bobbins, capable of holding more thread,
it will be advantageous to make a new set of bobbin carriages to fit the same
combs, and adapted to receive a new set of larger bobbins, as is represented
in the section, Sheet IX., those bobbin carriages being larger may have more
teeth at their under sides, as, for instance, five teeth instead of four, and those
teeth rather nearer together, and in order to suit those teeth the two fluted
rollers o, o, although of the same diameter, may have more flutes, as, for
instance, nine instead of eight flutes, the pinions m, m, being the same as
before, and the sector P may be the same, except that for lightness a portion
may be cut away from each end of the arch of its internal teeth. And note.-
Sheet XIV. contains a section of the same fluted roller machine in its proper
and usual state for working as a double-tier machine, and by comparison
thereof with the corresponding section, Sheet IX., all the alterations which I
intend to make for working the same single-tier fashion will be apparent.
The crank pin of the crank a can be adjusted by suitable setting screws, and
fastened at such a distance from the centre of its axis F as will produce the
required extent of vibrating motion. The two fluted rollers o, o, being both
turned by their pinions m, m, from the same toothed sector P, will move with
precisely equal and simultaneous motions, suitably for passing and transferring
the carriages from the flutes of one fluted roller to those of the other, those
teeth of the carriages which are for the time moving foremost always engaging
with the flutes of that fluted roller towards which the carriages are advancing,
before the teeth at the opposite end of the same carriages quit the flutes of
the other fluted roller, all which is well known as the usual action of fluted
roller machinery, but as only one tier of carriages is used, instead of two tiers,
and only two fluted rollers instead of four, a less extent of vibrating motion
than usual is requisite for passing and repassing the carriages from one row of
combs to the other row, all which is regulated by giving the crank a shorter
throw than usual; but, as before explained respecting the Lever's machinery,
the carriages are swung out rather farther behind the warp threads than is
absolutely necessary for clearing those threads, in order to obtain time for
making suitable nudging motions of the guide bars, and then for inserting the
points properly amongst the warp threads, and then making suitable racking
motions of the guide bars, all which must be performed in the interval after
the carriages have passed through and got clear behind the warp threads, and
before they come forwards again so far as to re-enter between those threads.
The two guide barst and v, with their front and back guides a and b, and also
the lacing guide bar p, with its lacing guides o, are the same as in the Lever's
machine already described, excepting as to their gage, the guides a and b

page_text: being cast seven per inch, side by side, in their respective rows, instead of ten
The said three guide bars t, v, and p are applied in like manner against the
two inclining faces of a fixed supporting bar by means of stud pins projecting
out from those faces, and passing through slots in the several guide bars. Also
the two selecting guide bars 9 and 10 are applied in the same manner nearly
as in the Lever's machine already described, the difference being sufficiently
explained by the Drawings; the selecting guides 4 and 8 being disposed. at
such distances asunder in their respective rows as is suitable to the coarsest
gage of the machinery now describing. The bearing sockets 11, for the pivots
at the ends of the selecting guide bars 9 and 10, are fastened upon the fixed
sole bars, and project inwards therefrom, and there may be middle bearers 11
for the bars 9 and 10, where requisite. The selecting guide bars 9 and 10
must be tilted about their said pivots when it is required to insert the extro-
mities of their selecting guides 4 and 8 amongst the two rows of a and b
of warp threads, or to withdraw them therefrom, and this is done by means
of two notches in the circumference of a selecting camm 17, which is of a
circular form, and is fixed upon the main axis J; it operates upon a truck
ncar to the middle of a lever 16, and upon the same pin as that truck
two upright links 15, 15, are jointed, and they go upwards and their upper
ends are jointed to short lever arms 14, 14, which project outwards from
each selecting guide bar 9 and 10, near to the left hand thereof, a pulling-
up spring 13, which is applied to the foremost extremity of the lever 16,
bears the truck of the lever 16 upwards against the edge or circum-
ference of the selecting camm 17, and when either of the two notches in that
circumference come round to the truck, the said spring 13 pulls up the
lever 16, and that, by the two upright links 15, 15, and short lever arms 14, 14,
tilts the two selecting guide bars 9 and 10, both with one motion, so as to
insert the extremities of their selecting guides 4 and 8 between the two rows
a and 6 of warp threads, but they only remain so inserted for a short time,
because the notch passes away and withdraws them again. The requisite
racking motions are transmitted to the several guide bars t, v, and p, by links
extending from their left-hand ends to racking levers V, N, n, which are
mounted upon fixed upright centre pins at the left-hand end of the machine,
and the said racking lovers have beaks to apply to the lateral steps and
notches around the circular projecting rims i, j, and q, of the large racking
wheel i, j, which is fixed on the end of the main axis J. The arrangement of
those projecting rims is explained by the section, Sheet XII., as also of two
other such rims 25 and 26, for racking the two selecting guide bars 9 and 10,
Ly means of racking levers 23 and 24, which are mounted on fixed upright

page_text: centre pins, like the other racking levers V, N, and n, but those two, 23
and 24, are provided with strong reacting springs to urge them and the bars
9 and 10 towards the left by suitable connecting links, also with slender
springs at the right-hand end of each bar 9 and 10, to keep those links tight.
The lateral steps and notches of the rims 25 and 26 are on the right-hand
side of the racking wheel, consequently the prominences of those rims rack
the bars 9 and 10 to the right, and the depressions or notches allow those bars
to be pulled to the left by reaction of the aforesaid strong springs. The
rim 25 is situated within the other rim 26, and concentric thereto. The
proper arrangement for the series of lateral steps and notches around the two
rims 25 and 26 is explained in Sheet XII., wherein the arrangement for the
series of lateral steps and notches around the other three rims i, j, and q, are
also explained, but as the said three rims are formed on the left-hand side of
the racking wheel their prominences rack the several bars t, v, and p, to the
left, and the depressions or notches allow those bars to be pulled towards the
right by reacting springs, which are applied at the right-hand end of each of
those bars by the intervention of reacting levers for the two bars t and v, as
is shewn in Sheet X. The rim q, for racking the lacing guide bar p, is within
the rim for racking the back guide bar v, and the rim i is on the opposite
side of the same prominent belt of the racking wheel as the rim 26, all which
is fully explained by the Drawings. The traversing of the two selecting
guide bars 9 and 10, for the purpose of disposing the spots of succeeding rows,
according to a chequered pattern, is performed in a very similar manner to
that of the Lever's machine already described, viz., by lifting up or letting
down the two racking levers 23 and 24, both together, on their respective
fixed upright centre pins so much as will bring different parts of the beaks of
those levers opposite to and in contact with the steps and notches of their
respective rims 25 and 26, those different parts of the beaks being one more
prominent than the other by as much as half the lateral distance at which the
spots are to stand apart in their transverse rows. The requisite lifting up and
letting down of the racking levers 23 and 24 is effected at the proper times
by means of a notched wheel 18 and ratchet wheel 19 of eight teeth, which
are similar to those used in the Lever's machine already described, and they
are in like manner mounted on a horizontal fixed centre pin, which is fastened
into the machine end C, in a direction pointing towards the horizontal axis J
of the racking wheel, in a suitable position for one of the teeth of the ratchet
wheel 19 to be intercepted by a single revolving tooth, which is affixed to the
inside of the rim q, 25, of the racking wheel j, i, so that at every revolution of
that wheel the ratchet wheel 19 will be turned one tooth, but no more, and the

page_text: notched wheel 18 turning with it the alternate prominences and notches of that
wheel are brought to act beneath the tooth of a lever 28, which is connected
by an upright link 22 with a lifting lever 21, projecting out from one end of
a horizontal axis 27, which has another like lifting lever 20 projecting out
from the other end of it, and the extremities of the two lifting levers 20
and 21 act beneath pins which project out from the centre bosses of the two
racking levers 23 and 24, so as to lift up both those levers at once on their
respective upright fixed centre pins whenever a prominence of the notched
wheel 18 comes into action beneath the tooth of the lever 28, or to let them
down again when a notch of the wheel 18 comes into action, and pulling
down springs are applied to ensure their descent. When the two racking
levers 23 and 24 are thus raised up by a prominence of the notched wheel 18,
as is shewn in the several Drawings, then the least prominent parts of the
beaks of the levers 28 and 21 will apply to the lateral steps and notches
around their two circular rims 25 and 26, and consequently the two selecting
guide bars 9 and 10 will be traversed to their left-handmost position, in which
case their selecting guides 4 and 8 will be opposite to the pairs of warp threads
which proceed from the warp roller 2; but at the next succeeding revolution
of the axes J and of the racking wheels i, j, the single tooth thereof will turn
the ratchet wheel 19 one other tooth, and thereby the notched wheel 18 will
bring a notch into action so as to let down the two racking levers 23 and 24
both together, and then the most prominent parts of the beaks of those
levers will be placed opposite to their respective rims 25 and 26, and will
traverse the selecting guide bars 9 and 10 to their right-handmost position, in
which case their selecting guides 4 and 8 will be opposite to the pairs of warp
threads which proceed from the warp roller 1. The action and operation of
all those parts which operato immediately upon the threads is precisely the
same as in the Lever's machine already described; the warp rollers 1 and 2
are applied precisely in the same manner as in the Lever's machine, with their
flexible brass friction wires and loaded levers 33, 31, and 30, 32, with weights
6, 7, and 5, 29, at each end of each roller 1 and 2, and require no further
description; and there are also two smaller thread rollers L and 3, exactly the
same as before described, but they are represented by dotted lines in Sheet X.
of the Drawings. The lifting up of one or other of the loaded levers 31 or 32
is performed very nearly the same as in the Lever's machine, by an upright
lifter 34, having prominent teeth at its upper end, one projecting forward and
the other projecting backward; if the lifter 34 is kept upright when it is lifted
up, neither of its said teeth will operate at all, but if it is inclined backwards,
as is represented in Sheet X., its back tooth will act when it is raised upwards

page_text: to lift up the loaded lever 32 and weight 29 of the back warp roller 2; or if the
lifter 34 is inclined forwards, its foremost tooth will act when it is raised
upwards to lift up the loaded lever 31 and weights 7 of the front warp roller 1.
The raising up of the upright lifter 34 is performed by a revolving giving.off
camm 36, which is fixed on the lower axis Z, and a truck at the extremity of
the lifting lever 35 runs on the edge of the camm 36, which, by its curvature,
gives an up-and-down motion to the lifting lever 35, and to the upright lifter
34, which is jointed to the same lifting lever 35; the lifter 34 is thereby
raised up and let down again at every half revolution of the axis Z, or, what is
the same, for every complete revolution of the crank a, because the spur cog
wheel D, by which the axis Z is turned, has twice as many teeth as the
pinion G on the axis of the crank r. The lifter 34 is raised up every time
that the carriages are put through backwards into the back combs, when the
points (either back points or front points) are in the act of taking up; the
going up of the lifter being simultaneous with the going up of the, point bar,
the same as in the Lever's machine before described. The upright lifter 34 is
retained in its perpendicular position, or it is inclined backwards or inclined
forwards, as the case may require, by means of a notched wheel 38, which,"
together with a ratchet wheel 41 of twenty-four teeth, is mounted on a stud
centre pin fixed into a support fastened to the frame, and by a claw driver 40,
which is jointed to the lifting lever 35, the ratchet wheel 41 is turned round one
tooth every time that the lifter 34 descends. The notched wheel 38 acts upon
the projecting tooth of a lever 37, which is connected by a horizontal link 39
with the upright lifter 34, and a reacting spring is applied to pull forwards the
lever 37, and keep its tooth in contact with the edge of the notched wheel 38.
When the greatest prominence of the wheel 38 is in action it will incline
the lifter 34 backwards, suitably for lifting up the loaded lever 32 and
weight 29 of the back warp roller 1; or the least prominence of the wheel 38
being in action will incline the lifter 34 forwards, suitably for lifting up the
loaded lever 31 and weight 7 of the front warp roller 1; but when either of
the midway prominences of the wheel 38 are in action, they will hold the
lifter 34 upright, and it will then be wholly inoperative. The two point bars
are actuated by suitable camms on the lower axis Z, which axis makes one
revolution for two revolutions of the crank a, and at each of those two revolu-
tions of the crank & the carriages are passed through into the back combs, and
then the taking up is required to be performed, which is done by the front
points at one-half turn of the lower axis Z, and by the back points at the next
half turn; the camms on the axis Z are adapted to produce that effect. The
withdrawing of first one and then the other of the rows of the points from the

page_text: meshes of the net is done by a truck S, applied on a pin, projecting out from
the rim of a withdrawing wheel K on the left-hand end of the axis Z, which
also serves as another fly wheel; the said truck operating alternately against
the lower ends of first one and then the other of two long pendulous levers
Tand, which descend from the ends of the spindle bars Y'and Q, front and
back by tho crank bars' arms, of which spindle bars the two point bars are
suspended in the usual manner. When the trucks is going round in one-half
of its circular course, it comes in contact with the pendulous lever T, and by
pushing the same outwards it withdraws the front points from the meshes of
net, and then, after they have been tilted down, as will be further explained, by
action of their pulling down camm 7, at the right-hand end of the axis Z,
then the truck s, by retreating from the pendulous lever T, permits the front
points to be inserted again amongst the threads by reaction of an inserting
spring 9, which is extended from the arm T to the arm z, so as to serve for
inserting both in turn; and when the trucks is going round in the other half of
its course, it operates in like manner upon the other pendulous lever, first to
withdraw and then reinsert the back points. The curvatures of the lower ends
of the two pendulous levers T, z, is suited to the circular motion of the truck S,
so as to produce the said withdrawing and reinserting in due concert with the
tilting down of tho point bars respectively, which is performed by two camms /
and h, at the right-hand end of the axis Z. The two point bars are always
urged upwards by action of two pairs of pulling-up springs A, A, A, A,
at the upper part of the manchine; they are extended between the lower.
ends of the pendulous arms of two pairs of elbow levers, which are mounted
on horizontal centre pins fixed into two tee standards, erected above the top
bar of the machine, one at each end thercof; and from the inner ends of the
horizontal arms of the same elbow levers, pulling-up links descend to short
stump lever arms which project inwards from each end of each point bar, so
that by action of the springs A, A, each point bar is pulled upwards at both
its ends, the saine springs serving to pull up either point bar which may for
the time be put down. The action of the two camms and h is to pull down
first one and then the other of the point bars in turn, when they require to be.
tilted down, in order to make their insertions for taking up; but the aforesaid
springs A, A, will carry the points up again, for so taking up, as soon as the
camms and permit them to be tilted up again by the pull of the said
springs. The pulling down action of the camms 7 and his transmitted to the
two point bars by pulling down links W, w, at the right-hand end of the
machine, which are jointed at their upper ends to the aforesaid short stump
lever arms of each point bar, and at their lower ends to levers U, e, which

page_text: have trucks to apply beneath the camms and h, and when the prominent
parts of those camms come in their turns to act on the said trucks, the point
bars will be tilted down in turn, but they will be pulled up again by their
springs A, as soon as the said prominences pass away from the trucks. One
of the camms is thus operative to tilt down the front point bar during one-
half turn of the axis Z, and the other camm his operative to tilt down the
back point bar during the next half turn of the axis Z. The said pulling-up
springs A, by their elbow levers, and pulling-up links draw up that point bar
which is for the time being quite up in its resting position, and holding up the
meshes of the net until the further ascent of that bar is stopped by its short
stump arins striking up under suitable stop screws d, d, which are held by
supporting cocks fastened to the machine ends C, C, but each point bar
which in its turn is in the act of taking up is stopped at a lower level
than the said resting position of the other point bar, which has already taken
up, wherefore it stops a little short of contact with its said stop screws d, in
order that the pointed pins of that row which takes up last may go up close
beneath the pointed pins of the other row which took up before, but without
touching them; for this purpose each point bar is provided with what are called
overlapping horns c, c, at each end of it, they are thin blades projecting
inwards from their respective point bars, so as to range with the row of
pointed pins on the same bars; and the ascent of each point bar in its turn,
when it is in the act of taking-up, is stopped short as aforesaid by its said
horns coming up beneath the horns of the other point bar, which took up at
the preceding time, and which bar is resting at the highest level or resting
place for the points, as is limited by contact with the said fixed stop screws
d, d, and as soon as the last-mentioned or uppermost points are in their
turn withdrawn from the meshes of the net, in order that they may perform
taking-up again, then the withdrawing of the horns c, c, of that point bar
allows the other point bar which had been stopped short as aforesaid, by
contact of its horns c, c, with the said other horns which are now withdrawn,
to be pulled up by the springs A, A, to the highest level or resting place for the
points, as is determined by its fixed stop screws d. The back point bar has its
two-said overlapping horns c, c, fixed fast to it, and projecting inwards from it
at each end, but the corresponding horns at the two ends of the front point
bar are fitted thereto with joint pins, so as to allow them a little liberty of
motion up and down in respect to the bar, that motion being limited by regu-
lating screws. The aforesaid mode of actuating the two point bars by with-
drawing and pulling down by revolving camms, and then inserting and pulling
up again by springs, and regulating the ascent by overlapping horns, is in

page_text: common use in many rotary lace machines, but the taking-up operation in this
machine is repeated more frequently than usual in ordinary machines, or than
is requisite for merely making plain net, the unusual frequency of taking up
being a provision for making spots, and being just the same as in the Lever's
machine before, described. The point bars are guided in their endways direc
tion, at the times when they are in the act of making their insertion amongst
the warp threads, by means of fixed conducting plates. X, which are supported
by the left-hand machine end C. The head of a gage screw extends out
horizontal from a short arm. f, which projects outwards and downwards from
each point bar, near its left-hand end, and the said head applies to the upright
face of the conducting plate x, by reaction of a suitable spring 47 at the
other end of the point bar, in order that by the travelling of the said head
over that face when the points are withdrawn, and tilted down for taking-up,
they may be conducted properly amongst the threads. The back points and
front points are conducted in like manner by a similar conducting plate for
them at the left-hand end, all which is the common mode in many lace
machines; but in making ornamented net according to this part of my improve-
ments; the two rows of points require most commonly to be shogged towards
the right in preparation for the act of taking up, excepting at particular
times, therefore other fixed conducting plates 52 are fixed to the right-hand
machine end, and the point bars are provided with corresponding arms and
gage screws 53 at that end of each bar, with heads suitable for applying
to the upright faces of those conducting plates 52, when the point bars are
borne towards the right, which is done by action of strong springs 48, 51,
which are applied at the left-hand end by the intervention of levers-46, 50,
and which springs 48, 51, are so much stronger, as completely to overpower
the before-mentioned springs 47, in order most commonly to bear the point
bars to their right-hand conducting plates 52, but occasionally, when.either-of
the point bars is required to act by guidance of its left-hand conducting plate
✗,-the-said-stronger springs 48, 51, are not permitted to act at all, and then
the slighter springs 47 will shog the point bars to the left, as before explained.
The said action or inaction of the strong spring 48, for the front points, is
regulated by a, notched wheel 44, which, together with a ratchet wheel 43, of
twelve teeth, is mounted on a stud centre pin fixed horizontally into a short
arm which descends from the front spindle bar Y, and which arm also sustains
a like stud centre pin for the lever 46, and a projecting tooth of that lever 46
applies to the edge of the notched wheel 44, so that when a prominent part
of that edge is brought round to the said tooth, it will restrain the strong spring.
48 from acting on the front point bar, which will then be shogged to the

page_text: left by its spring 47, and its gage screw f will be kept in contact with its
left-band conducting plate X, and then, when the said prominence of the
notched wheel 44 passes away, the strong spring 48 will resume its action,
and will shog the front point bar to the right, and keep its gage screw 53
in contact with the right-hand conducting plate 52. The ratchet wheel 43
is turned round one tooth at every time that the front points are tilted
down, which is done by means of a driver 42, jointed to the horizontal
arm of the elbow lever for pulling up the front point bar y, that turning
taking place whilst the front points are withdrawn from the meshes of
the net, and are in the act of tilting down, in order that the shogging may
be then made as a preparation for the proper insertion of the front points
amongst the warp threads. The back point bar is provided with the like
parts, viz., a strong spring 51, acting by intervention of a lever 50, see
Sheet XII., to urge the back point bar to the right, and submit it to the
guidance of its right-hand conducting plate, but with a notched wheel 49,
which, by occasionally presenting a prominence to a tooth of the lever 50,
restrains the strong spring 51 from acting at all, and then the spring at the
other end of the back point bar shogs it to the left, so as to submit it to
the guidance of its left-hand conducting plate; the notched wheel 49 is
turned round for this purpose by a ratchet wheel of twelve teeth, which are
actuated by a driver 45, jointed to the elbow lever for pulling up the back
points, and which driver turns the ratchet wheel one tooth every time that
the back points are withdrawn from the threads and tilting down. The
aforesaid mode of occasionally shogging the point bars is precisely the same
in its operation as that of the corresponding parts in the Lever's machine
already described. The winding up of the lace roller is performed in the
usual manner by a winding-up camm fixed upon the main axis J, and
operating upon a truck at the upper end of the upright arm of an elbow
lever, which lever has an upright link jointed to the foremost end of its
horizontal arm, that link being also jointed at its upper end to the foremost
end of the horizontal arm of another like elbow lever situated at the upper
part of the machine, and which elbow lever has a driver jointed to the lower
end of its upright arm for turning the ratchet wheel u of the worm, by which
the lace roller is wound up. The said winding-up camm is indented with
notches around its circumference to actuate the said driver by intervention
of the said two elbow levers and upright link, so as to turn the ratchet
wheel one tooth for every notch in the camm which comes into action.
And note. For making rows of spots which are to succeed each other at the
distance described in the enlarged representation, Sheet V., the winding up

page_text: cf the lace roller may go on continually, as well when spots are making
as when meshes of plain net are making, the same as has been already
stated respecting the Lever's machinery. But note.- Respecting both kinds of
machinery (that is, the Lever's machinery already described, as well as the
fluted roller machinery now describing, in case of making the succeeding rows
of spots at greater distances asunder than as aforesaid, then the winding up
of the lace roller may require to be discontinued whilst the spots are making.
This will be very casily accomplished in the fluted roller machine now
describing by merely omitting some of the notches in the circumference of
the winding-up camm, because that cam is fixed on the same main axis J
with the racking wheel i, j, and therefore by omitting the said notches at
that part of its circumference which comes into action whilst spots are
making, the winding up will be discontinued at such times. And in order
to accomplish the same end in the Lever's machinery herein-before described,
the driver of the ratchet wheel u, for winding up the lace roller, should not bo
connected with the main joint arm of the front landing bar, as is represented in
Sheet V., and herein-before described, whereby it derives its motion from that
of the landing bars in the usual manner of Lever's machinery, but instead
thereof the said driver may be jointed to one end of a lever which is poised
(scale beam fashion) by its middle on a fixed centre pin, and which has a
truck at the opposite end to apply to the under side of the prominent circular
rim of a large winding-up canım or wheel, resembling an inverted dish or pan,
which may be fixed on the upper end of the upright axis V of the racking
wheels above the bearing bracket for that axis, and the said under side of the
said circular rim being suitably indentated with notches will give an up-and-
down motion to the truck of the said lever, and consequently to the driver, so
as to cause the same to turn the ratchet wheel u a tooth at a time, in order
to wind up the lace roller. This is a common mode of winding up in many
lace machines and well known. The said winding-up camm or inverted dish
being on the axis of the racking wheels V may have its said notches omitted
at that part of its circumference which comes into action when spots are
making in cases when it is found advisable, on account of the distance between
the succeeding rows of spots, to discontinue the winding up of the lace at those
times when the spots are making.
Table of references to Sheets IX. to XII. of the Drawings, representing
a single-tier fluted roller machine for making ornamented bobbin net lace
without traversing threads.-(A), two pairs of pulling-up springs for the two
point bars, acting upon two pairs of elbow levers with pulling-up links to the
stump lever arms at each end of each point bar; (C), main end standards of

page_text: the frame or machine ends; (D), spur wheel of thirty teeth on the right-hand.
end of the lower axis Z, it is turned by the large spur wheel I; (E), turning
handle on the axis F of the crank x, by which the whole machine is worked;
(F), short horizontal axis of the handle E and crank, pinion G, and fly
wheel S; (G), pinion, of fifteen teeth, on the axis F.of the handle E and
crank a, it turns the intermediate wheel R, and thereby the large wheel I;
(1), large spur wheel, of one hundred and eighty teeth, on the right-hand end:
of the main axis J; (J), long horizontal main axis, with the large spur
wheel I at one end and the racking wheel i, j, at the other; (K); with-
drawing wheel at the left-hand end of the lower axis Z, for withdrawing each.
of the points bars in turn by its truck s acting against their pendulous
levers T, ; (L), lacing thread roller for supplying threads and also those
warp threads which are never required to form spots; (M), crank rod or
connecting rod extending from the crank to the toothed sector P; (N),
racking lever mounted on a fixed upright centre pin, and applying to the
racking rim ji for the back guide bar u; (0), two fluted rollers, with nine
flutes for acting in the teeth at the under sides of the bobbin carriages; (P),
toothed sector, with internal teeth, mounted on the main centre: pin, and
vibrating thereon by acting of the crank and connecting rod m, it turns tho
pinions m on the ends of the fluted rollers O, O; (Q), spindle bar, with
crank bar arms, from which 'the back point bar is suspended; (R), inter-
mediate spur wheel between the pinion G and the large wheel I; (S), revolving
fly wheel on the axis F of the handle E and crank x; (T), long pendulous lever
at the left-hand end of the spindle bar Y, for withdrawing the front point
bar by action of the trucks; (U), pulling down lever for the front-point bar,
by action of the camm land upright link W; (V), racking lever, mounted on
a fixed upright centre pin, applying, to the racking rim i for the front guide
bar t; (W), pulling down link for the front point bar, it goes down from the
stump lever arm, at the right-hand end thereof; to the pulling down lever U;
(X); fixed conducting plates at the left-hand ends of the point bars; to conduct
them in taking up occasionally; (Y); spindle bar, with crank bar arms, from
which the front point bar y is suspended; (Z), long horizontal axis at the
lower part of the machine, turned by its wheel D from the great wheel I; it
carries the taking-up cammsih, l; K, s. (a), front guides fixed on the bar t,
seven per inch; (b), back guides fixed on the bar V; seven per inch; (c), over-
lapping horns at each end of each point bar, to stop that one which takes up
last a little below the resting position; (d), stop screws for limiting the ascent
of each point bar when it gets quite up to its resting position in the net;:
(e), lever, with a truck for the camm h on the axis Z, it is for pulling down

page_text: the back point bar by the upright link w; (f), short stump arm at the left-
hand end of each point bar, with a gage screw to apply to the fixed conducting
plate (X); (g), inserting spring for urging the points in amongst the threads,
it is connected to both the pendulous levers T and ; (h), pulling down camm
on the axis Z, for pulling down the back point bar by the lover e and upright
link w; (i), rim of the large racking wheel i, j, on the left-hand end of the
main axis J, for racking the front guides a on the bar t by the racking lever V;
(), rim of the large racking wheel i, j, for racking the back guides 6 on the bar v
by the racking lever N; (k), two comb bars, front and back; (7), pulling down
camm on the axis Z, for pulling down the front point bar by the lever U and
upright link W; (m), two pinions, of eighteen teeth, on the right-hand ends of
the fluted rollers 0, 0, acting in the internal teeth of the sector P; (n), rack-
ing lever, mounted on a fixed upright centre pin, applying to the racking rim g
for the lacing guide bar p; (o), lacing guides fixed on the bar q, one guide at
each separation between the breadth of net; (p), lacing guide bar for tho
lacing guides o, it is racked by the rim q and racking lever n; (9), racking
rim on the large racking wheel i, j, for racking the lacing guides o on the bar
p by the racking lever n; (r), front points in leads on the front point bar y,
seven per inch; (s), truck on a pin in the withdrawing wheel K on the axis Z,
for withdrawing first one point bar and then the other; (t), front guide bar
for the leads of front guides a, it is racked by the rim i and racking lever V;
(u), ratchet wheel of the worm for winding up the lace roller; (v), rack guide
bar for the leads of back guides b, it is racked by the rim j and racking lever
N; (w), pulling down link for back point bar, it goes down from the stumps
lever arm, at the right-hand end thereof, to the pulling down lever e; (x), short
crank on the axis F of the handle E and of the pinion G; (y), front point
bar; (), pendulous lever at the left-hand end of the spindle bar Q, for with-
drawing the back point bar by action of the truck 8. (1), front warp roller,
containing a portion of the warp threads which are to form the net, being those
which are to be operative in making one row of spots; (2), back warp roller,
containing a portion of warp threads which are to form the net, being those
which are to be operative in making the next row of spots; (3), warp roller,
containing warp threads for forming the selvedge meshes of the several breadths
of net; (4), front selecting guides on the bar 9; (5), weight for the loaded
lever 30, belonging to the brass friction wire at the left-band end of the back
warp roller 2; (6), weight for the loaded lever 33, belonging to the brass
friction wire at the left-hand end of the front warp roller 1; (7), weight for
the loaded lever 31, belonging to the brass friction wire at the right-hand end
of the front warp roller 1; (8), back selecting guides on the bar 10; (9), front

page_text: selecting guide bar, with the front selecting guides 4 upon it; (10), back select-
ing guide bar, with the back selecting guides 8 upon it; (11), fixed bearing
sockets for the pivots of the two selecting guide bars 9 and 10; (12), fixed centre
pin for the lever 16; (13), pulling-up spring to the lever 16, for inserting tho
selecting guides 4 and 8 amongst the warp threads a and 6; (14), two lever
arms of the two selecting guide bars 9 and 10, for withdrawing or inserting
the selecting guides 4 and 8; (15), two upright links from the lever 16 to the
lever arms 14; (16), lever, with a truck to apply to the selecting-camm 17,
and with a pulling-up spring 13, the two links 15 being also jointed to it;
(17), selecting camm fixed on the main axes J, it is circular, with two notches
in its circumference; (18), notched wheel acting on the lever 28, for lifting up
and letting down the racking levers 23 and 24 on their fixed upright centre
pins; (19), ratchet wheel, of eight teeth, for turning the notched wheel 18, it
is turned one tooth at a time by a projecting tooth on the large racking wheel
i, j; (20), lifting lever on the foremost end of the axis 27, for lifting up the
racking lever 23 of the selecting guides 4 on the bar 9; (21), lifting lever on
the backmost end of the axis 27, for lifting up the racking lever 24 of the
selecting guides 8 on the bar 10; (22), upright lifting link, ascending from
the lever 28 of the notched wheel wheel 18 to the lifting lever 21 on the axis
27; (28), racking lever for the front selecting guides 4 on the bar 9, it is
mounted on a fixed upright centre pin, with double beaks, to apply to the
rim 25 of the racking wheel i, j; (24), racking lever for the back selecting
guides 8 on the bar 10, it is mounted on a fixed upright centre pin, and
has double beaks to apply to the rim 26 of the racking wheel i, j; (25),
racking rim on the large racking wheel i, j, for racking the front selecting
guides 4 on the bar 9 by the racking lever 23; (26), racking rim on the
large racking wheel i, j, for racking the back selecting guides 8 on the
bar 10 by the racking lever 24; (27), horizontal cross axis, with the two
lifting levers 20 and 21 projecting out from its two ends; (28), lever,
actuated by the notched wheel 18, and connected by an upright link to the
lifting levers 21 and 20; (29), weight of the loaded lever 32, belonging to
the brass friction wire for the right-hand end of the back warp roller 2;
(30), loaded lever for the weight 5, belonging to the brass friction wire for the
left-hand end of the back warp roller 2; (31), loaded lever for the weight.7,
belonging the brass friction wire at the right-hand end of the front warp
roller 1; (32), loaded lever for the weight 29, belonging to the brass friction
wire at the right-hand end of the back warp roller 2; (33), loaded lever for
the weight 6, belonging to the brass friction wire at the left-hand end of the
back warp roller 1; (34), upright lifter jointed to the end of the lifting

page_text: lever 35, for occasionally lifting one or other of the loaded levers 31 or 32;
(35), lifting lever for the upright lifter 3-1, with a truck to apply to the giving-
off camm 36; (36), giving-off camm on the lower axis Z, it acts on a truck
at the end of the lifting lover 35; (87), lever, with a tooth applying to the
notched wheel 38, and with a connecting link 39 extending to the lifter 34;
(38), notched wheel for regulating the position of the upright lifter 34; (39),
horizontal link for connecting the lever 37 with the upright lifter 34;
(40), claw driver jointed to the lifting lever 35, for turning the ratchet wheel
41 (41), ratchet wheel of twenty-fourth teeth, turned by the claw driver 40,
for turning the notched wheel 38; (42), driver for the ratchet wheel 43, it is
jointed to the elbow lever for pulling up the front points, and acts at every time
that those points are tilted down; (43), ratchet wheel of twelve teeth, which,
together with the notched wheel 44, is mounted on a stud pin in an arm
descending from the spindle bar y, and it is turned by the driver 42; (44),
notched whcel for occasionally restraining the strong spring 48 from acting, it
acts on a tooth of the lever 46; (45), driver for the ratchet wheel of the
notched wheel 49, it is jointed to the elbow lever for pulling up the back
points, and acts at every time that those points are tilted down; (46), lever
for transmitting the action of the strong spring 48 to the front point bar, and
having a tooth to apply to the notched wheel 44; (47), spring applied to each
of the point bars at the right-hand end, to urge it towards the fixed conducting
plate X at the left-hand end; (48), strong spring applied to the front point
bar
y at the left-hand end by intervention of the lever 46, to urge it towards
the conducting plate 52 at the right-hand end; (49), notched wheel for occa-
sionally restraining the strong spring 51 from acting, it acts on a tooth of the
lever 50; 50, lever for transmitting the action of the strong spring 51 to the
back point bar, it has a tooth to apply to the notched wheel 49; (51) strong
spring applied to the back point bar at the left-hand end by intervention of a
lever, to urge it towards tho conducting plate 52 at the right-hand end; (52),
for conducting
fixed conducting plates at the right-hand ends of the point bar
them in taking up; (53), short stump arm at the right-hand end of each point
bar, with a gage screw to apply to the fixed conducting plates 52. The con-
struction and operation of all the parts of the said single-tier fluted roller
machine being now fully explained, it is unnecessary to go through a detailed
description of the course of its operation for making spotted ornamented bobbin
net lace without traversing threads, and having large octagonal meshes and
small hexagonal meshes intermixe l as aforesaid, because the said ornamented net
and course of operation is no way different from that of the single-tier Lever's
machinery already described as far as regards the action of all these parts
3,

page_text: which operate directly upon the threads, that is, the warp rollers 1 and 2; and
3 and L, also the several rows of guides a; b, front and back, and the lacing
guides o, and the selecting guides 4 and 8, likewise the bobbin carriages; and
the two rows of taking-up points and the lace roller; the machinery: by which
those said parts are actuated, wherever it differs: from that of the aforesaid
Lever's machinery, has been full explained, and the steps around all of the
several: racking wheels are represented in Sheet XII.,.whereforo a reperusal
of tho description already given of the operation of the single-tier Lever's
machinery will serve for the single-tier fluted roller machine .now describing,
if the following remarks thereon are attended to during such reperusal; tho
revolving: crank a produces twice as much vibrating motion of the bobbin
carriages in the fluted roller machine as in the Lever's machine; because (as
already explained) there is no pause required for exchanging the catch bars,
wherefore one-half turn of the handle E and of the crank x will pass tho
carriages through forwards between the warp threads. from: the back. combs to
the front.combs, and the next half turn of the crank a will repass the bobbin
carriages backwards between the warp threads from the: front combs to the
back ones, and owing to the proportions of the toothed wheels: G and 1 being
twelve to one, and the racking wheel i, j, being divided into twenty-four places
for steps, one of those places will be brought into action for racking the guide
bars at every half turn of the handle E and crank a, instead of at every whole
turn thereof, as was the case in the Lever's machinery. The positions of all the
several parts at the commencement of the description will be exactly the same
as already stated respecting the Lever's machinery, with the racking wheels
standing on No. 1, excepting that the selecting guides 4 and .8 now; stand
traversed to their left-handmost traversing position, which they still retain after
having completed the last row of spots from accumulated wrappings of those
pairs of warp threads which are supplied from the warp roller. 1, but the said
guides 4 and 8 are now entirely out of action on the threads, and before they
are brought again into action thereon, they will be traversed to their right-
handmost traversing position, and on beginning to turn the winch handle: E
and crank-r round, in order to start from that commencement, the crank: a
being then nearly at the full extent of its forward throw, will operate, by the
connecting rod M, to swing the sector P backwards, and that motion, by action
in the pinions m, m, will turn the two fluted rollers 0, 0, which by their flutes
will bring the carriages through forwards between the warp threads: into the
front combs, and they will get quite through by the time that the crank a has
made one-half turn, and arrived nearly at the full extent: of its: back most
throw, and the racking wheels i, j,. will in the same time have turned round

page_text: nearly to the place for racking.No. 2, and then exactly the same racking motions
as have been already described respecting the single-tier Lever's machinery will
be given to the guide bars of the single-tier fluted roller machine now de-
scribing by the steps of their several racking wheels, represented in Sheet XII.
and numbered 2 therein. And note.-At the same time that the carriages begin
to be brought through forwards, as aforesaid at starting from the coinniencement,
the front points (which stood tilted down and inserted amongst the threads,
as is shewn in Sheet IX., at that commencement) began to go upwards by
action of their pulling-up springs A, A, in consequence of the prominence of
their camm passing. away from the truck of their pulling down lever U;
and when the front points were by that means pulled up so high that their
pins came just beneath the pins of the back points, which pins were at their
highest and resting position in the meshes of the net, as determined by their
stop screws d, d, and thero the further ascent of the front points bar was
stopped short by its overlapping horns c, c, coming in contact with the over-
lapping, horns of the back point bar; and after such racking of No. 2, the
turning motion of the handle E and crank a continuing without intermission,
it draws forwards the crank rod M and sector P, which, by the pinions m, m,
turns the fluted rollers O, O, and they cause the carriages to be put through
backwards between the warp threads; and also the back points are withdrawn
from. the meshes of the net by the trucks of the withdrawing wheel K
going round, so as to act against their pendulous lever z, and the instant
that the back point bar is so withdrawn tho absence of its overlapping horns
c, c, allows the front points to be pulled up by the springs A, A, so as to
raise them a little higher than the level at which they had stopped short.
when they took up last time; and when the front-points reach the highest
level or resting position for the points in the meshes_of-the net their further
ascent is prevented by their stop screws d, d, and as soon as the back points
are so withdrawn-they begin to be tilted down by action of their camm h
-coniing round. to the truck of their pulling down lever e, and as the back
points are going down the driver 45 of their elbow lever turns their ratchet
wheel and notched wheel 49 one tooth, and thereby a prominence on that
wheel is brought into action on their. lever 50, so as to take off the pull of
their strong spring 51, and then their slighter spring at the other end of the
bar shogs the back points to the left, in preparation for making their entrance
amongst the warp threads, by guidance of their left-hand conducting plate X;
and by the time that the back points are tilted down, and thus prepared for
inserting, the carriages will have got through clear behind the warp threads,
a little before the appointed time for racking No. 3, and then the guide bars

page_text: are nudged by the nudging steps of their racking wheels, represented by
dotted lines-in Sheet XII., in the manner before explained respecting the
Lever's machine, in order to obtain crossings of the warp threads, and also
to open proper spaces for the insertion of the back points beneath those
crossings; and immediately after such nudging the truck S of the withdrawing
wheel K, getting round to a bended part of the pendulous lever = allows the
back points to be drawn inwards, and inserted amongst the warp threads,
by action of their inserting spring 9, and instantly after that insertion the
racking of No. 3 takes place, by action of the steps of the racking wheels,
represented in Sheet XII., and numbered 3, and which steps communicate
exactly the same motions to the guide bars as before described respecting
the Lever's machinery; then, by continuance of the turning motion of the
handle E and crank a, the carriages are brought through forwards between
the warp threads, and the back points go up by action of their pulling up
spring A, as the prominence of their camm h passes away from the truck of
its pulling down lever e; and also about this time the single revolving tooth,
which is affixed to the inside of the rim q, 25, of the large racking wheel i, j,
comes round to one of the teeth of the eight-toothed ratchet wheel 19, and
turns the same, so as to bring one of the notches of the notched wheel 18
beneath the tooth of the lever 28, which, by its upright link 22 and the two
lifting levers 21, 20, on the cross axis 17, lets down the two racking levers-
23 and 24 on their respective upright centre pins, in the same manner and
for the same purpose of traversing the two selecting guide bars 9 and 10 as
already described respecting the Lever's machine, excepting that in the fluted
roller machine the said letting down of the racking levers 22 and 24 causes
the selecting guide bars 9 and 10 to be to be traversed two spaces towards
the right hand, in preparation for the selecting guides 4, 8, being afterwards
brought into action to select and catch and rack those pairs of warp threads
which proceed from the warp roller 2, because the row of spots about to bo
made by the fluted roller machinery will be made by the said warp threads
proceeding from that roller, instead of from the warp roller 1, as was described·
to be the case in the Lever's machinery. But note.-That is not any difference
between the operation of the two machines, but only in the place of com-
mencement of the two descriptions; for the former description of the operation
of the Lever's machine commences with that course of operations and revo-
lution of the racking wheels during which a row of spots is to be made from
the warp roller 1, and then during the next succeeding revolution another row
is to be made from the warp roller 2; but in the present description of the fluted
roller machine it commenced with that revolution of the racking wheels during

page_text: the warp roller 2 will operate, and the warp roller 1 is to operate at the next
succeeding revolution, and this difference in the two descriptions is to be kept in
mind during the reperusal of the former description wherever mention is made
of the warp roller 1 and its appurtenances, such as its loaded levers 31 and 33,
with their weights 7 and 6, also of the lifter 34 being inclined forwards,
because in all such cases the present description (if completed) would mention
the warp roller 2 instead, and its loaded levers 32 and 30, with their weights
29 and 5, would mention, and the lifter 34 as including backwards instead
of forwards; and respecting the rest of the operation of this single-tier fluted
roller machine, the remainder of the preceding description of the operation
of the single-tier Lever's machine will apply thereto sufficiently without
repeating the said remainder in this place, because it does not after this
stage from the commencement state many of the peculiarities of parts of the
Lever's machine wherein the same differs from the single-tier fluted roller
machine, but it only describes the movements of the parts which operate
immediately upon the threads, and, as already stated, those movements are
preci cly the same in both machines, excepting that in stating the action
of the wheel 17, for inserting the two rows of selecting the guides 4 and 8
amongst the two rows of guides a, b, a prominence of the wheel 17 is
mentioned as being operative for that purpose after the racking of No. 6,
and again after the racking of No. 23, but in the single-tier Lever's machine
it is a notch in the circular circumference of the selecting camm 17
which produces the same effect at those times. And note.-Although I have
stated the Lever's machinery herein-before described to be a ten-point gage,
with ten points, and twenty combs per inch, the said statement is only by way
of example, because the Lever's machinery may be of any such gage as is
commonly used for ordinary Lever's machinery. But respecting the single-tier
fluted roller machinery last described, the same being in fact constructed for
double-tier machinery, although worked single-tier fashion, it must necessarily
be of a coarse gage, for it can only havo half the number of points per inch
of the usual gages of double-tier fluted roller machinery. But in case it is
thought desirable, on account of the rapidity of its operation, to construct single-
tier fluted roller machinery of the kind herein-before described, for making
finer gages of the aforesaid spotted net without traversing threads, viz., such
gages as eight, nine, and ten points per inch for example, then in such cases
the machinery must be constructed expressly for the purpose, and the best
arrangement and form for the single-tier combs, and bobbin carriages, and
their comb bars, with two fluted rollers, and als of the several guide bars and
point bars, will be such as is represented in Sheet XIII. of the Drawings of

page_text: the said single tier combs and carriages there represented, being formed and
arranged with their combs, bars, and two fluted rollers, according to part of my
former improvements, for which Letters Patent were granted to me by His
present Majesty, bearing date the Eighth day of December, One thousand eight
hundred and thirty-two, and which said part of my said former improvements
was described near to the commencement of my former Specification thereof,
which was dated the Sixth of June, One thousand eight hundred and thirty-
three (and was enrolled in the Chapel of the Rolls on or about the Seventh
or Eighth day of June, One thousand eight hundred and thirty-three, in the
following terms, viz., the bobbin carriages being of a single-tier gage instead
of double-tier gage, as heretofore, and the carriages being larger and having
more teeth at their under sides than usually, and only two fluted rollers being
used instead of four, as heretofore, and the projecting tangs of the combs
(which are held in the leads) being near to one end of each comb (instead
of near the middle of the length of each comb, as heretofore), the circular
part of the combs being also shorter, wherefore the combs being cast in
leads, and those leads being fastened to the comb bar, the short ends of the
combs will project only a little way over the edge of the bar towards the
warp threads, whilst the long ends of the combs project outwards therefrom
as usual, and beneath those long ends a common fluted bar is applied outside
of the comb bar in the usual manner; but there is no fluted bar inside
the comb bar, as usual, next to the warp threads, wherefore the comb
bar is placed nearer to the warp threads, and the short ends of the combs
project less out of their leads towards those threads by as much as the
space which the said innermost fluted roller usually occupies between the
warp threads and the inside of the comb bar. And further, near to the con-
clusion of my said former. Specification, it is explained that the carriages and
the combs are grooved on one side of each carriage and of each comb, in the
manner of those used in common fluted bar machines, except that they
are only half the thickness (or single-tier gage), and consequently half the
depth of groove. The bobbins are the same as those commonly used in
Lever's machines, which, from their thinness, require to be longer in diameter
than those generally used in common fluted bar machines, which are all
double-tier gage.
In consequence of the large bobbins, the carriages require
to be larger than usual in fluted bar machines, and also to have more teeth
And note. The
at the under sides, as is represented in Sheet XIII.
carriages have half teeth 26, 26, at each extremity, in order that they may
commence their entrance between the crossed warp threads at their very
lowest points. And furthermore, at the conclusion of my aforesaid Specification,
F 2

page_text: the said part of my said former improvements was claimed as part of the new
Invention for which Letters Patent had been granted to me on the Eightl
December, One thousand eight hundred and thirty-two, and the same was se
forth in such claim as consisting in the improvement of modifying the comb
and carriages of ordinary fluted bar machinery, so as that the comb bars to
which the leads of the combs are screwed, and also those leads, shall go neare
towards the warp threads than heretoforo in ordinary fluted bar machinery
because no fluted bar or roller is required to be interposed between the comb
bars and the threads, as has been hitherto requisite, and so as that the carriages
shall have half teeth 26, 26, at each end, in order to set us or make their
entrance lower down between the crossed warp threads. The large section
in Sheet XIII., with the writing thereon, and together with the foregoing
extracts from my said former Specification, is almost a sufficient explanation
of the single-tier fluted roller machine now describing, as all the other parts
thereof which are not contained in Sheet XIII. are precisely the same as is
represented in Sheets X., XI., and XII., and which have been fully described.
The vibrating sector P operates in the same manner as before described, by
its internal teeth on the pinions m, m, and it must be adapted, together with
the throw of the crank a, to swing the carriages somewhat further back into
the back combs than is absolutely necessary for merely clearing the warp
threads, in order to allow time for the nudging and inserting of the points and
racking to take place, as before explained respecting the Lever's machinery.
The racking wheels are the same as are represented in Sheet XII., the fixed
supporting bar for the several guide bars, as well as the guide bars t; v,
and p, which are applied against the inclining faces of that bar, are just
the same as before explained in the Lever's machine and in the fluted
roller machine, the two selecting guide bars 9 and 10 are disposed beneath
the two comb bars k, k, and the stems of their selecting guides 4 and 8
reach up withinside of the comb bars in the same manner as in the Lever's
machine. The short lever arms 14, 14, and-their-upright-links-15, 15, for
withdrawing the selecting guides 4 and 8 from amongst the warp threads, a, b,
are precisely the same as are shown in Sheets X. and XI. for the fluted
roller machine already described. And note.-Whereas it was also part of my
aforesaid former improvements to apply extra thicknesses, at the tops of the
alternato carriages, for the purpose explained in my said former Specification,
it should be observed that such extra thickness are not to. be used in the
carriages for the single-tier fluted roller machine represented in Sheet XIII.,.
but the carriages thereof are to be such as were described in my said former
Specification to be the intermediate carriages between the said alternate

page_text: carriages, with extra thicknesses on their tops, such intermediate carriages
baving no such extra thicknesses. All the carriages used in the machine
represented in Sheet XIII. are to be alike, without any distinction of alternate
and intermediate carriages. And note further.-The object of my said
former improvements, explained in my said former Specification dated the
Sixth of June, One thousand eight hundred and thirty-three, was to combine
the parts of fluted bar machinery with the parts of traverse warp machinery,
suitably for the purpose of making traverse warp breadths or quillings. of plain
bobbin net by such combination; but the object of this part now describing of
my present improvements is to adopt single-tier fluted roller machinery to the
production of spotted ornamented net without traversing threads, wherefore the
traverse warp part of the said former combination is unnecessary, and I only
retain for my present purpose the aforesaid part of my said former improve-
ments, consisting of the single-tier combs and carriages and the arrangement of
their comb bars with two fluted rollers. And note.-Those two fluted rollers
are supported in suitable bearing sockets affixed to the main joint arms on
which the comb bars are suspended exactly in the same manner as the two
outermost of the four fluted rollers of double-tier fluted roller machinery are
supported. And note.-In both the Lever's machine and in the fluted roller
machines herein-before described, the warp threads which are conducted from
the warp rollers 1 and 2, being occasionally slackened, require some precaution
to prevent them from getting entangled; for this purpose the usual brass
warping plates, with holes through which the threads are conducted when they
are in the operation of being warped on the several rollers, and which plates
also serve as a slea, in order to keep the threads separate in the machine in
the usual manner, may be lodged in an inclined position, leaning against the
rollers 1 and 2, and also leaning against two horizontal supporting bars which
are fixed in the space between the two rollers 1 and 2; this is sufficiently
explained by the section, Sheets V., IX., XIII., and XIV.
Another part of my said improvements in machinery for making bobbin net
lace relates to that kind of such machinery which is termed double-tier
machinery, because the bobbin carriages are arranged in two rows or tiers,
which are passed and repassed one after another between the warp threads,
the improvement being for the purpose of producing such bobbin net lace as is
of the kind already described without traversing threads, and having large
octagonal meshes and small hexagonal meshes intermixed, and being orna-
mented with wicker-work spots of the kind already described, excepting that
each spot may, if required, be composed of a greater number of wrappings of
pairs of
warp threads than before described, so as to give a greater appearance

page_text: to the spots; see an enlarged representation of such spots and the network
in which they are formed, in Sheet XV. of the Drawings hereunto annexed.
The double-tier machinery which I prefer for performing this part of my
improvements is the fluted ruller machinery, which has been already fully
explained in reference to Sheets X., XI., and XII., of the Drawings but the
same has been hitherto described and represented as single-tier machinery, or
as being worked single-tier fashion, whereas it is now to be described in its
own usual and proper character of double-tier machinery, having additional
parts equivalent to those already described, and for the most part very similar
thereto in construction and arrangement, but adapted to produce the same
results from double-tier machinery as have been already explained in respect to
single-tier machinery. Sheet XIV. of the Drawings contains a section of the
operative parts of the double-tier fluted roller machine, answering to the
section contained in Sheet IX., and a comparison of those two Drawings,
and of the writing on each, will explain almost all the difference between the
machine already described and that now about to be described, excepting the
succession of steps around the several racking wheels, which steps are re-
presented in Sheet XV. for the double-tier machine, and are necessarily very
different from those of the single-tier machinery, although the texture of the
bobbin net lace is the same, and that of its ornamental spots nearly the same,
as is made by the single-tier machinery (either Lover's machinery or fluted
roller machinery), and which texture is represented enlarged in Sheet V., as
will be apparent from a comparison thereof with the corresponding Figure in
Sheet XV. The double-tier fluted roller machinery, Sheet XIV., has its two
tiers or rows of bobbin carriages, and four fluted rollers (two innermost o, o, as
already described, and two outermost B, B,) as usual, the pinions m, m, and
II, II, on the right hand end of each fluted roller, being all four turned by the
internal teeth of the usual sector P, which is the same as before described,
except that it extends as much further round its circlo as is suitable for
actuating four pinions H m, m H, instead of only two, m, m; and also the
sector P vibrates through a greater extent of motion, suitably for passing and
repassing two divisions of bobbin carriages through between the warp threads,
out of one row of combs into the other row, instead of one division thereof, as
before explained, that greater extent of vibrating motion being given by
suitable adaptation of the length or throw of the revolving crank by which the
sector P is actuated, all which, being according to the usual mode of working
fluted roller double-tier machinery, requires no further explanation. And in
like manner the taking-up points and the guides are to be cast in their leads,
fourteen per inch for what is termed a fourteen-point gage, the combs being

page_text: likewise fourteen per inch, and the bobbin carriages stand side by side, fourteen
per inch, in each of their tiers or rows. The front comb bar never requires to
be racked for making this kind of bobbin net lace without traversing threads,
and therefore it is to be made fast between its endway stops, and the comb bar,
racking wheels, and levers, are to be removed. The revolving crank a, on the
axis F of the handle E, and also the toothed wheelwork G, R, and I, are all
exactly the same as before described, and as is represented in Sheets X and
XI., and so is the lower axis Z, with its pinion D, and all its taking-up. camms
1, h, and withdrawing wheel K, with its truck s, together with all the pulling
down levers and links for the two point bars, as well as the pulling up springs
A, with their elbow levers, also the overlapping horns c, c, at the two ends of
each point bar, as the same is before described. The racking wheel i, j, at the
left-hand end of the main axis J, and its prominent rims, together with its
several racking lovers. V, N, n, and 23, 24, and their reacting springs, are all
the same as before, excepting the arrangement of the steps around the said
prominent rims of the racking wheel i, j, which are forty-eight in number,
because there are two tiers or divisions of carriages to be passed between the
warp threads one after the other, and those threads require to be racked in the
interval after one row has been passed and before the other row is passed,
instead of twenty-four steps, and the arrangement of those forty-eight steps is
represented in Sheet XV. The additional machinery which is to be applied, as.
herein-before described, for the purpose of making the spots, is likewise the
same in this double-tier machine as before described, and as is represented in
Sheets X. and XI., viz., the two rows of selecting guides 4 and 8, with their
bars 9 and 10, and their supports 11, 11, are in effect the same as before, and
are fully explained in Sheet XIV. The selecting camm 17 on the main axis J
is exactly the same as before, with its lever 16 on the fixed centre pin 12,
pulling up spring 13, upright links. 15, 15, and lever arms 14, 14, for inserting
the selecting guides 4 and 8 amongst the warp threads; also the several warp.
rollers 1, 2, 3, and L, with their flexible brass friction wires, loaded levers, and
weights at each end of each roller, are precisely the same, and so is the upright
lifter 34, and its lifting lever 35, and giving-off camm 36, together with the
notched wheel 38, ratchet. wheel and click 41, claw driver 40, lever 87,
horizontal link 39, and reacting spring. The warp threads from the several
warp rollers 1, 2, 3, and L, are threaded through the two rows of main guides.
a, b, in the same manner as before. And, lastly, the parts for traversing the
two selecting guide bars 9 and 10, suitably for disposing the spots according to
a chequered pattern, are precisely the same as before described, viz., the notched
wheel 18, and ratchet wheel 19, lever 28, upright link 22, and two lifting levers

page_text: 20, 21, at each end of the cross axis 27, for lifting up and letting down th
two racking levers 23 and 24 upon their fixed upright centre pins, in order t
bring less or more prominent parts of the beaks at the ends of those levers int
action against their respective rims 25 and 26 of the racking wheel i,j; and th
operation of all the said parts is the same as herein-before described; all which
being understood, the operation of the said double-tier machinery for making
spotted ornamented net of the texture explained in the enlarged representation
Sheet XV., is as follows:-Suppose the inachinery to have been regularly a
work making such net, and that it is only stopped for examination when the
positions of the several parts are as follows:-That position may be taken for
a commencement of the description of the operation. The several racking
wheels on the upright axis Vstand with their steps numbered 1 in the
Drawing, Sheet XV., in action on the beaks or teeth of their respective
racking levers. The two rows or divisions of bobbin carriages are both in the
back combs, as shewn in Sheet XIV., and have not moved materially since
No. 1. was racked, but are ready to begin to swing forwards, and thereby bring
the front division through forwards between the warp threads. The front
points. are tilted down, and now stand inserted between the warp threads,
they were so inserted an instant before No. 1. was racked, and they are now
ready to go up again. The front points and the back points stand slogged
respectively to their right-handmost positions, being now borne towards their
right-hand fixed conducting plates 52, by action of their strong springs 48
and. 51, in consequence of deficiencies of their notched wheels 44 and 49'being
presented to the teeth of their, levers 46 and 50. The front guide bar t, with
its front guides a; stands racked to the right as far as it can go that way, it
will in the whole be racked over the extent of two double-tier spaces of one-
fourteenth of an inch each for a fourteen-point gage machine. But note.-It
will at one time receive a momentary nudge to the left, and at anotlier
time a momentary nudge to the right, beyond the limits of the said two spaces,
those nudges being made in order to facilitate the insertion of the points
amongst the crossed warp threads, but as the bar-returns-from-those nudges
-before-the carriages are repassed, the full extent of the real racking motions is
two double-tier spaces, as aforesaid. The .back guide bar v, with its back
guides b, stands racked as far as it can go to the left, it will in the whole be
racked over an extent of two such. spaces. But note. It will at one time
receive a momentary nudge to the left beyond where it now stands, and con-
sequently beyond the limits of the said three spaces, that nudge being made in
order to facilitate the insertion of the points amongst the crossed warp threads,
but the bar will return from that nudge before the carriages are repassed.

page_text: bar
The lacing guide
back guide bar v;
The lacing guide o
The two selecting
But
Note. The several front guides a stand in the front of the several back
guides b, in the usual manner of double-tier machinery.
P, with its lacing guides o, now stands the same as the
and it has the same extent of racking and nudging motion.
now stands behind the vacancy in the row of back guides.
guide bars 9 and 10, with their selecting guides 4 and 8, stand racked in their.
midway position, and they will in the whole be racked an extent of two spaces,
viz., one space to the right or one space to the left of their present position.
The front selecting guide bar 9 will at one time receive a momentary nudge to
the left beyond those limits. The selecting guides 4 and 8 are withdrawn, and
quite detached from all the warp threads, so as to have no action thereon.
Note. The representation of them at 4 and 8 in the large section, Sheet
XIV., with warp threads pulled out of their respective rows a and b, is only
for explanation, but that action does not take place for the present.
note. The positions of the guides 4 and 8 is now as there represented,
although without any threads in them. And note.-The notched wheel
18 now presents one of its prominences to the tooth of the lever 28, as is
shewn in Sheet XV., and thereby the racking levers 23 and 24, for the
two selecting guide bars 9 and 10, are raised up upon their fixed upright
centre pins so much that the beaks at the ends of those levers now present
their least prominent parts to the steps around the rims 25 and 26 of the
racking wheel, and consequently the two rows of selecting guides 4 and 8
now stand traversed to their left-handmost traversing position, which position
the selecting guides 4 and 8 still retain after having completed the last row
of spots from accumulated wrappings of pairs of warp threads, which are
supplied from the warp roller 1; but the said guides 4 and 8 are now entirely
out of action on the threads, and before they are brought into action again
thereon they will be traversed to their right-handmost traversing position, as
will be explained. And note.-The notched wheel 38 now presents its
midway prominence to the tooth of the pendulous lever 37, and the upright
lifter 34 is thereby held quite upright, in order that it may be wholly inoperative
on either of the loaded levers 31 or 32; nevertheless, in the section, Sheet X.,
the lifter 34 is represented as inclining backwards, but that is as it will do
at a further stage of the operation. The comb bars k, k, have no racking
motions, and the same bobbin carriages always vibrate backwards and forwards
in the same geats or spaces between the combs front and back. The lateral
elevations or prominences of the two concentric rims 25 and 26 of the
large racking wheels i, j, at the left-hand end of the main axis J, rack the
selecting guide bars 9 and 10 towards the right hand, and the depressions or

page_text: notches allow those bars to be racked towards the left by their reacting springs
and the lateral prominences of the other three rims i, j, and q, rack the three
guide bars t, u, and p, towards the left hand, and the depressions or notches
allow those bars to be racked towards the right by their reacting springs.
And note. Occasionally the four guide bars t, v, p, and q, must receive
momentary nudging motions from suitable steps of their several racking
wheels, such motions being given at times after both rows of the carriages
have gone quite into the back combs, and got through behind the warp
threads; but before the proper appointed time for racking the warp threads,
those nudging. motions being only made in order to open extra and unusual
spaces amongst the warp threads, for the due insertion of the points into their
proper intended places amongst those threads, but the guide bars in most
cases return from such nudging motions immediately after the points are
inserted, and at the same time when the real racking motions are made, and
consequently before the bobbin carriages begin to be repassed between the
warp threads, wherefore such nudging motions do not affect the twisting of
the threads, as what are properly called racking motions do. Those steps or
notches on the several rims of the racking wheel, which are solely intended
to produce such nudging motions, are all marked by dotted lines in the Drawing,
Sheet XV., but the contours or outlines which appear in the Drawings, and
which are distinguished by the colouring only, represent those steps or notches
which would produce real racking motions. Also, in the following description
the destinction of the terin nudging or racking of the warp thread guides
is to be observed as designating the two kinds of motions above explained,
whereof the nudging motions precede the insertion of the points, and only
affect that insertion; but the racking motions (which do not take place until
after the said insertion has been made) only affect the twisting action of the
threads, and in cases when nudging motions have been given to any of
the bars immediately previous to the insertion of the points, but the same
bars do not return from such nudging motions immediately after such
insertions (or they only partly return therefrom); then in such cases the
nudging motions also serve as racking motions, as will be fully explained;
but it must be understood that the real forms of the several racking wheels
includes all the steps and notches represented by the dotted lines in the
Drawings, instead of the coloured outlines. And note.-After the carriages
have got quite through and behind, clear of the warp threads, the said nudging
motions must be given, and then the insertion of the points must be made,
and then the real racking motions must be given, all which must be severally
performed before the carriages can re-enter amongst the warp threads in

page_text: coming forwards; and as there is no pause made: in the revolvingimotion of
the crank r, the sweep or throw of that crank is adapted so as to swing the
two rows of carriages out somewhat further back into the back combs' than
is absolutely necessary for taking the two rows of carriages clear behind the
warp threads, and in the time of thus moving further and of returning again,
in order to re-enter the carriages amongst the warp threads, the aforesaid
nudging and inserting and racking actions are all performed: The positions
of the several parts is further explained by the horizontal plan of the several
guides and two rows of bottom carriages in Sheet XV., and being well under-
stood, the operation of the machinery is as follows:-By turning the winch
handle E and crank a round, in order to start from that commencement, tho
crank a, being then nearly at the full extent of its forward throw, will operate
by the connecting rod M to swing the sector P backwards, and that motion by
action of its internal teeth under the four pinions H m, m H, will turn the four
fluted rollers B o, o. B, which by their flutes will bring the two divisions of
carriages forwards, both with one motion, and thereby the front division of
carriages will be brought through forwards between the warp threads into
the front combs, and the front division will get quite through clear in front
of the warp threads by the time that the crank a has made one quarter of
a revolution, and brought the sector P to the midway of its backward
vibration, and the racking wheels i, j, on the left-hand end of the main J, will
in the same time have turned round to the place for racking No. 2, and the
rim i racks the front guides a one double-tier space to the left; and at the same
time that the front division of carriages began to be brought through forwards,
as aforesaid, at starting from the commencement, the front points which stood'
tilted down and inserted amongst the threads, as is shewn in Sheet XV., at that
commencement, began to go upwards by action of their pulling-up springs
A, A, in consequence of the prominence of their camm 6 passing away from
the truck of their pulling down lever U, and when the front points are by that
means pulled up. so high that their pins came just beneath the pins of the back
points (which pins were at their highest resting position in the meshes of the
net, as determined by their stop screws d, d,) and there the further ascent of
the front point bar was stopped short by its overlapping horns c, c, coming in
contact with the overlapping horns of the back point bar; and after the afore-
said racking of No. 2, the turning motion of the handle E and crank x, con-
tinuing without intermission, its crank rod M continues to swing back the
sector P, which causes both the divisions of carriages to continue swinging
forwards in their vibration, and thereby the back division is brought through
forwards between the warp threads into the front combs; and when the crank'

page_text: has completed its crank revolution, the carriages get quite through into th
front combs clear of the warp threads, and then the steps No. 3 of the rackin
wheels will have come round into action, and will rack the front guides a on
space to the right, after which the turning motion of the handle E and cran
x, continuing without intermission, it begins to draw the crank rod M back
wards, and the sector P commencing its forward swing, its internal tect
acting under the pinions H m, m H, turns the fluted rollers Bo, o B, so as to
cause the two divisions of carriages to begin to vibrate backwards, whereby
the back division is put through backwards between the warp threads, and by
the time the crank & gets another quarter round, the back division will have
got quite through clear behind the warp threads, and then No. 4 is racked
which racks the back guides a and the lacing guides o one space to the right
and then the turning motion of the crank always continuing, and the carriage
still vibrating backwards, tho back, division of carriages is put through back
wards in its turn, and also the back points are withdrawn from the meshes of
the net by the truck s of the withdrawing fly wheel K going round so as to act
against their pendulous lever, and the instant that the back point bar is
so withdrawn, the absence of its overlapping horns c, c, allows the front points
to be pulled up by the springs A, A, so as to raise them a little higher than
the level at which they had stopped short when they took up last time, as
before stated; and when the front points, by being so pulled up, reach the
highest level or resting position for the points in the meshes of the net, their
further ascent is prevented by their fixed stop screws d; d; and as soon as the
back points are so withdrawn, they begin to be tilted down by action of their
camm coming round to the truck of their pulling down lever e, and as the
back points are going down the driver 45 of their elbow lever turns their
ratchet wheel and notched wheel 49 one tooth, and thereby a prominence.on
that wheel is brought into action on their lever 50, so as to take-off-the pull
of their strong spring 51, and then-their slighter spring at the other end of the
bar shogs the back points to the left, in preparation for making their entrance
amongst the warp threads, by guidance of their left-hand conducting plate X,
and by the time that the back points are tilted down, the crank a will have
nearly completed its first revolution from the commencement, and both divi-
sions of the carriages will have got through clear behind the warp threads a
little before the appointed. time for racking No. 5, and then the guide bars are
nudged by the nudging steps of their racking wheels, shewn by dotted lines in
Sheet XV., in the manner before explained, in order to obtain crossings of the
warp threads, and also to open proper spaces for the insertion of the back
points beneath those crossings, the front guides a being thus nudged about half

page_text: a space to the right, and the back guides 6 and the lacing guides o are nudged
one and a half spaces to the left, and immediately after those nudgings the truck
s of the withdrawing fly wheel K getting round to a bended part of the pendu-
lous lever, allows the back points to be drawn inwards and inserted amongst
the warp threads by action of their inserting spring g, and instantly after that
insertion the racking of No. 5 takes place by action of the steps of the racking
wheels, delineated in Sheet XV., and numbered 5, the front guides a return
from their aforesaid nudge, so that in effect they are not racked at all at No. 5;
the back guides b also return from their aforesaid nudge, but not all the way,
whereby they are in effect racked one space to the left at No. 5; the lacing
guides o also return wholly from their aforesaid nudge, so that they are not
racked at all at No. 5; then, by continuance of the turning motion of the
handle E and crank x, the front division of carriages are brought through
forwards between the warp threads, and the back points go up by action of
their pulling up springs A, as the prominence of their camm h passes away
from the truck of its pulling down lever e. Also about this time the single
revolving tooth which is affixed to the inside of the rim q, 25, of the large
racking wheel i, j, comes round to one of the teeth of the cight-toothed ratchet
wheel 19, and turns the same, so as to bring one of the notches of the notched
wheel 18 beneath the tooth of the lover 28, which, by its upright link 22, and
the two lifting levers 21, 20, on the cross axis 17, lets down the two racking
levers 28 and 24 on their respective upright centre pins, so as to bring more
prominent parts of the beaks of those levers in contact with the rims 25 and
26 of the racking wheel, for the purpose of traversing the two selecting guide
bars 9 and 10 two spaces towards the right hand, in preparation for the
selecting guides 4 and 8 being afterwards brought into action, to select
and catch and rack those pairs of warp threads which proceed from the
warp roller 2, because the row of spots about to be made will be made by
the said warp threads proceeding from that roller 2, and when the front
division of carriages is come quite through after the racking of No. 5,
then No. 6 is racked, which racks the front guides a one space to the left.
Then the back carriages are brought through forwards, and No. 7 is racked,
which racks both the rows of guides a and b one space to the right. The
back carriages go through backwards, and the time for racking No. 8
arrives, but no racking motions are then given to any of the bars. The
front carriages go through backwards, the front points are drawn out,
and immediately that they are so withdrawn the back points are raised.
up a little higher than they were, in order to take their proper level in
the meshes of the net, and as the front points descend they are shogged.

page_text: b
towards the left-hand conducting plate 52, by action of a prominence of their
notched wheel 44, are ready to penetrate the threads by the time that tho
carriages get quite back; but previously to their penetrating, the front guides a
are nudged about two spaces to the left, and the back guides b, with tho
lacing guides o, about one space to the right, in order to prepare for the
proper insertion of the front points beneath the crossings which have been
recently formed by the said nudgings, and instantly after their insertion the
racking of No. 9 takes place, and the front "guides a only return part of the
way from their aforesaid nudge, so in effect to become racked one space to
the left at No. 9. The back guides b and lacing guide o return from their
nudge, so that they are not in effect racked at all this time. Tho front
carriages are brought through forwards, and the front points go up, and No. 10
is racked, and racks the back guides 6 one space to the left. Then the front
carriages come through forwards, and No. 11 racks the back guides b one spaco
to the right. The back carriages go through backwards, and No. 12 racks the
front guides a, and the back guides 6, and the lacing guides o, each one space to
the right, and racks the front and back selecting guides 4 and 8 each half a space
to the right, which is to prepare them for insertion amongst the warp threads,
for now a notch in their selecting camm 17 comes round to the truck of the
lever 16, and allows the two rows of selecting guides 4 and 8 to be inserted both
together by ono motion amongst the warp threads. The front carriages go
backwards, also the back points having been withdrawn are tilted down, and
in so doing are shogged to the right, so as to bear against their right-hand
conducting plate 52, and a little before the time for racking, the front guides a
are nudged about two and a half spaces to the left, and the front selecting
guides 4 two spaces to the left, whereby the front warp threads a become laid
into the hooked notches on the right-hand sides of the several front selecting
hooks 4, and then the back points penetrate amongst the warp threads,
beneath the crossings thereof which have been recently made by the aforesaid
nudging motions, and instantly after the back points have penetrated, No. 18
is racked, which racks the back guides 6 and the lacing guides o each one
space to the left. The front guides a return from their aforesaid nudge, but not
all the way, so that in effect they are racked one space to the left this time.
The front selecting guides return from their aforesaid nudge, but not all the
way; so that in effect they racked half a space to the left, and the back
selecting guides 8 are racked half a space to the left. Note.-The back warp
threads have now become laid into the hooked notches of the back selecting
guides. The front carriages come through forwards, and the back points go
up, taking before them the crossings of the warp threads. As the carriages

page_text: come through, the two rows of selecting guides 4 and 8 are both together
moved outwards from between the two rows a and b of warp threads, in
consequence of the aforesaid notch of the selecting camm 17 passing away
from the track of the lever 16, and in so moving outwards, the selecting
guides 4 and 8 having already selected, will now catch all those particular
pairs of warp threads a, b, which are supplied from the warp roller 2, and
which are about to become operative in making a row of spots, all those
threads having (as before mentioned) been already laid into the hooked
notches of the selecting guides 4 and 8, by the aforesaid rackings of the warp
threads a, b, after the selecting guides 4 and 8 were inserted amongst their
respective rows a, b, and as the selecting guides 4 and 8 move outwards they
bend those warp threads which they have so selected and caught, and carry the
same outwards from their respectivo rows a, b, in the manner represented at
4 and 8 in Sheet XIV, after which either of the rows of selecting guides
4. or 8, with those particular warp threads which they hold respectively, can
be racked independently of the rows of guides a or b to which the said warp
threads belong, and the tension of the threads will cause them to keep
securely lodged in the hooked notches of the selecting guides 4 and 8, which
notches are sufficiently undercut or hooked to retain the warp threads in them,
so as to rack those threads either way, the same as guides with eyes would do.
And note.-The said warp threads are caught by the selecting guides 4 and 8
at such a height above the eyes of their front and back guides a and b as will
admit of their bending as much as the pulling out and racking motions
require, without injury to the threads when they are racked by the selecting
guides 4 or 8, and those guides being close under the combs, the racking
motions which they give to the selected warp threads determines the positions
of those threads when the taking-up points, either back or front, are to make
their insertions, and when the carriages are to make their entrances between
the whole series of warp threads a and b. And note.-After the selecting
guides 4 and 8 have thus drawn out the pairs of warp threads belonging to
the warp roller 2 from their proper places in their respective rows a and b,
the further continuance of the twisting and crossing operations for making of
meshes of plain net will be discontinued for the present, until a row of spots
has been made by accumulated wrappings of those said selected threads in
manner now about to be explained. The said suspending of the making of
plain net takes place immediately after the taking up of the row of crossings
by the back points, as already explained, because every other of those crossings
in their transverse row is in fact to form the commencement or upper boundary
of one of the spots about to be made. And note. From after the racking

page_text: of No. 15 until the racking of 40, neither the front guides ȧ, nor the back
guides b, nor the lacing guides o, will have to undergo any racking motions
but the back guides b. and the lacing guides o will have nudging motions
given to them at every time that the carriages are put through backwards
into the back combs, and have got just clear of the warp threads; the said
nudging motions being given to the front guides a just before the points
(whether front or back) make their insertions amongst the warp threads, and
the front guides a return from their said nudging motions the instant after
the points have made their insertion, the return being made at the proper
appointed time for racking, and before the carriages come forwards so far
as to re-enter amongst the warp-threads; and after the front carriages
have come through forwards into the front combs, No. 14 is racked, which
racks the front guides a one space to the left. Then the back carriages
come through forwards, and No. 15 racks the front guides a one space to
the right, and racks both the rows of selecting guides 4 and 8 one space
to the left. Then the back carriages are put through backwards, No. 16
racks both rows of selecting guides 4 and 8 two spaces to the right. Then
the front carriages go through backwards, and the front points which have
been withdrawn are lowered down, and in descending they are shogged to
the right by the passing away of the prominence of their notched wheel 44;
and a little before the proper time for racking, the front guides a are nudged
about half a space to the left, and the back guides 6 and the lacing guides o
are nudged about half a space to the right, in order to facilitate the proper
insertion of the front points amongst the warp threads; and immediately
after that insertion No. 17 is racked, and racks, both rows of selecting' guides
4 and 8 one space to the left; also the front guides a, and the back guides
b, and the lacing guides o, return from their aforesaid nudges, so that in effect
they are none of them racked at all this time. Then the front carriages
begin to come through, forwards, and the front points begin to go up for
_taking_up the first wrappings of warp_threads in part of the intended spots,
which wrappings the pairs of selected warp threads 4 and 8 have made
across those bobbin threads which are for the time being their corresponding
bobbin threads, in consequence of the racking motions of the selecting guides
4 and 8; and now, the retardation of the warp roller 2, which is to supply
the wrapping warp threads, must be released for an instant, as the front points
are in the act of taking up the said wrappings, which releasing is done by
means of the upright lifter 34. Thus the notched wheel 38 has been turned
one tooth of its twenty-four toothed ratched wheel 41 at every time when
the carriages were going through backwards into the back combs, previous
.

page_text: to the time for taking up with either row of points; but hitherto, since the
commencement of this description, the notched wheel 88 has always presented
its midway prominence to the tooth of the pendulous lever 37, whereby it
has kept the upright lifter 34 in a truly perpendicular position, in which case
the lifter 34 produces no effect whatever; but when the carriages were going
through backwards after the racking of No. 16, and whilst the points were
going down a little before the racking of No. 17, and when the ratchet wheel
41 was turned its one tooth as usual, the greatest prominence of the wheel
38 was thereby brought into action on the tooth of its lever 37, and that
prominence inclines the upper end of the upright lifter 34 so much back-
wards (as is represented in Sheet X.), and therefore, when the said lifter 34
is rising, as is now the case, the prominent tooth at the back side of the
lifter 34 will act to lift up the loaded lever 32 of the front warp roller 2 at
the moment when the front points are going up after the racking of No. 17,
so as to liberate the roller 2 from the friction occasioned by the flexible cross
wire of the loaded lever 32, in order that the selected pairs of warp threads
4 and 8, proceeding from the warp roller 2, may be given off easily to form
their intended wrappings around those bobbin threads which are for the time
their corresponding bobbin threads, the said liberation taking place at the
time when those wrappings are to be gathered by the going-up action of the
front points which have been recently inserted amongst the warp threads
beneath those wrappings. And after the front points have got quite up to
their resting position, so as to have completely taken up the said wrappings
(which are the first wrappings of the formation of a row of spots), then the
lifter 34 will be let down again by action of its giving-off camm 36, so as to
allow the loaded lever 32 to resume its action on the brass friction wire of
the warp roller 2. The front carriages having come through forwards into
the front combs the time for racking No. 18 arrives, but none of the bars
are then racked. Then the back carriages come through forwards, and No. 19
is racked, which racks both the rows of selecting guides 4 and 8 one space
to the left. Then the back carriages go through backwards, and No. 20
racks the front selecting guides 4 and the back selecting guides 8 each two.
spaces to the right. Then the front carriages go through backwards, and
the back points, which have been withdrawn, are lowered down, but are not
shogged this time, being still kept to the right, as they were placed for their
last time of taking up. And note. Both the point bars, back and front,
will continue racked to the right as they are now placed without change
during all the remainder of the course of operations. The front carriages
having got through backwards, then a little before the appointed time for

page_text: b
racking, the front guides a are nudged about half a space to the left, and
the back guides and the lacing guides (o) are nudged about half a space
to the right, in order to obtain proper spaces for the insertion of the back
points; and immediately after that insertion is made No. 21 is racked, which
racks both the front and back selecting guides 4 and 8 each one space to
the left; also the front guides, and the back guides, and the lacing guides
return from their aforesaid nudge, and are neither of them in effect racked
at all this time. Then the front carriages begin to come through forwards
and tho back points to go up, taking up another second portion of the
intended wrappings of the pairs of selected warp threads proceeding from
the warp roller 2; and by action of the upright lifter 34 on the loaded lever
32, that roller is again liberated from the friction occasioned by the flexible
brass wire of that lover, the liberation being only whilst the back points arc
taking up the said wrappings. When the front carriages have come through
nto the front combs the time for racking No. 22 arrives, but none of the bars
aro racked this time. Then the back carriages comes through forwards, and
No. 23 is racked, which racks the front and back selecting guides 4 and 8
each one space to the left. The back carriages go through backwards, and
No. 24 is racked, which racks the front and back selecting guides 4 and 8
two spaces to the right. Then the front carriages go through backwards, and
the front points which have been withdrawn are not shogged in going down, but
a little before the appointed time for racking, the front guides a are nudged about
half a space to the left, and the back guides 6 and the lacing guides o are nudged
about half a space to the right, suitably for making a proper insertion amongst
the warp threads by the front points, and No. 25 is racked, which racks the two
rows of selecting guides 4 and 8 one space to the left; also the front and back
guides and lacing guides return from their aforesaid nudge, so that in effect
they are neither of them racked at all this time. The front carriages are
brought through forwards, and the front points go up, and as they do so, the
warp roller 2 is again liberated as before, in order to give off its threads for
the third time of taking up wrappings thereof to form spots, and then the
time for racking No. 26 arrives, but none of the bars are racked. The back
carriages are brought through forwards, and No. 27 is racked, which racks the
front and back selecting guides 4 and 8 each one space to the left. The back
carriages are put through backwards, and No. 28 is racked, which racks the
front and back selection guides each two spaces to the right; and the front
carriages are put through backwards, the back points which have been with-
drawn are lowered down, but are not shogged in going down, and a little
before the appointed time for racking the front guiles a are nudged about

page_text: half a space to the left, and the back guides and the lacing guides about half a
space to the right, for facilitating the proper insertion of the back points,
which insertion being made, No. 29 is racked, which racks the front and back
selecting guides 4 and 8 each one space to the left; also the front and back
guides and the lacing guides return from their aforesaid Budge, so that in
effect they are not racked at all this time. Then the front carriages begin to
come through forwards, and the back points to go up for taking up the fourth
wrappings of the pairs of selected warp threads, and the warp roller 2, from
which those pairs of threads proceed, is liberated, as before-mentioned, whilst
the back points are so taking up; when the front carriages got through forwards
the time of racking No. 80 arrives, but none of the bars are racked this time.
The back carriages come through, and No. 31 is racked, which racks the front
and back selecting guides 4 and 8 each one space to the left. The back
carriages are put through backwards, and No. 32 is racked, which racks the
front and back selecting guides each two spaces to the right. The front carriages
are put through backwards, and the front points having been withdrawn are
lowered down, but aro not shogged, and a little before the appointed time for
racking the front guides are nudged about half a space to the left, and the
back guides and the lacing guides about half a space to the. right, to enable the
front points to be properly inserted amongst the warp threads, which being
done, then No. 33 is racked, which racks the front and back selecting guides
4 and 8 each one space to the left; also the front and back guides and the
lacing guides return from their nudge, so that in effect they are neither of them
racked at all this time. The carriages begin to come through forwards, and the
front points to go up for taking up the fifth portions of wrappings of the pairs
of selected warp threads proceeding from the roller 2, which roller is liberated
at the moment of taking up, as before explained; and when the first carriages
are come through forwards, the time for racking No. 34 arrives, but none
of the bars are shogged that time, and the back carriages are brought
through forwards, and No. 35 is racked, which racks the front and back
selecting guides 4 and 8 one space to the left. The back carriages are put
through backwards, and No. 36 is racked, which racks the front and back
selecting guides two spaces to the right, and the front carriages are put
through backwards, and the back points. which have been withdrawn aro
lowered, but are not shogged, and a little before the appointed time for
racking, the front guides are nudged about half a space to the left, and the
back guides and the lacing guides about half a space to the right, in order that
the back points may be properly inserted amongst the warp threads, which
being done, No. 37 is racked, and racks both the front and back selecting

page_text: guidés 4 and 8 each one space to the left; also the front and back guides and
the lacing guides return from their said nudge, so that they neither of them
are racked this time. Then the front carriages begin to come through forwards,
and the back points to go up for taking up the sixth portions of wrappings of
the pairs of selected warp threads proceeding from the warp roller 2, which
roller is liberated at the moment when the back points are taking up; and
when the front carriages get quite through forward, then the time for racking
No. 38 arrives, but none of the bars are. racked that time, and the back
carriages-begin to come through forwards, and No. 39 is racked, which racks
both rows of selecting guides 4 and 8 one more space to the left. The back
carriages are put through backwards, and No. 40 is racked, which racks. the
back guides one space to the right, and the front and back selecting guides
cach two spaces to the right, and the front carriages are put through back
wards. And note: The said racking motion of one space to the right which
is given this time to the rows of back guides b is the only real racking motion
either of the rows of guides has received since the racking of No. 15; but the
front and back guides and lacing guides have been nudged about half spaces
every time that the carriages have got back into the back_combs; these
nudges being for the purpose of obtaining proper spaces for the insertion of the
front or back points amongst the warp threads; but, as the several guides
always returned from those nudges immediately after the front or back points
had made their insertion, and before the carriages came forwards between the
warp threads, those nudges of the front guides did not constitute racking
motions, and No. 40 being racked as aforesaid, and the front points having
been withdrawn are lowered down, but are not shogged in going down., And
when the first carriages get quite through, but a little before-the-time
appointed for racking, the front guides are nudged about half a space to the left;
and the back guides about half a space to the left, and the lacing guides about
half a space to the right, in order that the front points may enter properly
amongst the warp threads, which being done, No. 41 is racked, which racks
the front and back rows of selecting guides 4 and 8-each-one-space-to-the
left, and racks the back guides about half a space to the left, so that the back
guides are in effect racked one space to the left this time. The front guides a
return from the nudge which they have just made, and also the lacing threads
return from their nudge, and tlierefore in effect they are not racked at all this
time. Then the front carriages begin to come through forwards, and the front
points to go up, taking before them the seventh wrappings of the pairs of
selected warp threads proceeding from the warp roller 2, which roller is
released from its friction as the front points go up, in order that they may

page_text: draw off the threads easily from the roller 2 to form the wrappings, as before
explained... When the carriages get through forwards, No. 42 is racked,
which racks the front guides one space to the left; and the back carriages come
through forwards, and No. 43 is racked, which racks the front guides a one
space to the right, and racks the front and back selecting guides 4 and 8 each
one space to the left. The back carriages are put through backwards, and
No. 44 is racked, which racks the front guides one space to the right, and the
front and back selecting guides each two spaces to the right. The front
carriages are put through backwards, and the back points having been with-
drawn are lowered down, but are not shogged. When the carriages got through,
and a little before the appointed time for racking the back guides b, and
also the lacing guides, are nudged about one space each to the left, in order to
give proper insertion to the back points amongst the warp threads, which being
done, No. 45 is racked, which racks the front selecting guides a one space to
the left, and racks the front and back selecting guides 4 and 8 one space cach
to the left; the back guides 6 and the lacing guides return from their said
nudge, so that in effect they are not racked at all at No. 45. When the front
carriages begin to come through forwards, and the back points go up for
taking up the eight and last portions of wrappings of the pairs of selected warp
threads proceeding from the warp roller 2, which roller is released from its
friction at the moment when the back points are going up, in order to permit
them to gather thread for those wrappings; and when the front carriages
are coming through forwards after No. 45 is racked, the two rows of selecting
guides 4 and 8 are both together moved inwards towards the two rows of warp
threads a, b, by action of a notch in the circumference of their selecting camm
coming round to the tooth of the lever 16, and thereby they reinstate the
particular pairs of warp threads belonging to the warp roller 2, which have
been hitherto kept bended outwards from their proper rows a, b, by the selecting
guides 4 and 8; and when the said warp threads are so reinstated the two rows
of selecting guides are both racked about half a space to the left for an instant,
to liberate the warp threads, which have been hitherto held in the hooked
notches of the selecting guides 4 and 8, and thereby all selection of particular
warp threads is now discontinued for the present; and then the two rows of
selecting guides 4 and 8 are wholly withdrawn from between the two rows
of warp threads a, b, by action of their reacting spring 13, when the notch of
the selecting camm 17 passes away from the tooth of their said lever 16, and
as soon as the carriages are come through into the front combs, No. 46 is
racked, and racks the back guides b one space to the left. Then the back
carriages are brought through forwards, and No. 47 is racked, which racks the

page_text: back guides 6 one space to the right, and then the back carriages are put
through backwards, and No. 48 is racked, which racks the front guides a
one space to the right; and the front carriages are put through backwards, and
the front points having been withdrawn are lowered down, but they are not
shogged in going down; and when the carriages get through, and a little before
the appointed time for racking, the front guides and the back guides and the
lacing guides are nudged about half a space to the left, in order to preparo
for the insertion of the front points; and after that insertion No. 1 is racked,
and the back guides band lacing guides o return from their aforesaid nudge,
and are moved so much further that they are in effect racked one space each
to the left at the racking of No. 1. The front guides "a" return from their
aforesaid nudge, so that in effect they are not racked at all at the racking of
No. 1. And now the racking wheels on the upright axis V have gone com-
pletely round, and all the points have regained the same position which they
had at the commencement of this description, and are ready to repeat their
operations as before, excepting that the notched wheel 38, with its ratchet
wheel 41, has gone only half round, but nevertheless the upright lifter 34 is
kept in its perpendicular position as it was at the said commencement; also
the notched wheel 18 now stands with a notch beneath the tooth of its lever
28, and therefore the racking levers 23 and 24 of the two selecting guide bars
9 and 10 are now lowered down upon their respective fixed upright centre
pins, so as to place the uppermost parts of their respective beaks opposite to
the edges of their racking wheels 25 and 26, which parts of the said beaks
being the most prominent will keep the two selecting guide bars 9 and 10
traversed two spaces to the right more than they were at the commencement
of this description; but the lifter 34 and the two rows of selecting guides
4 and 8 being wholly inoperative at present, neither of the aforesaid differences
in the positions of the parts appertaining to them will have any immediate
effect on the further operation of the machinery, which proceeds in the same
manner as already described until after the racking of No. 3, when the single
projecting tooth of the racking wheels i, j, comes round to the ratchet wheel
19, as before explained, and turns the same one tooth, together with the
ratchet wheel 18, but that turning will now bring one of the prominences of
the wheel 38 into action beneath the tooth of the lifting lever 28, so as to lift
the same up, together with the other levers 20 and 21, as well as the two
racking levers 23 and 24, instead of letting them down, as was described to be
the case at the former time of operation; and by so lifting up, the least
prominent parts of the beaks of the levers 23 and 24 are brought opposite to
the elges of their respective racking wheels 25 an1 26, and that causes the

page_text: two selecting guide bars 9 and 10 to be traversed two spaces to the left, which
produces no effect upon the threads at the time, because the selecting guides
are wholly withdrawn from amongst the threads, but by such traversing the
selecting guides 4 and 8 are prepared for being brought into action when
No. 12 is racked, and subsequently for selecting, catching, and pulling out and
racking those pairs of warp threads which proceed from the warp roller 1,
instead of those threads proceeding from the roller 2, as was before described
to be the case in the foregoing description; and also after the racking of No. 15,
and a little before the racking of No. 16, when the notched wheel 38 is turned
its one tooth of its ratchet wheel 41, the least prominence of the wheel 38 is
thereby brought into action against the tooth of its lever 37, instead of the
greatest prominence thereof, as was before described to be the case, and the
least prominence inclines the upper end of the upright lifter 34 so much
forwards (instead of backwards), that when it rises up the prominent tooth at
the front of it will act to lift up the loaded lever 31, belonging to the
warp roller 1, instead of the loaded lever 32 belonging to the warp roller 2,
as was before described to be the case; and all these differences in the
operation are to cause the particular pairs of warp threads which are supplied
by the warp roller 1 to be operative for forming a second row of spots, instead
of the threads proceeding from the warp roller 2, as was the case when the
first row of spots was made during the foregoing description; and, as before
mentioned, the spots made in at the second row by the threads proceeding
from the warp roller 1 are interspaced to the spots made in the first row by
the threads proceeding from the warp roller 2, in order that the spots may be
distributed over the net according to a chequered pattern; and with no other
than this difference, the operation proceeds through all the remainder of tho
course of operations already described, until the racking wheels on the upright
axis V have again gone quite round, when all the parts without exception will
have regained the exact positions which they had at the commencement of
this description, and the further working of the machine is by a continual
repetition of the two series of operations which have now been fully described.
Another further part of my said improvements in machinery for making
bobbin net lace is for the purpose of producing certain kinds of ornamented
bobbin net lace by aid of the improvements, which lace will closely resemble
that which is known by the name of Valenciennes lace, and which is made in
France by hand labour, with bobbins upon a cushion, but has not hitherto
been made or imitated tolerably by bobbin net lace machinery. The said
bobbin net imitation of Valenciennes lace is composed of meshes of a diamond
shape, all the four sides of each mesh being alike, and formed of two threads

page_text: twisted together, the four angles of the diamond for each mesh are filled up a
little by crossings of pairs of threads forming the sides of very small inter-
vening, meshes which occupy all. the intersecting angles of all the diamond
meshes, but the small meshes are nearly closed and scarcely perceptible as
meshes, but present the appearance of a platting of threads. The net work
so formed is ornamented with spots disposed over certain of the said inter-
secting angles of four diamond meshes. The said bobbin net imitation of
ornamented Valenciennes lace, together with the texture of the spots which
are to be made therein by this part of my present improvénients, is explained
by an enlarged representation of such net in Sheet XVI. of the Drawings
hereunto annexed. The said bobbin net. laco is made without diagonal
traversing threads, the general course of all the threads whereof it, is com-
posed being longitudinal or lengthways of the piece of net, but every other
alternate thread (colored red in the Drawing) proceeds. along the length
of the piece by a zig-zag course, whereof the oblique steps of the zig-
zags proceed so far in diagonal directions as is requisite for crossing and
recrossing each other continually, in order to form the aforesaid cross-
ings of pairs of threads at the angles of the diamond meshes.. Those
zig-zag threads are. warp threads supplied from warp rollers in the machi-
nery, but the intermediate threads, which are colored blue,. are bobbin
threads, supplied from bobbins in carriages in the machinery, and the latter
proceed along the length of the piece by waving courses, side by side, which
are in fact zig-zag courses,, but the oblique steps are shorter, and return
more frequently than those of the red threads, so that the blue threads do
not cross each other; and for distinction I prefer to call the course of the warp
or red threads zig-zag, and the course of the bobbin or blue threads waving.
The oblique steps which are made by the adjacent bobbin or blue threads,
in proceeding along their said waving courses, are always with contrary
obliquity of directions; wherefore the said adjacent threads mutually approach
towards each other until they almost meet, but not quite, for then, instead of
touching or crossing each other, they both-begin-to-return-cach-one.in.a.contrary
direction of obliquity to that which it had before, whereby the same two
threads which were previously approaching towards each other begin to recede
mutually from each other, but they only continue to do so for a short distance;
until they almost but not quite meet with other adjacent blue threads on
their other hands, which threads are proceeding in like waving courses; but
then, instead of touching or crossing those other threads, they both begin to
return, in order to mutually approach each other again as before, and so on.
The mutual approaching of any two adjacent blue threads in their several

page_text: contrary oblique steps, as aforesaid, is, in fact, the mutual receding of the
neighbouring two adjacent blue threads. In pursuing such waving courses,
the bobbin or blue threads pass along the inclining sides of the diamond
ieshes of the net work, those sides being formed by the intertwisting of the
said blue or bobbin threads with the red or warp threads, which intertwisting
takes place wherever the two sorts of threads meet together in pursuing their
respective courses along the piece of net, and whereof the waving courses of
the blue or bobbin threads is now explained; and as to the zig-zag courses of
the red or warp threads, they are somewhat similar to the said waving courses
as far as the aforesaid mutual approaching and receding may be considered
similar, but they differ therefrom in the circumstance of actually crossing each
other, owing to the greater extent of their progress obliquely before they
return. The several red warp threads continue along each of the oblique steps
of their zig-zag courses until each such thread has intersected and formed
crossings with two other red warp threads before it begins to return with a
contrary direction of obliquity, and it makes that return around one of those
blue or bobbin threads which has at the time made its aforesaid approach very
near towards its neighbouring blue or bobbin thread, and is about to return
with a contrary direction of obliquity, as before explained, and that return is
made around the returning bend of the red warp thread which has completed
its two crossings, as above stated, wherefore the returning bends of both sorts
of threads, red and blue, are linked or looped one into the other. To render
the texture of the net work more apparent, the courses of the several threads
may be traced in the enlarged representation, Sheet XVI., as follows, that is,
by selecting one of the red or warp threads (which form the crossings) at any
place, such, for instance, as is marked a, where such thread has looped or
linked with a blue thread, as aforesaid, at the mutual returning of the two
sorts of threads from their respective oblique steps, in order to proceed along
other such succeeding steps, but with contrary directions of traversing
obliquity; and from the said place marked a the said red thread proceeds
obliquely diagonally for the time to form a crossing 6 with another red thread,
which is also for the time proceeding diagonally, but with a contrary obliquity,
in order to form a twisting at e, and after thus forming one crossing b, the
said first-mentioned red thread then forms a twisting c around the next longi-
tudinal or blue thread adjacent to that blue thread with which the loop at a
was formed, and having done so, then the said first-mentioned red thread con-
tinues diagonally again, in continuation of the same oblique direction as it did
before, in order to form another second crossing d with another red thread
which is for the time procceding diagonally with a contrary obliquity; and after

page_text: that second crossing d, the same first-mentioned red thread forms another loop
around another next adjacent longitudinal blue thread at e, whero the said
blue thread has made its nearest approach towards its neighbouring longi-
tudinal blue thread which formed the twisting c. The said loop e is a counter-
part to the loop a, only reversed thereto, being a place where the two sorts of
threads mutually form their returning bends, in order that they may each
commence new oblique steps with contrary obliquities, that is to say, the
aforesaid first-mentioned red thread, instead of continuing further in the same
oblique direction as before, begins to return from that loop e with a contrary
obliquity of diagonal direction to that which it had before, and in so returning
it forms a third crossing at f, by again intersecting the same red thread which
it intersected before in making the aforesaid second crossing d; then the said
first-mentioned red thread continues onwards in its new diagonal direction, and
forms a fourth twisting 9 around the same longitudinal blue thread with which
it formed its aforesaid second twisting at c, and proceeding still further onwards
it then forms a fourth crossing h, by again intersecting the same red thread
which it intersected before in making the first-mentioned crossing 6; and,
lastly, the same first-mentioned red thread makes another returning band
or loop at i, around the same longitudinal blue thread with which it formed
the aforesaid first-mentioned loop at a, and which blue thread, having at the
time made its nearest approach to its neighbouring blue thread which formed
the twistings c and g, is about to return, and the returning bend, whereby it
docs so return, forms the said boop i, which is also the returning bend of the
aforesaid first-mentioned red thread, whereby it begins to return again with
contrary obliquity, in order to repeat another new series of crossings, twistings,
and returning loopings like those already described; the looping i, which is
the commencement of that new series, being in every respect a repetition of
the first-mentioned looping at a, and every other red or warp thread going
through such a zig-zag course and process of crossing over or under other red
threads, and of twisting with its corresponding longitudinal blue or bobbin
threads, and then returning by forming loops around other blue or bobbin
threads, in the samo manner as already described respecting one of the said
red threads; those twistings, crossings, and returning loopings constitutes
the bobbin net imitation of Valenciennes lace. And note.-In so doing each
warp or red thread unites with three adjacent blue or bobbin threads, which
are its sole and only correspondents, but it does not unite with any
others than those three at any part of the net. Each red or warp thread
forms twistings, as at c and g, with the middlemost of its said three corre-
sponding longitudinal blue threads, those twistings consisting of five half

page_text: twists, being an odd number; wherefore the red. twisting thread, after so.
twisting, will continue onwards in the same direction of traversing obliquity!
that it had before so twisting, and the same net; thread only, forms returning
loops a, e, and i, around the two outermost of its three corresponding blue
or bobbin threads at the same places whero they also make their returning
bends, and it is at those returning loops a, e, and i, that each of the red,
threads commences its progress along new oblique steps of its zig-zag course
with a contrary obliquity of traversing direction to that which it had before,
arriving at each such returning bend. The diamond meshes A of the net.
work are formed by the twistings c, g, l, n, of, the blue or bobbin threads with.
the red or warp threads during their aforesaid progress in their respective
waving and zig-zag courses, all the four sides of cach diamond mesh being
apparently alike. The sharpness of the four angles of each diamond mesh is.
taken off by the uppermost and lowermost of those angles being bounded by,
the crossings b and h of the red or warp threads, and by the other two angles.
of the diamond at the right and left hand being bounded, by the aforesaid
mutual returning loops and m which the red warp. threads and the blue.
bobbin threads make at those places; as aforesaid, at their several changes.
from one of their oblique steps of their respective zig-zag or waving courses,.
in order to commence other such oblique steps with a contrary direction of
obliquity. And note. The several crossings, and mutual returning loops which
are assembled together in double pairs, as at d, f, and e, k, at the same time.
that they thus circumscribe the angles of the diamond meshes, also form small
meshes, such as d, f, e, k, which may be said to occupy all the intersecting
angles of all the diamond meshes, but the said small meshes are nearly closed.
and scarcely perceptible as meshes, but they present to the, eye an appearance.
of platting of threads, which is the texture of the real Valenciennes lace.
The ornamental spots which are to be made by operation of this part of my
present improvement in the said bobbin net imitation of Valenciennes laco
are formed by accumulating, and gathering up portions of particular and
adjacent warp threads, which are caused to form wraps in pairs around and
between corresponding and adjacent bobbin threads in pairs, by means of
suitable action of this part of the improvements, by which action peculiar and
appropriate racking motions are given to the said particular pairs of adjacent.
warp threads which are required for the time being to form such wrappings ;
those peculiar racking motions being different from the racking motions.
which are given to all the warp threads at times when the operation of
making spots is not going on, and which racking motions are for the purpose,
by so racking the warp threads and by passing all the bobbin carriages, and;

page_text: then again racking the warp threads and repassing the carriages, of forming
those twists of warp and bobbin threads and crossings of warp threads which
are to constitute the meshes of the bobbin net imitation of Valenciennes lace
as aforesaid. But the said peculiar racking motions are adapted to cause the
aforesaid particular warp threads to go in pairs of adjacent warp threads, and
to form wraps of such pairs around and between corresponding adjacent
bobbin threads in pairs, in such manner as to include the latter with the
course of the said wraps, which course resembles the double loops of a figure
of cight, with one bobbin thread of the said pair included in each loop,
because the said pairs of wrapping warp threads are caused to pass through
between the two bobbin threads which constitute each pair around which the
said warp threads are making, and which pair are to be included in those
wraps, consequently the succeeding figure-of-eight loops which are made by
the same pairs of wrapping warp threads will cross and intersect the pre-
ceding figure-of-eight loops of the same threads, so as to form a compact
accumulation of warp threads, of the nature or texture of wickerwork, for
composing each spot; and as fast as such figure-of-eight wrappings of pairs
of warp threads are so formed around and between pairs of corresponding
included threads, the said wrappings may be gathered up by timely and
appropriate application of the ordinary taking-up points in part of the forma-
tion of spots, which spots are completed by several repetitions of such
gatherings up of figure-of-eight wrappings of the same pairs of warp threads,
until a sufficiency thereof is accumulated to produce spots of the size required
for the ornament of the said bobbin net imitation of Valenciennes lace;
wherefore the said spots are composed of accumulated portions of some pairs
of the said warp threads, which in their turn form twists and crosses in part
of the meshes of the net work or plain ground of the said bobbin net imita-
tion of Valenciennes lace on which the said spots are to be exhibited, and
whereof they are to form the ornament. And note. The spots which are
thus formed of accumulated figure-of-eight wrappings of pairs of adjacent
warp threads will occupy the intersecting angles of four diamond meshes of
the net work, in the manner represented in the enlarged representation in
Sheet XVI. The machinery which I use for making the aforesaid kind of
ornamented bobbin net lace, resembling Valenciennes lace with spots, may be
Lever's single-tier machinery, with the parts thereof constructed and arranged
in the manner represented by the large section in Sheet XVI., all the remaining
parts which are not there represented being as represented in Sheets VI., VII.,
and VIII., which Drawings, together with the table of descriptive references
thereto, and other explanation thereof as herein-before given, will sufficiently

page_text: explain the machinery by which this part of my present improvements now
describing is to be performed.. Note.-There is no lacing guide or lacing guido
bar, because the lacing thread is threaded through that back guide b which
in tho machinery formerly described and represented in Sheet V. was left vacant,
nevertheless, the lacing threads are supplied from the roller L, as before. The
forms for all the several racking wheels now to be used are represented in
Sheet XVI., and they are to be substituted for thoso before represented in
Sheet V., and although they are in many parts similar, yet in others they
differ, for it may be observed, by comparing the enlarged representations of the
meshes of net work in Sheet V. and in Sheet XVI., that although the appear-
ance and form of the meshes is very different, the texture and course of the
threads is very similar. The twists at the sides e and k of the small meshes B,
Sheet V., are omitted in Sheet XVI., and as much more twist as is omitted in
those places is given to the inclining sides of e, g, l, n, the large meshes B,
Sheet XVI., so as to enlarge the octagonal form until it has the appearance of
a diamond form, with only the sharp angles filled up, and the small meshes B
are scarcely perceptible as meshes. The construction of the machine being
now explained, the operation of making spotted ornamented bobbin net lace
of the kind represented in Sheet XVI., without traversing threads, is as fol-
lows: Supposing the machine to have been regularly at work making such
net, and that it is only stopped for examination, the positions of the several
parts being as follows, that position may be taken for a commencement
of the description of the operation, the several racking wheels on the upright
axis V stand with their steps numbered 1 in the Drawings in action on the
beaks or teeth of their respective racking levers; the bobbin carriages are
all in the back combs, as shewn in the Drawings, and have not moved mate-
rially since No. 1 was racked, but are ready to be brought through forwards
between the warp threads into the front combs; the back catch bar is down in
the back notches of the carriages, but the front catch bar is raised up. The
front points rare down, and now stand inserted between the warp threads;
they were so inserted an instant before No. 1 was racked, and they are now
ready to go up again. The front points stand racked as far as they can go
towards the left hand, in consequence of a prominent part of the circumference
of their notched wheel 44 being in action on the beak of their elbow lever 46 ;
the back points, which are now raised quite up into their resting position in
the meshes of the net, stand racked as far as they can go towards the right
hand, in consequence of a deficiency of their notched wheel 49 being in action
on the tooth of their elbow lever 50. The front guide bar t, with its front
guides a, stands racked to the right within one single-tier space of as far as it

page_text: can go that way; it will in the whole be racked over the extent of three single-
tier spaces of one-twentieth of an inch each, viz., one such space to the right
or two spaces to the left of its present position. But note.-It will at one
time receive a momentary nudge to the left, and at another time a momentary
nudge to the right beyond the limit of the said three spaces, those nudges
being made in order to facilitate the insertion of the points amongst the
crossed warp threads; but as the bar returns from those nudges before the
carriages are repassed, the full extent of the real racking motions is three
single-tier spaces as aforesaid. The back guide bar V, with its back guides b,
stands racked as far as it can go to the left; it will in the whole be racked over
an extent of three spaces. But note.-It will at one time receive a momen-
tary nudge to the left beyond where it now stands, and consequently beyond
the limits of the said threo spaces, that nudge being made in order to facilitate
the insertion of the points amongst the cross warp threads, but the back guides
will return from that nudge before the carriages are repassed. Note.-The
front guides a now stand interspaced in their row to the back guides 6; the
two selecting guide bars 9 and 10, with their selecting guides 4 and 8, stand
racked in their midway position, and they will in the whole be racked an
extent of two spaces, viz., one space to the right or one space to the left of
their present position. The front selecting guide bar 9 will at one time
receive a momentary nudge to the left beyond those limits; tho selecting
guides 4 and 8 are withdrawn, and quite detached from all the warp threads,
so as to have no action thereon. Note.-The representation of them at 4
and 8 in the large section, Sheet XVI., with warp threads pulled out of their
respective rows a and b by them is only for explanation, but that action does
not take place for the present. But note.-The positions of the guides 4 and 8
is now as is there represented, although without any threads in them. And
note. The notched wheel 18 now presents one of its prominences to the tooth
of the lever 20, as is shewn in Sheet XVI., and thereby the racking levers 23
and 24, for the two selecting guide bars 9 and 10, are raised up upon their fixed
upright centré pins so much that the beaks at the ends of those levers now
present their least prominent parts to the steps around the edges of their
racking wheels 25 and 26, and consequently the two rows of selecting
guides 4 and 8 now stand traversed to their right-handmost traversing position,
which position the selecting guides 4 and 8 still retain after having completed
the last row to spots from accumulated wrappings of those pairs of warp
threads which are supplied from the warp roller 2; but the said guides 4 and 8
are now entirely out of action on the threads, and before they are brought into.
action again thereon they will be traversed to their left-hand most traversing

page_text: positions, as will be explained. And note.-The notched wheel 38 now
presents its midway prominence to the tooth of the pendulous lever 37, and
the upright lifter 34 is thereby held quite upright, in order that it may be
wholly inoperative on either of the loaded levers 31 or 32. Nevertheless, in
the section Sheet VI., the lifter 34 is represented as inclining forwards, but
that is as it will do at a further stage of the operation. The comb bars have
no racking motions, and the same bobbin carriages always vibrate backwards
and forwards in the same geats or spaces between the combs, back and front.
The elevations or prominences of the several racking wheels on the upright
axis V rack the several bars towards the left hand, and the depressions or
notches rack them towards the right hand. And note.-Occasionally the
three guide bars t, v, and 9 must receive momentary nudging motions from
suitable steps of their several racking wheels, such motions being given at
times after the carriages have gone into the back combs and got quite through
behind the warp threads, but before the proper appointed time for racking the
warp threads, those nudging motions being only made in order to open extra
and unusual spaces amongst the warp threads for the due insertion of the
points into their proper intended places amongst those threads, but the guide
bars in most cases return from such nudging motions immediately after the
points are inserted, and at the time when the real racking motions are made,
and consequently before the bobbin carriages begin to be repassed between the
warp threads, wherefore such nudging motions do not affect the twisting of the
threads as what are properly called racking motions do; those steps or notches
on the several racking wheels which are solely intended to produce such
nudging motions are all marked by dotted lines in the Drawings Sheets XVI.,
but the contours or outlines which appear in the Drawings, and which are
distinguished by the coloring, only represent those steps are notches, which
would produce real racking motions. Also, in the following description, the
distinction of the terms nudging or racking of the warp thread guides is to be
observed as designating the two kinds of motions above explained, whereof the
nudging motions precede the insertion of the points, and only affect that
insertion, but the racking motions (which do not take place until after the said
insertion has been made) only affect the twisting action of the threads, and in
cases when nudging motions have been given to any of the bars immediately
previous to the insertion of the points, but the same bars do not return from
such nudging motions immediately after such insertion, or they only partly return
therefrom), then and in such cases the nudging motions also serve as racking
motions, and will be fully explained; but it must be understood that the true
forms of the several racking wheels includes all the steps and notches repre-

page_text: sented by the dotted lines in the Drawings instead of the coloured outlines.
(And note. After the carriages have got quite through and clear behind the
warp threads, the said nudging motions must be given, and then the insertion
of the points must be made, and then the real racking motions must be given,
all which must be severally performed before the carriages can re-enter
amongst the warp threads in coming forwards, and as there is no pause made
in the revolving motion of the crank a, the sweep or throw of that crank is
adapted so as to swing the carriages out somewhat further back into the back
combs than is absolutely necessary for taking the carriages clear behind the
warp threads, and in the time of thus moving further and of returning again
in order to re-enter the carriages amongst the warp threads, the aforesaid
nudging and inserting and racking actions are all performed. The positions
of the several parts is further explained by the horizontal plan of the several
guides in Sheet XVI., and being well understood, the operation of the
machinery is as follows:-By turning the winch handle E and crank x round,
the landing bars w, w, are closed mutually towards each other, and the bobbin
carriages will be brought forwards between the warp threads, and will get to
their central positions by the time that the crank a has made half a turn, and
the front points are raised upwards during that time, then the front catch bar
is let fall into the front notches of the bobbin carriages, and the back catch bar
is lifted up out of the back notches thereof, by action of their respective catch
bar wheels. By continuing the turning motion of the handle E and crank a
without any pause, the landing bars w, w, are extended mutually from each
other, and thereby, owing to the recent changing of the catch bars, the
carriages are drawn through forwards between the warp threads into the front
combs, so as to get quite clear of those threads a little before the time when
the crank will have quite completed another half turn, and by that time the
steps No. 2 of the several racking wheels on the upright axis V will have come
round to the beaks of their respectivo racking levers, and will rack the several
bars as follows, viz., the front guides a one space, and the back guides 6 two
spaces to the right, and the turning motion of the handle E and crank x con-
tinuing without intermission, closes the landing bars w, w, again, which puts
the carriages backwards between the warp threads, and then get to their
central position by the time that the crank has made another half turn, and
then the back catch bar is let fall and the front one is lifted. The back points
are drawn out from the meshes of the net, and the front points are lifted up a
very little higher than they were, in order to take the level from which the
back points have been withdrawn; the latter are then lowered down, and in so
doing a prominence of their notched wheel 49 comes into action, and shogs

page_text: the back points to the left, in preparation for their making their entrance
amongst the warp threads. The motion of the handle E and crank a con-
tinuing incessantly, extends the landing bars w, w, again, and, owing to the
recent changing of the catch bars, that extending takes the carriages through
backwards between the warp threads into the back combs, so as to be quite
clear behind the warp threads a little before the time, when the crank a will
have quite completed another half turn, but the instant that the carriages
do get clear behind the warp threads some extra nudging steps and notches of
the racking wheels, as shewn by dotted lines, Sheet XVI., come into action
in order to nudge the front guides a to the left about three spaces by a promi-
nence in their wheel i, and then the back points which have been previously
lowered quite down make their entrance between the warp threads beneath the
crossings which have been formed by the recent nudging of those threads, and
immediately after that entrance is effected, the appointed time for racking
No. 8 having arrived, the front guides return from their aforesaid nudge, but
only part of the way, so that in effect the front guides a are racked two spaces
to the left at No. 3. The back guides 6 are racked one space to the left at
No. 8. The carriages (by continuance of the turning motion of the handle E)
are now brought through forwards into the front combs, and the back points
go up, taking up crossings of warp threads which will form a transverse row
across the net, and also about this time the single revolving tooth which is
affixed to the uppermost of the racking wheels on the upright axis V will have
come round to the eight-toothed ratchet wheel 19, and will turn the same one
tooth, together with its notched wheel 18, which will thereby bring one of its
notches beneath the tooth of the lifting lever 20, so as to let down the same,
and also the lever 21, as well as to let down the two racking lovers 23 and 24
on their respective fixed upright centre pins, letting them so much down that
the more prominent parts of the beaks of these racking levers will be brought
opposite to and in contact with the edges of their racking wheels 25 and 26,
and consequently the two selecting guide bars 9 and 10 will be traversed two
spaces towards the left hand, as the selecting guides 4 and 8 are still quite
detached from all the warp threads; this traversing produces no effect on
those threads, but is a preparation for the selecting guides being afterwards
brought into action on those pairs of warp threads which proceed from the
warp roller 1, and then No. 4 is racked, which racks the front guides a ono
space to the right and the back guides 6 one space to the right, and then the
carriages are put through backwards into the back combs; the front points
are drawn out, and immediately that they are withdrawn the back points are
raised up a very little higher than they were in order to take their proper

page_text: level in the meshes of the net, then the front points aro lowered down and are
ready to penetrate the warp threads by the time that the carriages get quite
back behind those threads, but previously to their penetrating the fron
guides a are nudged about one space to the left a little before the appointed
time for racking, in order to prepare for the proper insertion of the front point
between the warp threads, and instantly after their insertion the racking of No. 5
takes place and racks the back guides 6 one space to the left; the front guides
do not return from their aforesaid nudge, or only so far as in effect to become
racked one space to the left at No. 5; the carriages are brought forwards and
the front points go up, and when the carriages get quite through forwards No. 6
is racked, which racks the front guides a one space to the right and the back
guides two spaces to the right. The carriages are then put through
backwards, and whilst they are going through the two rows of selecting guides
4 and 8 front and back, are inserted between their respective rows a and b of
warp threads, by a prominent tooth of the wheel 17 coming round to the tooth
of their lever 10; also, the back points having been withdrawn, are lowered
down and are shogged to the right as they go down by the passing away of
the prominence of their notched wheel 49, then a little before the appointed
time for racking No. 7 the front guides a aro nudged about three spaces to
the left, and the front selecting guides 4 about two spaces to the left, whereby
the front warp threads a become laid into the hooked notches on the right-
hand sides of the several front-selecting guides 4, and then the back points
penetrate amongst the warp threads beneath the crossings thereof which have
been recently made by the aforesaid nudging motion; and after the back points
have penetrated, No. 7 is racked, which racks the back guides 6 one space to
the left, thereby carrying the back guide threads 6 into the hooked notches of
the back selecting guides 8, the front guides a only return part of the way
from their aforesaid nudge, so as in effect to become racked two spaces to the
left at No. 7, then the carriages are brought through forwards and the back
points go up, taking before them the crossings of the warp threads. As the
carriages come through forwards between the warp threads the two rows
4 and 8 of the selecting guides are both moved outwards together from
between the two rows a, b, of warp threads, in consequence of the aforesaid
prominence of the wheel 17 passing away from the tooth of their lever 16, and
in so moving outwards, the selecting guides 4 and 8 having already selected,
will now catch all those particular pairs of warp threads a, b, which are supplied
from the warp roller 1, and which are about to become operative in making a
row of spots, all those threads having (as before mentioned) been already laid
into the hooked notches of the selecting guides 4 and 8. by the aforesaid

page_text: rackings of the warp threads a, b, after the selecting guides 4 and 8 were
inserted amongst their respective rows a, b, and as the selecting guides 4 and 8
move outwards, they bend those warp threads which they have so selected and
caught, and carry the same outwards from their respective rows a, b, in the
manner represented at 4 and 8, in Sheet XVI., after which either of the rows
of selecting guides 4 or 8, with those particular warp threads which they hold
respectively, can be racked independently of the rows of guides a and b to
which the said threads belong, and the tension of the threads will cause them
to keep securely lodged in the hooked notches of the selecting guides 4 and 8,
which notches are sufficiently undercut or hooked to retain the warp threads
in them so as to rack those threads either way, the same as guides with eyes
would do. And note.-The said warp threads are caught by the selecting
guides 4 and 8 at such a height above the eyes of their front and back
guides a and b as will admit of their bending as much as the pulling out
and racking motions require without injury to the threads when they are
racked by the selecting guides 4 or 8, and those guides being close under the
combs, the racking motions which they give to the selected warp threads
determines the positions of those threads when the points are to make their
insertions, and when the carriages are to make their entrances between the
whole series of warp threads a and b. And note.-After the selecting guides
4 and 8 have thus drawn out the pairs of warp threads belonging to the warp
roller 1 from their proper places in their respective rows a, and b, the further
continuance of the twisting and crossing operations for making of meshes of
plain net will be suspended for the present until a row of spots has been
made by accumulated wrappings of those said selected threads, in manner now
about to be explained. The said suspending of the making of plain net takes
placo immediately after the taking up of the row of crossings by the back
points, as already explained, because every other of those crossings in their
transverso row is in fact to form the commencement or upper boundary of
one of the spots about to be made. And note. From after the racking
of No. 8 until the said row of spots is completed, neither the front guides a
nor the back guides b nor the lacing guides o will have to undergo any
racking motions, but the back guides a, b, will have nudging motions given to
them at every time that the carriages are put through backwards into the
back combs and have got just clear of the warp threads, the said nudging
motions being given to the back guides 6 just before the points (whether front
or back) make their insertions amongst the warp threads, and the back guides
6 return from their said nudging motions the instant after the points have
made their insertion, the return being made at the proper appointed time for

page_text: racking, and before the carriages: come forwards so far as to re-enter amongs
the warp threads, and after the carriages have come through forwards into the
front combs No. 8 is racked, which racks the front guides a two spaces to the
right, and racks both the rows of selecting guides 4 and 8; one spaco to the
left; then the carriages are put through backwards and the front points which
have been withdrawn are lowered down, and in descending they are shogged
to the right by the passing away of the prominence of their notched wheel 44,
and a little before the proper time for racking, the back guides bare nudged
about two spaces to the left in order to facilitate the proper insertion of the
front points amongst the warp threads, then No. 9 is racked, and racks both
rows of selecting guides 4 and 8 one space to the right, also the back guides
b return from their aforesaid nudge, so that in effect they are not racked at all
this timo; then the carriages begin to come through forwards and the front
points to go up for taking up the first wrappings in part of the intended spots,
which wrappings the pairs of selected warp threads 4 and 8 have made, across
those bobbin threads, which are for the time being their corresponding. bobbin
threads; in consequence of the racking motions of the selecting guides 4 and 8,
and now the retardation of the warp roller 1, which is to supply the wrapping
warp threads must in part be released for an instant as the front points are in the
act of taking up tho said wrappings, which is done by means of the upright lifter
lifter 84, in manner already described; thus the notched wheel 38 lias been
turned one tooth of its twenty-four toothed ratchet wheel 41 at every time when
the carriages were going through back wards into the back combs previous to the
time for taking up with either row of points, but hitherto since the commence-
ment of this description the notched wheel 38 has always presented its midway
prominence to the tooth of the pendulous-lever-37, whereby it has kept-the
upright lifter 34 in a truly perpendicular. position, in which case (as before
explained) the lifter produces no effect whatever, but when the carriages were
going through backwards after the racking of No. 8; and whilst the points
were going down a little before the racking- of No. 9, and when the ratchet
-wheel 41-was-turned-its-one-tooth-as-usual,-the-greatest-prominence-of-the
wheel 38 was thereby brought into action on the left of its lever 37, and, that
prominence inclines, the upper end of the upright lifter 34 so much forwards
(as is represented in Sheet VI.), and thereforo when the said lifter 34 is rising,
as is now the case, the prominent tooth at the front side of the lifter 34 will
act to lift up the loaded lever 31 of the front warp roller 1 at the moment
when the front points are going up after the racking of No. 9, so as to liberate
the roller 1 from the friction occasioned by the flexible brass wire of the loaded
lever 31, in order that the selected pairs of warp threads 4 and 8 proceeding

page_text: from the warp roller 1. may be given off easily to form their intended wrappings
around those bobbin threads which are for the time their corresponding bobbin
threads, the said liberation taking place at the time when those wrappings are
to bo gathered by the going up action of the front points which have been
recently inserted amongst the warp threads beneath those wrappings, and after
the front points have got quite up to their resting position, so as to have com-
pletely taken up the said wrappings, which are the first such of the formation
of a row of spots, then the lifter 34 will be let down again by action of its
giving-off camm 36, so as to allow the loaded lever 31 to resume its action on
the brass friction wire of the warp roller 1; the carriages having come through
forwards into the front combs No. 10 is racked, which racks both the rows of
selecting guides 4 and 8 one space to the right, then the carriages go through
backwards, and the back points which have been withdrawn are lowered down,
but are not shogged this time, being still kept to the right, as they were placed
for their last time of taking up. And note. Both the point bars back and
front will continue racked to the right as they are now placed without change
during all the remainder of the course of operations, excepting that the front
points will be shogged to the left, when No. 24 comes to be racked. The
carriages having got through backwards, then a little before the appointed
time for racking the back guides are nudged about one space to the left in
order to obtain proper spaces for the insertion of the back points, and imme-
diately after that insertion is made No. 11 is racked, which racks both the front
and back selecting guides 4 and 8 each one space to the left; also the back
guides return from their aforesaid nudge, and are not in effect racked at all
this time; the nthe carriages begin to come through forwards, and the back
points to go up, taking up another second portion of the intended wrappings of
the pieces of selected warp threads proceeding from the warp roller 1, and by
action of the upright lifter 34 on the loaded lever 31, that roller is again
liberated from the friction occasioned by the flexible brass wire of that lever,
the liberation being only whilst the back points are taking up the said wrap-
pings. When the carriages have come through into the front combs No. 12
is racked, which racks the front and back selecting guides 4 and 8 one other
space to the left, the carriages go through backwards; the front points which
have been withdrawn are not shogged in going down, but a little before the
appointed time for racking the back guides bare nudged about one space to
the left, suitably for making a proper insertion amongst the warp threads by
the front points, and No. 13 is racked, which racks the two rows of selecting
guides 4 and 8 one space to the right, also the back guides 6 return from their
aforesaid nudge, so that in effect they are not racked at all this time; the

page_text: carriages aro brought through forwards, and the front points go up, and as they
do so the warp roller 1 is again liberated as before, in order to give off its
threads for the third time of taking up wrappings thereof to form spots, then
No. 14 is racked, which racks the front and back selecting guides 4 and 8 each
one space to the right, the carriages are put through backwards, the back
points which have been withdrawn are lowered down, but are not shogged in
going down, and a little before the appointed time for racking the back guides
bare nudged about one space to the left for facilitating the proper insertion of
the back points, which insertion being made, No. 15 is racked, which racks
the back and front selecting guides 4 and 8 each one space to the left, also
the back guides b return from their aforesaid nudge, so that in effect they are
not racked at all this time; then tho carriages begin to come through forwards,
and the back points to go up for taking up the fourth wrappings of the pairs
of selected warp threads, and the warp roller 1, from which those pairs of
threads proceed is liberated, as before mentioned, whilst the back points are so
taking up; when the carriages get through forwards No. 16 is racked, which
racks the front and back selecting guides 4 and 8 each one space to the left;
the carriages are put through backwards, and the front points having been
withdrawn are lowered down but are not shogged, and a little before the
appointed time for racking the back guides 6 are nudged about one space to
the left to enable the front points to be properly inserted amongst the warp
threads, which being alone, then No. 17 is racked, which racks the front and
back selecting guides 4 and 8 each one space to the right, also the back
guides b return from their nudgo, so that in effect they are not racked at all
this time; the carriages begin to como through forwards, and the front points
to go up for taking up the fifth portions of wrappings of the pairs of selected
warp threads proceeding from the roller 1, which roller is liberated at the
moment of taking up, as before explained, and when the carriages are come
through forwards No. 18 is racked, which racks the front and back selecting
guides 4 and 8 one space to the right, the carriages are put through backwards,
and the back points which have been withdrawn are lowered but are not
shogged, and a little before the appointed time for racking, the back guides b
are nudged about one space to the left, in order that the back points may be
properly inserted amongst the warp threads, which being done No. 19 is
racked, and racks both the front and back selecting guides 4 and 8 each
one space to the left, also the back guides 6 return from their said
nudge, so that they are not racked this time; then the carriages begin to
come through forwards, and the back points to go up for taking up tho
sixth portions of wrappings of the pairs of selected warp threads proceeding

page_text: from the warp roller 1, which roller is liberated at the moment when the
back points are taking up, and when the carriages get quite through for-
wards then No. 20 is racked, which racks both rows of selecting guides 4
and 8 one more space to the left; the carriages are put through backwards,
and the front points having been withdrawn are lowered down, but are not
shogged in going down, and when the carriages get quito through, but a little
before the time appointed for racking the back guides 6 aré nudged about ono
spaco to the left, in order that the front points may enter properly amongst the
warp threads, which being done No. 21 is racked, which racks the front and
back rows of selecting guides 4 and 8 each one space to the right, and racks
the front guides a one spaco to the left; the back guides 6 do not return from
the nudge which they have just made, and therefore they are in effect racked
one space to the left, the same as the front guides a. And note. The said
racking motions of one space to the left, which are given this time to the two
rows of guides a and b, are the only real racking motions they have either of
them received since the racking of No. 8. The front guides a have remained
motionless during all that interval, but the back guides 6 have been nudged
about one space to the left every time that the carriages have got back into the
back combs, these nudges being for the purpose of obtaining proper spaces for
the insertion of the front or back points amongst the warp threads, but as tho
back guides b always returned from those nudges immediately after the front
or back points had made their insertion, and before the carriages come for-
wards between the warp threads, those nudges of the front guides did not
constitute racking motions, and No. 21 being racked, as aforesaid, the
carriages begin to come through forwards and the front points to go up, taking
before them the seventh wrappings of the pairs of selected warp threads pro-
ceeding from the warp roller 1, which roller is released from its friction as the
front points go up, in order that they may draw off the threads easily from the
roller 1 to form the wrappings, as before explained. When the carriages get
through forwards No. 22 is racked, which racks the front and back guides a
and b one space to the right, and racks the front and back selecting guides 4
and 8 each one space to the right; the carriages are put through backwards,
and the back points having been withdrawn are lowered down, but are not
shogged; when the carriages get through, and a little before the appointed
time for racking, the back guides 6 are nudged about one space to the left, in
order to give proper insertion to the back points amongst the warp threads,
which being done No. 23 is racked, which racks the front selecting guides 4
one space to the left, and the back selecting guides 8 two spaces to the left,
and racks the front guides a one space to the left, but the back guides 6 do not

page_text: return from their said nudge, so as in effect to become.racked one space to the
left at No. 23; then the carriages begin to come through forwards, and the
back points go up for taking up the eighth and' last portions of the wrappings
of the pairs of selected warp threads proceeding from the warp roller 1, which
roller is released from its friction at the moment when the back points are
going up, in order to permit them to gather thread for those wrappings;
and when the carriages are coming through forwards after No. 23 is racked
the two rows of selecting guides 4 and 8 are both together moved inwards
towards the two roads of warp threads a, b, by action of a prominence of their
wheel 17 coming round to the tooth of their lover 16, and thereby they
reinstate the particular pairs of warp threads belonging to the warp roller 1.
which have been hitherto kept bended outwards from their proper rows a, b,
by the selecting guides 4 and 8; but when the said threads are so reinstated
they nevertheless continue to be retained for the present partly within the
booked notches of the selecting guides 4 and 8, and as soon as the carriages
are come quite through into the front combs No. 24 is racked, and racks thic
front guides a and the back guides.6 each one space to the right, whereby
those pairs of warp threads belonging to the warp roller 1 which have been
récently reinstated in their respective rows a and b, as aforesaid, will be. borne
sideways quite out of the hooked notches of the selecting guides 4 and 8,
which guides are not racked this time, and which have their said hooked
notches formed at the right-hand sides of their extremities, wherefore all
selection of particular warp threads is now discontinued for the present; then
the carriages are put through backwards, and the two rows of selecting
guides 4 and 8 are wholly withdrawn from between the two rows of warp
threads a, b, by action of their reacting spring, when the prominence of
their wheel 17 passes away from the tooth of, their said lever 16; also, the
front points having been withdrawn, aro lowered down, and they are shogged
to the left in going down, and when the carriages get through, and a little
before the appointed time for racking, the back guides bare nudged about
three spaces-to-the-left, and-the-front-guides-a-are-nudged about two spaces
to the right, in order to prepare for the insertion of the front points; and after
that insertion No. 1 is racked, which racks the back selecting guides 8'ono
space to the right, and the back guides 6 return only part of the way from
their aforesaid nudges, so that they are in effect racked two spaces to the left
at the racking of No. 1; the front guides a return from their aforesaid nudge,
so that in effect they are not racked at all at the racking of No. 1. And now
the racking wheels on the upright axis V have gone completely round, and all
the parts bave regained the same position which they had at the cominencement
b

page_text: of this description, and are ready to repeat their operations as before, excepting
that the notched wheel 38 with its ratched wheel 41 has gone only half round,
but, nevertheless, the upright lifter 34 is kept in its perpendicular position as
it was at the said commencement; also the notched wheel 18 now stands with
a notch beneath the tooth of its lever 20, and therefore the racking levers 23
and 24 of the two selecting guide bars 9 and 10 are now lowered down upon
their respective fixed upright centre pins, so as to place the uppermost parts
of their respective beaks opposite to the edges of their racking wheels 25
and 26, which parts of the said beaks being the most prominent will keep
the two selecting guide bars 9 and 10 traversed two spaces farther to the left
than they were at the commencement of this description, but the upright
lifter 34 and the two rows of selecting guides 4 and 8 being wholly in-
operative at present, neither of the aforesaid differences in the position of the
parts appertaining to them will have any immediate effect on the further
operation of the machinery, which proceeds in the same manner as already
described until after the racking of No. 3, when the single protecting tooth
of the uppermost 26 of the racking wheels V comes round to the ratchet
wheel 19, as before explained, and turns the same one tooth, together with
the ratchet wheel 18, but that turning will bring one of the prominences of the
wheel 38 into action beneath the tooth of the lifting lever 20, so as to lift
the same up together with the other lever 21, as well as the two racking
levers 23 and 24, instead of letting them down, as was described to be the
case at the former time of operation, and by so lifting up the least prominent
parts of the beaks of the levers 23 and 24 as brought opposite to the edges
of their respective racking wheels 25 and 26, and that causes the two
selecting guide bars 9 and 10 to bo traversed two spaces to the right, which
produces no effect upon the threads at the time, because the selecting guides
are wholly withdrawn from amongst the threads; but by such traversing the
selecting guides 4 and 8 are prepared for being brought into action when
No. 7 is racked, and subsequently for selecting, catching, and pulling out and
racking those pairs of warp threads which proceed from the warp roller:2,
instead of those threads proceeding from the roller 1, as was before described
to be the case in the foregoing description; and also after the racking of
No. 8, and a little before the racking of No. 9, when the notched wheel 38
is turned its one tooth of its ratchet wheel 41, the least prominence of the
wheel 38 is thereby brought into action against the tooth of its lever 37
instead of the greatest prominence thereof, as was before described to be the
case, and the last prominence inclines the upper end of the upright lifter 34
so much backwards (instead of forwards) that when it rises up the prominent

page_text: tooth at the back of it will act to lift up the loaded lever 32 belonging to the
warp roller 2, instead of the loaded lever 81 belonging to the warp roller 1
as was before described to be the case; and all these differences in the
operation are to cause the particular pairs of warp threads which are supplied
by the warp roller 2 to be operative for forming a second row of. spots instead
of the threads procceding from the warp roller 1, as was the case when the
first row of spots was made; during the foregoing description, and as before
mentioned; the spots made in the second row by the threads proceeding from
the warp roller 2 are interspaced to the spots made in the first row by the
threads proceeding from the warp roller 1, in order that the spots may be
distributed over the net according to a chequered pattern, and with no other
than this difference, the operation proceeds through all the remainder of the
course of operations already described until the racking wheels on-the upright
"axis V bave again gone quite round, when all the parts without exception will
have regained the exact positions, which they had at the commencement of
this description, and the further working of the machine is by a continual
repetition of the two series of operations which have now been fully
described..
Another part of my said improvements in machinery for making bobbin net
lace relates to that kind of such machinery which is commonly called fluted
roller machinery, and although the same is usually of the class of double tier
machinery, it is to be worked single tier fashion with. exactly the same move-
ments of all those parts which operato immediately upon the threads, as those
movements which have been herein-before last described respecting the single
tire Lever's machinery, represented by Sheet XVI., and for the same purposo
of producing laco which will closely resemble that which is known by the
name of Valenciennes lace, and which bobbin net imitation of Valenciennes
lace is ornamented with wickerwork spots. The texture of that lace and of
the spots by which it is ornamented is represented in Sheet XVI., and the
same has been herein-before fully explained. This part of my present improve-
ments being for performing precisely-tho-same-operation-by-tho-fluted.roller
machinery, working single tier fashion, as according to the part herein-before
last described of my present improvements was performed by Lever's single
tier machinery, and the difference between the present and that machinery
being fully explained by the Drawing, Sheet XVII., it is unnecessary to
repeat the description which has been already given. Sheet XVII. contains
representations of all the several racking wheels and notched wheels which
are to be applied to the fluted roller machinery represented in Sheets X., XI.,
and XII., and explained in the table of descriptive references thereto, in

page_text: substitution for those represented in Sheets IX. and XII., in order that the
machinery may produce the bobbin net imitation of tho Valenciennes lace
ornamented with wickerwork spots instead of bobbin net laco without tra-
versing threads ornamented with wickerwork spots, represented enlarged in
Sheet V. All the description herein-before given of the machinery repre-
sented in Sheets X. and XI., and the table of descriptive references thereto,
is applicable to the machine, whereof the racking wheels and notched wheels
are represented in Sheet XVII. And note.-The single tire fluted roller
machine, partly represented in Sheet XVII., for making bobbin net imitation
of Valenciennes lace ornamented with spots, and whereof the texture is repre-
sented enlarged in Sheet XVI., as aforesaid, may be constructed expressly for
working single tier in the manner represented in Sheet XIII. with improved
single tier combs and bobbin carriages, and two fluted rollers and improved
disposition of the comb bars, in part according to my former improvements,
as described in my former Specification, dated the 6th of June 1883, all
which has been herein-before fully explained in referenco to Sheet XIII.,
and all that was stated in relation thereto is equally applicable to this
present part of my present improvements, because it makes no difference
as to the machine represented in Sheet XIII. whether it be used with
racking wheels formed as represented in Sheet XII. for producing orna-
mented bobbin net lace with wickerwork spots, according to the enlarged
representation in Sheet V., or whether the same machine, Sheet XIII.,
is used with racking wheels formed as represented in Sheet XVII. for
producing the bobbin net imitation of Valenciennes lace ornamented with
wickerwork spots, according to the enlarged representation in Sheet XVI.
But note. In making the latter no lacing guide bar is required, because the
lacing thread will be suitably guided by threading it through the vacant guide
in the back row, as is already fully explained respecting the Lever's machinery,
represented in Sheet XVI.
Another further part of my said Improvements in machinery for making
bobbin net lace relates to that kind of such machinery which is termed double
tier fluted roller machinery, because all the bobbin carriages are arranged in
two rows or tiers, which are passed one after another between the warp
threads, and the bobbin carriages are moved in their circular combs by fluted
rollers, the improvement being for the purpose of producing such bobbin net
imitation of Valenciennes lace, ornamented with large wickerwork spots, as is
represented enlarged in Sheet XVIII., and which Sheet also contains repro-
sentations of all the several racking wheels and notched wheels which are to bo
applied to the fluted roller machinery, represented in Sheets X., XI., and XII.,

page_text: in substitution for those represented in Sheets IX and XII., that machinery
being worked in its usual and accustomed manner of double tier machinery, in
order that the machinery may produce the bobbin net imitation of Valenciennes
lace, ornamented with larger wickerwork spots, instead of bobbin net lace
without traversing threads ornamented with wickerwork. spots, represented
enlarged in Sheet V. All the description herein-before given of the machinery
represented in Sheets X. and XI., with the table of descriptive references
thereto, is applicable to the machine whereof the racking wheels and notched
wheels are represented in Sheet XVIII. The operation of the double tier
fluted roller machinery has been herein-before very fully explained in reference
to Sheets XIV. and XV., and wherever. the operation of: making the said
bobbin net imitation of Valenciennes lace ornamented with spots, according to
the texture of the enlarged representation in Sheet XVIII, differs from that
which has been so explained in reference to Sheets XIV. and. XV.,. all
such differences will result from the forms of the several. racking wheels and
notched wheels, as represented in Sheet XVIII., and therefore, requires no
further explanation. And note. No lacing guide bar is required in the double
tier machinery, represented in Sheet XVIII., because the lacing threads will
receive their proper intended racking. motions by threading them through the
-back guides.
Another part of my said improvements in machinery for making bobbin net
laco relates to that kind of such machinery which is commonly called double
tier, circular bolt, or circular comb machinery, with driving. bars and lockers
for moving the bobbin carriages in their circular bolts.or combs, the bobbin
net lace mádo by such machinery having diagonal. threads traversing obliquely
from selvedge to selvedge, in the most usual and accustomed manner of
working such machinery, the improvement being for the purpose of producing
ornamental spots in the said bobbin net lace with traversing threads, by
gathering up and accumulating portions of particular pairs of adjacent warp
threads, so as to form successive wrappings thereof in a double looped or figure-
of-cight course around pairs of adjacent-bobbin-threads, which are for the time
being the corresponding bobbin threads to the said particular warp threads,
and which bobbin threads being in their progress of traversing diagonally with
contrary obliquities across the width of the piece of net from selvedge to
selvedge thereof. The two bobbin threads composing each of the aforesaid
pairs of adjacent bobbin threads proceed with contrary. obliquities towards
each other, so as to approach together and become a pair of adjacent bobbin
threads at each place in the net where a spot is to be produced, as aforesaid, by
lapping around them several successive figures-of-eight wrappings of a pair of

page_text: adjacent warp threads which are belonging to the said place in the net, and
the said two bobbin threads, which thus constitute a pair in the formation
of each spot, would in due course of making bobbin net lace with traversing
threads intersect and pass across each other, so as to form a crossing of bobbin
threads at the place where such spot is to be formed, but, nevertheless, the
said two bobbin threads are not allowed to cross each other at the place of the
spot, but instead thereof, each one on arriving at that place is caused to return
with a contrary obliquity of traversing to that which it had before. it had
arrived at the said place, and in consequence of the said returns the usual
tension which those particular bobbin threads exert (in common with other
like threads in their respective diagonal directions for keeping the general
texture of the meshes of the net in due form becomes reversed, in consequence
of each of the said bobbin threads making a turn again or return at each side
of the spot which is to be formed by figure-of-eight wrappings of a pair of
warp threads around and between the said two bobbin threads at the places
where they make their respective returns; nevertheless the said general
texture of the net is kept in due form notwithstanding such reversing of the
diagonal tension of those particular bobbin threads, because the said figure-of-
eight wrappings of a pair of warp threads which compose each spot supply the
place of that crossing of the two bobbin threads which is omitted, and the
said wrappings keep the said returns of the bobbin threads at the usual and
proper distance asunder, and in so doing the said figure-of-eight wrappings
are kept well extended so as to give a full appearance to the spot which they
are required to form, and that is the intention of omitting the crossing and
makings of such returns at the place of each spot. And note. The aforesaid
omission of a crossing of the pair of bobbin threads at the place where a spot
is to be formed upon them would leave what is commonly called a bullet hole
at the said place of the spot if no such spot had been made, wherefore it may
be considered that the said figure-of-eight wrappings of warp threads extend
from side to side of what would be the bullet hole, and retain those sides
together at the usual distance apart for a pair of longitudinal warp threads.
The reversing of the direction of the tension which is occasioned by the said
omission of a crossing at the place of the spot which is formed by such
wrappings extends and stretches out the said wrappings to their full extent, so
as to make them lay flat and parallel for forming a compact spot. The
texture of the ornamental spots so formed is explained by the enlarged
representation contained in Sheet XXIV.
The circular bolt or circular comb machinery upon which this part of my
improvements is to be performed may be constructed in the usual manner

page_text: of such machinery; and I prefer the said machinery to be what is commonly
called rotary, because of the certainty and rapidity of its operation when the
motions of all the parts are derived from the continuous. turning motion of
one axis or handle: The said machinery. is to operate very much in the
usual manner. of double tier. machinery so long as it is making the meshes
of plain net, but when as many rows of meshes thereof as is intended to
intervene between one row of spots and the next has been made, then the
further making of such meshes must be suspended or discontinued whilst a
row of spots is made by operation of the additional parts which aro added
to the machinery, according to this part of my present improvements. The
said discontinuance of the making of plain net is attained by merely discon-
tinuing the accustomed racking motions of the front comb bar and of the
two guide bars, although the two rows of bobbin carriages continue to be
passed and repassed between the two rows of warp threads with their usual
swing or vibration, but that is in order to make the spots instead of making
meshes of net. The said making of spots is performed by giving peculiar
and appropriate racking motions to those particular pairs of warp threads
which are required to make, figure-of-eight wrappings around corresponding
pairs of bobbin threads, although all..the other warp. threads which are not
concerned. in the formation of spots are left motionless (or nearly so) all tho
time of so making spots, in order that by means of the said peculiar and
appropriate .racking motions of the said particular warp threads, conjointly
with the continual vibration of the bobbin carriages, those threads may bo
laid across or athwart the particular bobbin threads which are for the time
being their corresponding bobbin threads, such laying across or athwart being
in part of the formation of the intended figure-of-eight wrappings, and the
ordinary taking-up points operate from time to time to gather up the said
wrappings (or portions of. wrappings) one:after another as they are produced
by the aforesaid means, so as to accumulate such wrappings one to another until
they constitute spots of the intended size; after which the making of meshes
of net is resumed, by ceasing to give any more particular racking motions, as
aforesaid; to the said particular pairs of warp threads, but by giving to the
front comb bar and to the two guide bars, with all the warp threads belonging
to each bar respectively, including the said particular warp threads in their
places amongst the others all the usual and proper racking motions for making
meshes of bobbin net lace with traversing threads. And note. At the same
time when the taking-up points operate from time to time, as aforesaid, to
gather up the wrappings (or portions of wrappings) of the said particular warp
threads, the warp.roller..from which the latter are supplied, and which must

page_text: be distinct from the usual warp roller from which tho. other warp threads are
supplied, is turned round a very little, in order to give off as much thread. of.
the said particular warp threads as they require to yield for forming the
wrappings, but such giving off does not affect the other warp threads which
are not concerned in the making of spots, because they are supplied from a
warp roller of their own, distinct from that to which the turning motion is
given, as aforesaid. And as to the requisite returns or turn-again of the
pairs of bobbin threads which ought in regular course to form their accustomed
crossing at the place, where instead of such crossing a spot is made by the
said figure-of-cight wrappings of their corresponding pair of warp threads.
around and between the said pairs of bobbin threads, the said turn-agains
are made by the usual and well-known means commonly used for making
bullet holes in the bobbin net lace made by such double tier machinery, viz.,
by occasionally leaving the particular bobbin carriages which are required to
miss their accustomed crossings behind in the back combs, although all the
other carriages are brought through forwards between the warp threads into
the front combs in order to be traversed by means of suitable racking motions
which are given to the front comb bar, as is the usual course of making..
meshes of bobbin net lace with traversing threads; but the said carriages
which are so left behind will escape the traversing action which results from
such racking motions, and instead thereof will perform what is called turn-
again, whereby they will afterwards commence a return of traversing with
contrary obliquity, as they are required to do in manner already explained.
And in order to admit of leaving particular bobbin carriages behind, in manner
aforesaid, when the others are brought through forwards, notches are made
in the blade of the back driving bar, to be opened when required for admitting
the said particular bobbin carriages into those notches, all of which is a well-
known mode of procedure in such machinery, as well for making breadths of
bobbin net lace as for making bullet holes.
Sheets XIX. to XXIV. of the Drawings hereunto annexed represent a
double tier circular comb machine with driving bars and single bladed lockers
to move the carriages in their combs, and with what is called rotary mechanism
for producing all the requisite movements of all the various parts, by giving
a continuous rotary motion to one turning axis F with a double handle E, E,
which the workman turns round by both hands with a continuous rotary
motion, and by means of a spur wheel G on the axis F of the double handles
E, E, acting with an intermediate wheel R, and that actuating another spur
wheel I on the long horizontal axis J, the same is turned continually round.
M is the main driving camm, fixed on the middle. part of the axis J, and

page_text: operating against the truck at the lower end of a driving lever arm p, which
descends from the back axis O of the driving levers q, q, whereof the upper
ends are connected by half jack links i, i, with joints at the lower ends
of the pendulous swing jacks a, x, to which the two driving bars II
and L are suspended, and which are by this means caused to vibrate
alternately backwards and forwards about their centre pins. The form of the
main driving camm M is adapted to produce a slight pause in the swinging
motion at each extremity, and in the midway of the vibration of the driving
bars II and L, in order to give time for the lockers N and to turn up their
blades, so as to act against the teeth of the carriages and withdraw the same
from between the warp threads into the combs, leaving the threads at liberty
for being racked. The lockers N and are actuated by locking camms g
and m on the axis J; the locking camm m acts on the back locker 1 by a
horizontal cross lever o which is beneath the camm m, and a link w, which goes
up therefrom at the back of the machine, and there is a pulling-up spring to
the lever o, and the locking camm 7 acts on the front locker N by a like cross
levere which is beneath the camm g, and an upright link c going up therefrom
in front of the machine to the front locker N, and there is a pulling-up spring
to the lever c. The requisite racking motions of the two guide bars t and v
are communicated by very large racking wheels i and j, fixed on the upright
axis V at the right-hand end of the machine, and which axis is turned slowly
round by means of a bevil wheel B at the lower end of it, with a corresponding
bevel pinion D (of only one-tenth of the size and number of teeth of the wheel B,
fixed on the extreme end of the axis J; also a spur pinion is fixed on the
left-hand end of axis J to turn a taking-up spur cog wheel of three times the
size and number of teeth on the taking-up axis P, at the enl of which axis
four camms K, U, and S, W, are fixed, actuating the two point bars, viz., a
withdrawing camm K and a lifting or taking-up camm U for actuating the
front point bar y, and a withdrawing camm S and a lifting or taking-up
camm W for the back point bar. The taking-up points are as usual in double
tier machinery, with ten points per inch in each row for a ten-point gage
machine; but they operate in a somewhat different manner for taking-up,
because the front points perform all the taking-up operations as well for making
the net as for making the spots, and the back points only operate to relieve the
front points from holding up and retaining whatever twists, crossings, or wrap-
pings the front points have taken up, so as to leave those points at liberty to
repeat their taking-up action. For this purpose for taking up, camm W for
lowering and raising the back point bar is adapted to lower or tilt the back
points only a very little way down after they have been withdrawn from the

page_text: meshes of the net, by the usual action of their withdrawing camm S, and then
they are reinserted again by action of the same camm S, so as to go in agaia
immediately under the front points, which then becoming the uppermost aro
prepared for. performing taking-up in the usual manner, viz., by being with-
drawn by their own withdrawing camm K, and then tilted or lowered down
by their own taking-up camm U, and then allowed to penetrate amongst the
threads by their withdrawing camm K, and then raised up again by their
taking-up camm U. The action of the two withdrawing camms K and S is
transmitted to their respective point bars, back and front, by elbow levers Z
and T and horizontal links f and n at the left-hand end of each point bar; and
the taking-up action of the other camms U and W is transmitted by means of
levers, with trucks to apply to the edges of the camms, and upright links
jointed to those levers and going up to short stump arms at the left-hand
end of each of the point bars; all which being as usual in like machinery
requires no further explanation. The form of the lifting or taking-up
camm U is adapted to tilt lower down the front points y rather lower
than usual for taking up, in order that they may make their insertion
amongst the warp threads in the position represented in Sheet XIX. The
lifting or taking-up camms U, W, for each point bar is adapted to raise
up the points a very little immediately after the opposite parts are with-
drawn from the meshes of the net, thereby producing the same effect as
the overlapping horns which are applied to other lace machines for tho
like purpose, and as herein-before explained respecting the machine repre-
sented in Sheets X., XI., and XII. And note.-In this machine the lifting
or taking-up camms U, W, and withdrawing camms K, S, on the axis Pare
turned once round for every three revolutions of the main driving camm M
on the main axis J, as is most usual in like machinery; the toothed spur
pinion on the main axis J having twenty teeth and the taking-up spur cog
wheel having sixty teeth, which is the usual proportion for such wheels.
And note. When the front points, having taken up the back points, begin to
be drawn out from the meshes of the net immediately that the front points
get up beneath the back points, and then the instant that the back points aro
out of the net, the front points go up a little in order to retain the meshes
which the back points have just quitted. The front point bar y requires to be
slogged endways whilst it is in the act of taking up, which is done by a large
notched wheel 44 at the upper end of the upright axis V at the right-hand end
of the machine, that wheel acting by steps around its circumference against the
tooth of an intervening lever 46, which applies to the right-hand end pivot
of the spindle bar Y of the crank bar arms, by which the front point bar w

page_text: is suspended, and a reacting spring 47 is applied to the spindle bar Y by
intervention of a cross lever to urge the front point bar y endways towards the
right hand. The shogging motions which are thus given to the front point
bar y, when its points are making their insertion amongst the two rows of
bobbin threads after having penetrated amongst the warp threads, causes those
bobbin threads to be taken up by the front points in a cross state as is required
for forming the intended crossings of bobbin threads. The several racking
wheels on the upright axis V are of unusually large diameters, although they
are turned round by the usual mode of a bevel wheel B, at the lower end of
the upright axis V, and a small bevel pinion D on the extreme end of the
main axis J of the driving camms, as before stated; but the bevel wheel B
has one hundred and fifty teeth, and the bevel pinion only fifteen teeth,
so as to require ten revolutions of the axis J to produce one turn of the
upright axis V. The several racking wheels thereon are formed with forty
steps around their circumferences, so as to make forty repetitions of racking
for each revolution of the axis V, instead of twelve, as usual in such machinery,
those rackings being performed during the usual pauses which arò made in
the swing of the driving bars II; L, when the carriages are swung out to the
full extent of their vibration each way, and both divisions of carringes are
locked up into the same combs; and also when they pause in the midway
with the front division locked up in the front combs, and the back division
locked up in the back combs; all which is as usual in like machinery. The
winding-up motion of the lace roller is derived from a notched wheel 19, with a
prominent circular rim around the under side of its circumference, like an
inverted disk, which is fixed on the upper end of the upright axis V of the
racking wheels, and which acts by lateral indentations at the under edge of
that rim on a truck at one end of a lever h, which is mounted on a small
spindle bar turning on centre pins, and has a driver jointed to the opposite end
of its other arm h, to act in the teeth of the ordinary winding-up ratchet wheel
u, so as to turn the same round a tooth at a time,-and-an-endless-worm, which
is formed on the axis of that ratchet wheel u, turns a worm wheel on the end
of the axis of the lace roller, in order to wind up the lace as fast as it is made;
all the said parts being in common use in such machines for making bobbin
net lace requires no further explanation. But note.-The lace roller does not
require to be turned round for winding-up all the time when the spots are
making, and therefore part of the circular rim of the wheel 19, which then
comes into action on the truck of the lever h, is made plain without such inden-
tations, all which is represented in Sheet XXIII. The foregoing particulars
of the machinery differ very little from those commonly used for making

page_text: bobbin net lace with traversing tbreads. The means of giving the peculiar
racking motions to the particular pairs of warp threads which are to form the
wrappings for the spots are as follows:-The guides a, b, Sheet XIX., are cast
in their leads ten per inch in each row, as usual in double-tier machinery, but
every alternate guide of each row is bended outwards from the regular place
in the general row, leaving the intermediate alternate guides in their proper
places therein, and in consequence the warp threads which are threaded in the
usual manner through the eyes of each of those rows of guides from two rows,
whereof one row is more advanced outwards than the other row, the object of
which is to enable any portion of those alternate threads which are advanced
the most outwards to be caught by suitable racking forks 4 and 8, which are
disposed in two rows upon two horizontal bars 9 and 10, which are applied,
one bar 10 at the back and the other bar 9 at the front, in the manner of
extra guide bars. The racking forks 4 and 8 are short prongs soldered into
stems of brass plate in the manner of extra gaides, as is shewn in full size in
Sheet XIX., Figure 4 and 8; the extremities of the prongs being turned nearly
into a horizontal direction when the brass stems are affixed to the racking
fork bars 9 and 10, so as to reach up therefrom in an inclining direction, as
shewn in the large section of the machine, Sheet XIX. The prongs of the
racking forks 4 and 8 are forked at their extremities suitably for receiving the
particular warp threads to which they are intended to give the peculiar
racking motions requisite for making spots, and the said forks are disposed in
their respective rows 4 and 8 at suitable distances apart from each other
in each of those rows, to correspond to the places which the spots are
intended to occupy in their rows across the net, that is, those spots which are to
be made at the same time. Each of the racking fork bars 9 and 10 is mounted
on pivots at its ends, about which it is capable of turning so much as is
requisite for withdrawing the forked extremities of the racking forks 4 and 8
from all contact with the warp threads when they are not required to operate
thereon, that is, whenever meshes of plain net without any spots are to be
made; or else by tilting the racking fork bars 9 and 10 about their pivots, the
forked extremities of the benders 4 and 8 may be advanced towards the warp
threads, so as to take into their forks those particular warp threads which
require to be racked with unusual racking motions, in order that they may
form figure-of-eight wrappings around their corresponding bobbin threads for
the formation of spots; and the racking forks 4 and 8 having so taken the said
threads, and then being racked endways in their respective rows, they will give
the requisite additional and unusual racking motions to those particular warp
threads which they hold included in their fork extremities, so as to bend those

page_text: threads asido suitably for causing them to form figure-of-eight wrappings around.
their corresponding bobbin threads, which are continually passing and repassing:
between the general rows of warp threads, and the pairs of warp threads which
are thus caused to wrap around those bobbin threads constitute the spots by
frequent repetition of such wrappings. And note: The particular warp threads
which will be thus operated upon by the racking forks 4 and 8 are, in all
cases some of those warp threads which are threaded through the eyes of the:
alternate guides which, are bended outwards from their proper places in their
respective-rows, as before stated, and those outermost warp threads are all
supplied from warp rollers 1 and 2, which are distinct from the main warp
roller; but the warp threads which are threaded through the innermost rows of
main guides (which are not bended at all) are all supplied as usual from the
main warp roller, and those warp threads are never concerned in the making.
of spots. But note. It is only one-half of the number of warp threads which
are threaded through the said outermost rows of bended guides which are
taken at the same time by the racking forks 4 and 8, but the same only take
every other such thread, and all those threads which they do take at once are.
supplied from the same warp roller (as 1, for instance), but before the next.
succeeding time of making spots the two racking fork bars 9 and 10 will both.
together be traversed so much endways that their racking forks 4 and 8 will.
take the other outermost warp threads which they missed before at the
preceding time, and the threads which they do take at the said succeeding
time are supplied from the other warp roller (as 2, for instance). Each of the.
racking fork bars 9 and 10 is tilted about its pivots, in order to advance.
the extremities of its forks to take the particular outermost warp threads,.
and they are so tilted with a corresponding motion of the back and front-fork
bars at the same time; or else to withdraw them from all action on any
threads, those motions being communicated by means of a lever arm-14, which
is affixed to the extreme right-hand end of the front fork bar 9, and reaching
forwards and downwards therefrom to the circumference of a suitable notched
wheel 17, fixed on a short horizontal axis, which is mounted-in-suitable-bear-
ings at the right-hand end of the machine, together with a ratchet wheel 41,
of twenty feet, fixed on the same axis, and turned round by a driver 40, which.
is jointed to a lever 16, deriving motion from a revolving camm 42, with ono:
prominence fixed on the end of the main axis J of the main driving camms M.
The lever. 16 is mounted on a fixed centre pin at one end, and the middle part.
carries a truck, to be actuated by the one prominence of the said revolving
camm 42, the lever 40 being jointed to the extreme. end of the lever 16,.
wherefore, at every turn of the main axis J, the ratchet wheel 41 is turned one

page_text: tooth, and it makes one revolution whilst the large racking wheels on the
upright axis V go twice round. The notched wheel 17 is formed with suitable
prominences for elevating the end of the lever arm 41 at suitable times when
spots are to be made, in order to tilt the two racking fork bars 9 and 10, and
advance their forked ends 4 and 8 amongst the outermost rows of warp
threads, and to keep them so all the time whilst they are required to act on
those threads, or by a notch in the notched wheel 17, to allow the racking
forks 4 and 8 to be withdrawn from all contact with the threads by their
reacting spring 7 pulling down the lever arm 15, which projects out back-
wards from the back racking fork bar 10, and the foremost end 12 of the
lower arm 15 acts as a short lever under a corresponding short lever 13,
which is fixed to the front racking fork bar 9, so that by means of the two
short lever arms 12 and 18 both the bars 9 and 10 are tilted with corre-
sponding motions, which are derived from the same notched wheel 17, lever
arm 14, and reacting spring 7, in order to bring the racking forks 4 and 8
into action on the threads, or to withdraw them back and front at the same
moment. The said action of the notched wheel 17, for inserting or withdrawing
the racking forks 4 and 8 amongst the said outermost warp threads, must be
performed in the intervals between the usual times of racking the warp
threads, and on that account the prominence of the camm 42 comes into action
on the truck of the lever 16, to impel the driver 40 and ratchet wheel 41, in
the interval between the usual time for racking the guide bars, being imme-
diately after such racking have taken place. The racking fork bars 9 and 10
are racked endways, in the same manner as guide bars are racked, by means of
large racking wheels 25 and 26, fixed on the upright axis V, with intervening
racking levers 23 and 24, acting on sliding bolts with gage screws for adjust-
ment to act on the sliding bolts and arms, near the extremities of the end
pivots on which the racking fork bars 9 and 10 are mounted, and springs are
applied to the bars 9 and 10 to urge them towards the racking wheels 25 and
26 respectively. The racking motions so given to the racking forks 4 and 8
are communicated at the usual time of racking the main guide bars. Each
fork bar 9 or 10 has its own independent racking motion communicated to it
by its own racking wheel 25 or 26. The racking forks 4 and 8 cause a spot
to be made at every place in the width of the net where they operate in
manner aforesaid upon warp threads of the outermost rows, to give unusual
racking motions to those warp threads. And note.-Any warp thread which
any front racking fork takes and racks always proceeds from the same warp
roller, whether 1 or 2, as the fellow warp thread which its corresponding back
fork takes and racks, and the said two threads go together as a pair to make

page_text: the wrappings for each of the spots; and in order to dispose the spots which
are made at succeeding times at different intermediate places, in the width of
the net to those places therein where the spots were made at the preceding
times, so as to produce what is called a chequered pattern, both the rows of
racking forks 4 and 8 are to be moved together endways in the interval
between succeeding times of making spots, whilst those forks remain quite
detached from the warp threads, so as to have no concern therewith, in order
that when they are again brought to act upon the warp threads for producing
a succeeding row of spots they may take other different warp threads of the
outermost rows thereof from those which they took at the time of making the
preceding row of spots, and consequently the spots made at the succeeding
time will be at different intermediate places in the width of the net from those
which were made at the preceding time; but whether the racking forks 4 and
8 are thus rendered operative at one set of places or other, the same racking
motions must be given to them for bending those particular outermost warp
threads which they do take, suitably for producing spots at any of the places
where the racking forks may thus be operative. This is accomplished by the
insertion of moveable plug pieces 21 and 22 between the aforesaid gage screws
of the racking bolts at the right-hand ends of the racking fork bars 9 and 10
and the intervening racking levers 23 and 24, which communicate the action
of the racking wheels 25 and 26 to the bars 9 and 10. For when the said plug
pieces 21 and 22 are inserted, the racking forks 4 and 8 will produce
spots at certain places in the width of the net, which spots being finished,
and the racking forks withdrawn from the warp threads, then the said
plug pieces 21 and 22 are withdrawn previously to reinserting the racking
forks 4 and 8, which will therefore produce spots at other different places
in the width of the net interspaced to those places therein where spots were
made at the preceding time, thus disposing the spots according to a
chequered pattern. The plug pieces 20 and 21 are fitted to the intervening
racking levers 23 and 24 in the manner of sliding bolts, so as to slide
along the said levers so far as to insert or withdraw the ends of the plug
pieces from the gage screws at the ends of the sliding bolts at the ends
of the racking fork bars 9 and 10; and both plug pieces 21 and 22
are connected with the upper end of one arm of an elbow lever 20, which is
mounted on a fixed centre pin, and a beak at the foremost extremity of the S
other horizontal arm of the elbow lever 20 applies to the circumference of a
notched wheol 18, which is fixed on the same horizontal axis with the notched
wheels 17 and 38, and the twenty-toothed ratchet wheel 41, so that by a
prominence on the, notched wheel 17 the plug pieces 21 and 22 will be

page_text: inserted; but when a notch of the wheel 17 comes round into action, then the
plug pieces 21 and 22 will be withdrawn by action of their spring. The proper
forms for the several wheels to actuate the racking fork bars 9 and 10 are
represented in Sheets XXII. and XXIII., viz., the notched wheel 17 for
withdrawing them from or advancing them to the outermost rows of warp
threads; also the wheels 25 and 26 on the upright axis V, for racking each
row of them when they are engaged with the threads; and likewise the wheel
18, for traversing both rows of them when they are withdrawn from all contact
with tho threads, in order to dispose the spots made at succeeding times
according to a chequered pattern. And respecting the means herein-before
mentioned of turning round the warp rollers 1 or 2, as the case may be, in
order that it may yield off its threads when required for the formation of spots,
the thread rollers 1 and 2 have friction cords applied around them at their
left-hand ends in the usual manner, but those cords are only very lightly
weighed; and the rollers 1 and 2 have also other friction cords applied around
them at their right-hand ends, with heavier weights 27 and 28, but the ends
of those cords which would in usual course be made fast to the fixed framing
are tied to loaded levers 31 and 32, which levers are pulled down by their
respective weights 5 and 6 to regulated stop screws 29 and 30, and when
resting thereon, the loaded levers 31 and 32 serve as fixed fastenings for the
end of the friction cords; but in such case, if either of the loaded levers 31
or 32 is lifted up a little, it will allow the friction cord to which it belongs to
slip around the roller a little by the descent of the weight 27 or 28, which is
bung to the friction cord of that roiler; and afterwards, when the loaded lever
31 or 32 is let down again to its stop screws 29 or 30, the roller will be
turned round a little to give off its threads, notwithstanding the resistance of
the friction cord at the other or left-hand end of the same roller, for that
friction cord will slip round the roller as the loaded lever descends. The said
lifting up and letting down of one or other of the loaded levers 31 or 32 is
performed, when required, by an upright lifter 34, which is jointed at its lower
end to a lifting lever 35, which has a truck to run upon the edge of a giving-
off camm 36, fixed upon the main axis J, the camm 36 having one pro-
minence to lift up the lever 35 and the lifter 34 at every revolution of the
main axis J; when the lifter 34 is held quite upright as it rises, it will pass
between the ends of the two loaded levers 81 and 32, and will not act upon
either of them, but if it is inclined a little backwards its upper end will act
beneath the extremity of the loaded lever 32, or if it is inclined forwards it
will act beneath the extremity of the lever 31 to lift up the same, and then let
it down again, in order to turn the corresponding warp roller 1 or 2, so as to

page_text: give off thread for making spots, that giving-off being made at the moment
when the front points are in the act of taking up. The position of the upright
lifter 34 is regulated by a notched wheel 38 on the same axis as the twenty-
toothed ratchet wheel 41; a lever arm 43, with a beak at the end of it, acts
against the notches of nutched wheel 38; and on the same axis 33 is another
lever arm 37, which is connected by a horizontal link 39 with the upright
lifter 34, so that a prominence of the wheel 38 will incline the lifter 34
forwards, or a deficiency thereof will incline the same backwards, or a midway
between them will keep the lifter 34 upright. And respecting the mode of
making the turn-again of the bobbin threads at places where spots are to be
found, the back driving bar L is made with a broad blade, and notches are cut
therein to admit one carriage into each notch, and sliders are affixed to a sliding
bar, which is applied against the back driving bar L, so that by moving the
bar endways, the sliders 45 thereof will open or closo tho said notches; all
which being the same as is commonly used in making breadths in like machines
requires no further explanation, but in the present instance there is one such
notch for overy place in the width of the net where spots are at any time to be
made therein. The sliding bar is moved endways by means of a curved
guide piece 48, which projects upwards and forwards from one end of a
horizontal sliding bolt 49, which is applied in sockets affixed to the back comb
bar, and is moved endways by a cross lever 50, having a tooth near its middle
to apply to the edge of a notched wheel 51, fixed on an upright axis, which
has also a ratchet wheel 52, of eight teeth, upon it, and they are turned a tooth
at a time by a driver 54, jointed to the end of a lever 53, which plays upon a
fixed centre pin, and has a tooth at the other end to apply to the edge of a
wheel 55, fixed upon the upright axis V of the racking wheels. There are two
prominences upon the wheel 55, which cause the ratchet wheel 52 and notched
wheel 51 to be turned round occasionally, and the notches thereof move the
sliding bolt 49, which, by its curved guide piece 48, regulates the position of
the sliding bars, that bar having a beak projecting out from its right-hand
end to apply to the said curved piece 48, and the bar is borne endways
towards the same by a reacting spring. The forms of all the several wheels
51, 52, and 55 is represented in the Drawings. The sliders 45 which project
out from the sliding bar z, are each adapted to close two adjacent notches in
the blade of the back driving bar L, when the bar z is placed by the notched
wheel 51 in its midway position, and then there will be no notches open; but
when the sliding bar is moved one way by its said notched wheel 51, the
sliders 45 will open one set of notches opposite to the places in the width of the
net, where the sacking forks 4 and 8 are at the same time brought to act on

page_text: certain of the outermost warp threads of each of tho rows a and b, for making
spots in one row; but at the next succeeding time of making spots, the bar will
be moved the other way by its notched wheel 51, so as to open other notches in
the blade of the back driving bar L at different places, corresponding, to those
places where the racking forks 4 and 8 will be then brought into action on other
different warp threads in each of the outermost rows of the guides a and b,
suitably for interspacing the spots to those of the preceding row according to
a chequered pattern. The small holders s, which are applied as usual on a
horizontal bar X behind the back comb bar, are brought up in contact with
the particular carriages which are to be occasionally detained in the notches in
the back driving bar by tilting the bar X on its pivots, which is done by the
notched wheel 56 on the upright axis V, whereof the action is transmitted by
an elbow lever 57, having a beak at one end to apply to the notched edge of
the wheel 56, and the other end acts against a short upright arm 58, rising up
from the right-hand end of the bar X, wherefore tho prominences of the wheel
56 bring up the holders s into action, and notches let them down out of action in
due time. There is one holder s in their row on the bar X for every placo where
spots are to be made at the same time in the net, the same as the racking
forks 4 and 8 stand in their respective rows; and in like manner the bar X
requires to be traversed endways, in the interval between tho making of
succeeding rows of spots, so as to bring the holders & opposite to the places
where the racking forks 4 and 8 are to act on the warp threads, and also
opposite to the notches which are at the same time opened in the blade of the
back driving bar L, according to the situation of the sliders 45 of the sliding
bar z.
The said traversing of the bar X is performed by a cross lever, like
50, with another notched wheel 59 on the same axis as the notched wheel 51.
The proper form of the wheels 56 and 59 are represented in Sheet XXIII.
Table of descriptive references to Sheets XIX. to XXIV. of the Drawings
hereunto annexed, representing a double-tier circular bolt or circular comb
rotary lace machine, with driving bars and single-bladed lockers for moving
the bobbin carriages, or their bolts or combs, the machine being adapted for
making ordinary bobbin net lace with traversing threads, either in narrow
breadths or in wide pieces, in the usual manner of like machinery, and with
additional machinery applied according to part of the present improvements for
producing ornamental spots in such lace net by accumulating particular pairs
of adjacent warp threads in figure-of-eight wrappings, around corresponding
pairs of adjacent bobbin threads, which latter omit to make their accustomed
crossings at the places where spots are to be made upon them, in order that
the usual tension of those bobbin threads in their diagonal directions may be

page_text: reversed, in consequence of each one making a turn-again. or return. with con-
trary.obliquity of diagonal direction to that which it had before arriving at the
place of each spot, wherefore there will be a turn-again at each side of cach
spot, and the tendency thereof will. be to keep the spot extended to its full
dimensions. The texture of such spots, and of the bobbin nct lace in which
they are to be produced, is explained in the enlarged representation, Sheet
XXIV. (A), front row or division of bobbin carriages; (B), large bevil wheel
of one hundred and fifty teeth, fixed on the lower end of the upright axis V of
the several racking wheels at the right-hand end of the machine, and turned
by the bevil pinion - D; (C), main end standards of the fixed framing or
machine ends; (D), bevel pinion of fifteen teeth, fixed in the right-hand end
of the long axis J of the main driving camms; (E), double turning handles,
fixed on the axis F of the spur of the cog wheel G, for actuating the whole
machinery; (F), horizontal axis of the double turning handles E and spur
wheel G; (G), spur cog wheel of forty-five teeth, fixed on the axis of the
double turning handles E; (H), front driving bar, suspended by its ends from
the swing jacks x, x; (I), large spur cog wheel of sixty teeth, fixed on the
middle part of the main axis J of the main driving camms M; (J), long hori-
zontal main axis of the main driving camms M; and locking camins 9 and m;
(K), withdrawing camm for the front points, fixed on the axis F, it operates
by the elbow lever Z and its link f; (L), back driving bar, suspended by its
ends from the swing jacks a, a; it has a broad blade with notches cut in it
to admit particular carriages, which are occasionally required to be left behind by
themselves, and which are there detained by the holders s; those notches being
closed or opened by sliders 45, fixed to the sliding bars; (M), main driving
camm, fixed on the middle of the long horizontal axis J, and-operating on
a truck at the end of the driving lever arm p on the back axis O; (N), front
locker bar, with a single blade, for locking the carriages in the front row of
combs; (0), long horizontal back axis of the driving levers p and q. q; (P),
horizontal axis of the taking-up camms K, U, and S, W; (Q), spindle bar,
with crank bar arms, from which the back point bar is suspended;-(R), inter-
mediate spur cog wheel, between the pinion G and the wheel I, it is mounted
on a stud, centre pin fixed to the framing; (S), withdrawing camm for the
back points, fixed on the axis P, it operates by the elbow lever Tand its link n;
(T), elbow lever for withdrawing the back point bar by its link n and with-
drawing camm S; (U), lifting camm on the end of the axis P, for raising up
the front point bar y; (V), upright axis of the several racking wheels at the
right-hand end of the machine; it is turned round by the large bevil wheel B,
on the lower end of it, and by the bevil pinion D on the end of the long hori-

page_text: zontal axis J; (W), lifting camm on the end of the axis P, for raising up the
back point bar; (X), horizontal turning bar or axis, placed behind the back
comb bar, and having holders s fixed upon it to apply to the teeth of particular
carriages which are to be occasionally detained by themselves in the back
combs, and within the notches; (Y), horizontal spindle bar, with crank bar
arms, from which the front point bar y is suspended; (Z), elbow lever for
withdrawing front point bar y by its link fand withdrawing camm K. (a),
main front guides, fixed on the front guide bar t, ten per inch in their row for
a ten-point gage machine, every alternate guide being bended outwards to
form another row; (b), main back guides, fixed on the back guide bar v, also
ten per inch in their row for a ten-point gage machine, every alternate guide
being bended outwards to form another row; (c), upright link for actuating
the front locker bar N from the locking levere and camm 9; (d), racking
wheel on the upright axis V, for racking the front comb bar k, in the
usual manner of double-tier machinery for making bobbin net lace with
traversing threads; (e), locking lever of the locking camm g, for actuating
the front locker bar N by the upright link c, and a pulling-up spring;
(f), withdrawing linking for the front point bar y, jointed to the elbow
lever Z of the withdrawing cam K; (g), locking camm on the left-hand
end of the main axis J, for actuating the front locker bar N, by the locking
lever and upright link c, and a pulling-up spring; (h), lever, poised by
its middle on a fixed centre pin for actuating the driver of the winding-up
ratchet wheel u; it has a beak at its right-hand end to be actuated by
indentations at the under side of the rim of the notched wheel 19; (i),
racking wheel on tho upright axis V, for racking the front guides a on the
bar t; (j), racking wheel on the upright axis V, for racking the back guides b
on the bar v; (k), comb bars, front and back, the front one being racked by
its racking wheel d, as usual in making bobbin net lace with traversing
threads; (), back locker bar, with a single blade for locking the carriages
into the back row of combs; (m), locking camm on the right-hand end of the
main axis J, for actuating the back locker bar l, by a locking lever o and
upright link w, and a pulling-up spring; (m), withdrawing link for the back
point bar, jointed to the elbow lever T of the camm S; (o), locking lever for
actuating the back locker bar 1, by the upright link w and locking camm m,
with a pulling-up spring; (p), driving lever arm on the middle of the long
horizontal back axis O, with a truck applying to the driving camm M; (g),
driving levers at each end of the long horizontal back axis O, with half jack
links to connect them with the swing jacks x, x; (r), front points, ten points
per inch for a ten-point gage machine; (s), bolders applied beneath the back

page_text: combs for detaining those particular carriages which are intended to be left
behind in the back combs by themselves in the notches in the blade of the back
driving bar L when the same are opened by the removal of the sliders 45 on
the bar; (t), front main guide bar for the front guides; (u), ratchet wheel
of the worm for winding up the lace roller; it is moved a tooth at a time by
a driver jointed to one end of a lever h, which has a beak at the right-hand
end to apply to the indentations at the under edge of the prominent rim of
the notched disk wheel 19 on the upright axis V; (v), back main guide bar
for the back guides b; (w), upright link for actuating the back locker bar l
by the locking lever o and locking camm m, with a pulling-up spring; (*),
swing jacks, suspended on the main centre pins at the centre line of the
circular curvature of the combs; they are connected by half jack links with
the upper ends of the driving levers q, q; (y), front point bar, with leads of
points on it, having ten points per inch for a ten-point gage machine; (e),
sliding bar applied to the back driving bar L, with sliders upon it to open or
close the notches in the blade of the back driving bar L, in order to admit of
leaving particular carriages behind by themselves in the back combs when the
same are detained by the holders s on the turning bar X. (1), front warp
roller for supplying pairs of adjacent warp threads which are to form spots at
one time; (2), back warp roller for supplying pairs of adjacent warp threads
which are to form spots at the next succeeding time; (3), main warp roller
for supplying warp threads which are never required to form spots; (4), front
racking forks, fixed in a row on the bar g, with one fork at every place in
their row where a spot is to be made at the same time in the width of the
net; (5), weight to the loaded lever 32 for the friction cord of the warp roller 2;
(6), weight to the loaded lever 31 for the friction cord to the warp roller 1;
(7), withdrawing spring for pulling down at the backmost end of the lever
arm 15, for withdrawing the racking forks 4 and 8 from the threads; (8),
back racking forks, fixed in a row on the bar 10, with one fork at every place
in their row where a spot is to be made at the same time in the width of the
net; (9), front racking fork bar for the row of front racking forks 4; (10),
back racking fork bar for the row of back racking forks 8; (11), bearing
sockets for the end pivots, or for the middles of each of the two fork bars
9 and 10; (12), short stump lever, projecting inwards from the back fork
bar 10; (18), another short stump lever, projecting inwards from the front
fork bar 9, and applying its end upon the end of 12; (14), tilting lever arm,
fixed on the right-hand extremity of the front fork bar 9, and reaching for-
wards and downwards, with a tooth at its lower end to apply to the edge of
the notched wheel 17; (15), lover arm, projecting out backwards from the

page_text: back fork bar 10, with a withdrawing spring 7 applied to pull down the-back-
end of 15; (16), lever, with a truck actuated by a single prominence of the
revolving camm 42 on the end of the axis J, in order by the driver 40 to
turn the twenty-tooth ratchet wheel; (17), notched wheel for inserting the
two rows of racking forks 4 and 8 amongst the warp threads; it is fixed, along
with the notched wheels 18 and 38, and ratchet wheel 41 of twenty teeth on a
short horizontal axis, which is mounted on a small frame at the right-hand
end of the machine, and operates on the inserting lever arm 14; (18), notched-
wheel for traversing the two rows of racking forks 4 and 8; it is fixed on the
same horizontal axis with the notched wheels 17 and 38, and the twenty.
toothed ratchet wheel 41; (19), notched wheel, fixed on the upright axis V,
with a prominent circular rim at its under side, like an inverted disk, with
lateral indentations to actuate the beak at the end of the lever h, for winding
up the lace roller when meshes. of plain net are making, but to discontinue
such winding-up as may be required whilst spots are making. (20), elbow
lever for moving the moveable plugs 21 and 22; (21); moveable plug piece,
fitted to the racking lever 23 in the manner of a sliding bolt, that its end may
be interposed at the end of the front racking fork bar 9 for traversing the
same; (22), moveable plug piece, fitted to the racking lever 24 in the manner
of a sliding bolt, that its end may be interposed at the end of the back racking
fork bar 10 for traversing the same; (23), racking lever on a fixed upright centre
pin for racking the front fork bar 9 by its racking wheel 25; (24), racking
lever on a fixed upright centre pin for racking the back fork bar 10 by its
racking wheel 26; (25), racking wheel on the upright axis V, for racking the
front fork bar 9 by its racking lever 23; (26), racking wheel on the upright
axis V, for racking the back fork bar 10 by its racking lever 24; (27), weight
hung to the friction cord of the warp roller 1; (28), weight hung to the friction
cord of the warp roller 2; (29), stop screw for the loaded lever 31 to rest
upon; (30), stop screw for the loaded lever 32 to rest upon; (31), loaded
lever, with weight 6, for the friction cord to the warp roller 1; (32),
loaded lever, with the weight 5, for the friction cord to the warp roller 2;
(33), horizontal axes of the lever arms 37 and 43, for transmitting the action
of the notched wheel 38 to the upright lifter 34; (34), upright lifter, jointed
to the back end of the lifting lever 35; (85), lifting lever for the upright
lifter 34, with a truck to apply to the edge of the giving-off camm 36; (36),
giving-off camm, fixed on the main axis J, it acts on a truck at the end of
the lifting lever 35; (87), upright lever arm on the left-hand end of the
axis 33, it is connected by a horizontal link 39 with the upright lifter 34;
(38), notched wheel for regulating the position of the upright lifter 34, it is

page_text: fixed on the same horizontal axis with the ratchet wheel 41, and the notched
wheels 17 and 18, and acts on a beak of the lever 43; (39), horizontal link
for connecting the lever arm 37 with the upright lifter 34; (40), driver
jointed to the lever 16, for turning the twenty-toothed ratchet wheel 41 one
tooth at every revolution of the main axis J; (41), ratchet wheel of twenty
teeth, which, together with the notched wheels $8 and 17 and 18, is fixed on
a short horizontal axis, mounted in bearing brackets at the right-hand end of
the machine, it is turned a tooth at a time by the driver 40; (42), revolving
camm on the end of the main axis J, with only one prominence for actuating
the lever 16 and driver 40, to turn the ratchet wheel 41; (43), lever arm on
the right-hand end of the horizontal axis 33, with a beak to apply to the
notched wheel 38; (44). notched wheel on the upright axis V, for shogging
the front point bar y when it is in the act of penetrating amongst the warp
threads; (45), sliders fixed to the sliding bar of the back driving bar L, to
close the notches in the blade thereof; (46), racking lever, with a tooth to
apply to the notched wheel 44, and also applying to a gage screw at the end
of the spindle bar V, for shogging the front point bar y; (47), spring, acting
by intervention of a cross lever to urge the spindle bar Y and the front point
bar y towards the right; (48), curved guide piece at the end of the sliding
bolt 49, to apply to a beak at the right-hand end of the sliding bar = of the
back driving bar L, and regulate the position thereof, so as to open or close
the notches in that bar; (49), sliding bolt of the curved guide piece 48;
(50), cross lever for moving the sliding bolt 49, it has a tooth to apply to the
notched wheel 51; (51), notched wheel for moving the cross lever 50, bolt 49,
guide 48, and the sliding bar; (52), ratchet wheel of eight teeth, belonging
to the notched wheel 51; (58), lever for actuating the ratchet wheel 52 by a
driver 54 at one end of it, and the other end applies with a tooth to the edge
of the wheel 55; (54), driver for the ratchet wheel 52, jointed to the end of
the lever 53; (55), wheel fixed on the upright axis V, to actuate the lever 53
and ratchet wheel 52, by two prominences upon its edge; (56), notched whee!
on tho upright axis V, for tilting the bar X, and bringing the holders s into
action on those carriages which are to be detained behind; (57), elbow lever,
with a beak applying to the wheel 56, and its other end applying to the
upright arm 58 of the bar X; (58), upright arm at the right-hand end of
the bar X; (59), small notched wheel on the same upright axis as the
wheel 51, it acts by a cross lever to traverse the bar X, in order to bring the
holders opposite to the particular places where the spots are to be made.
Suppose the machine to have been regularly at work making bobbin net lace
ornamented with spots, formed as aforesaid, by gathering up accumulated

page_text: figure-of-eight wrappings of particular pairs of warp threads, around and
between corresponding bobbin threads, which do not make their accustomed
crossings at those places where spots are to be so formed upon them; and
suppose the machine is stopped for examination when the positions of the
several parts are as follows:-The carriages are all in the back combs, and
both rows locked up clear behind the warp threads. The front points are
drawn out of the threads and lowered down ready for penetrating the warp
threads, as shewn in Sheet XIX. The holders on the bar X have just
been raised upwards, and have caught the back teeth of those particular
carriages of the front division which are intended to be detained by them in
the back combs when the others come forwards, in order by their detention to
miss the crossings, in the same manner as for forming a bullet hole, at every
place where a spot is to be made. The several racking wheels stand with the
teeth of their levers on No. 40, which number has just been racked, and no
motion of the machine has been made since that racking. The two rows of
racking forks 4 and 8 are quite withdrawn from all the warp threads. The
moveable plug pieces 21, 22, are withdrawn from between the ends of the sliding
bolts of the two fork bars 9 and 10 and their racking levers 23 and 24, so
that those bars are in their right-handmost traversing position. The upright
lifter 34, for the loaded levers 31, 32, of the friction cords to the warp rollers
1 and 2, is lowered down on its giving-off camm 86, and the upper end of the
lifter 84 is now upright, so that it will rise up between the ends of the levers
31 and 32 without acting on either of them. The front comb bar k stands
racked to the left as far as it can go; it is only capable of moving one space
of one-tenth of an inch for a ten-point gage machine. The front main guide
bart stands racked to the right as far as it can go; it is only capable of
taking one space in all. Note.-The front main guide bar t now stands
detained to the right hand after its usual time for racking, in order to facilitate
the insertion of the front points amongst the warp threads; but it will be
racked to the left immediately after that insertion, and such racking will be part
of the racking of No. 40, although retarded beyond the usual time for racking.
The back main guide bar v stands to the left as far as it can go; it is only capable
of racking one space in all. The front racking fork bar 9 stands racked to
the left as far as it can go during the making of the row of spots now about to
be made; it is capable of racking two spaces in all during the making of this
row. But note.-At the making of the next succeeding row of spots, both the
rows of racking forks 4 and 8 will have been traversed, in order to make
spots at different parts in the width of the net, in consequence of the
insertion of the plug pieces 21 and 22. The back racking fork bar 10

page_text: stands in a middle position, from which it is capablo of racking one space to
the right or one space to the left. And hote.-At the next succeeding time of
making spots this bar will also have been traversed along with the other bar 9.
The bar X for the holders s stands traversed to the right as far as it can go; it
is capable of moving two spaces in all. The sliding bar z stands the same, and
is capable of racking the same, and consequently notches are now opened in
the blade of the back driving bar L, opposite to the places in the width of the
net where the racking forks 4 and 8 now stand. This position being understood,
the mode of operation is as follows:-By turning the double winch handles
E, E, of the machine, the front points are caused to penetrate the warp threads,
immediately afterwards the front guides a, which had been detained beyond
their usual time of racking, rack one space to the left, and also the front
points are racked half a space to the left before they penetrate the bobbin
threads, and at the same time tooth 1 of the ratchet wheel 41 of twenty teeth
is turned one tooth, which brings a prominence of the notched wheel 17 into
action against the tooth of its tilting lever 14, and inserts both the rows of
racking forks 4 and 8 amongst the warp threads, so as to take hold of every
alternate thread of those back and front guides a, b, which are bended out-
wards; at the same time the blade of the back locker bar is turned down
inwards, in order to release the carriages, excepting those particular carriages
which are to be detained in the back combs by the holders s; also the driving
bars II, L, begin to swing forwards, whereby the front division of carriages A
is brought through forwards between the warp threads; as they come forwards
the front points penetrate the front bobbin threads, and are then shogged one
space to the right by action of the shogging wheel 44, and then penetrate the
back bobbin thread, and are then racked one space to the left; and then the
blade of the front locker N turning up draws the front division of carriages A
into the front combs, and the blade of the back locker turning up at the same
time locks the back division, (and also those carriages of the front division A
which are recently incorporated into the back division, being in the same
spaces as those carriages which are left behind in the notches in the back
driving bar L,) into the back combs, and the front points get quite up, and then
No. 1 of the racking wheels is racked, which racks the front combs one space
to the right with the front division of carriages A in them, excepting those
carriages of the front division which were left behind in the back combs in the
same spaces with those carriages which were left in the notches of the back
driving bar L, and also racks the front guides a one space to the right, and
racks the back racking forks 8, with the particular warp threads which are in
them, and which may be called spotting threads, on space to the left; and at

page_text: the same time of racking No. 1, the holders s are depressed, so as to remove
them from contact with the teeth of the carriages. Then the back division of
carriages begin to be brought through forwards between the warp threads,
the back points draw out, and as they are withdrawn, the front points which
were up and in the threads at the lowest of the two levels at which the points
rest go up a little higher to get to the highest of the two levels, and also the
front points are racked half a space to the left as the carriages come forwards;
the back points, which are only lowered just enough to go in again under the
front ones, are inserted beneath the front points, and are raised up under the
same to the lowest of the said two levels by the time that the back division of
carriages gets locked in the front combs; then No. 2 is racked, which racks
the front combs, with both divisions of carriages in them, one space to the
left; but there are still some carriages left behind in the back combs, they
being received into the notches in the back driving bar, L, and also racks the
two rows of forks, back and front, 8 and 4, each one space to the right
with the particular warp threads in them which are to form spots, and also by
action of the notched wheel 55, one tooth of the eight-tooth ratchet wheel 52
is caught, ready for turning the same next time. The back division of
carriages is put through backwards, and No. 3 is racked, which racks the front
combs one space to the right with the front division of carriages A in them,
and racks the back guides 6 one space to the right, and also racks each of the
rows of the forks, back and front, 8 and 4, one space to the right, with the
threads in them. The front points draw out and begin to go down, and the
back points are raised up to the highest of the two levels as soon as the front
point are withdrawn. The front division of carriages A is put through back-
wards; as they go back the front points are shogged half a space to the right
by their wheel 44, in preparation for entering the warp threads; and when the
front division of carriages is locked in the back combs, No. 4 is racked, which
turns tooth 1 of the eight-toothed ratchet wheel 52, this racks the sliding bar =
on the back driving bar I to the left, thereby closing the notches in the back
driving bar L. The front points penetrate the warp threads, and then the
back main guides 6, and the back and front forks 8 and 4, each rack one space
to the left with the warp threads in them, their racking having been delayed a
little beyond the usual time for racking in order to facilitate the insertion of
the front points amongst the warp threads. The front points are then shogged
a quarter of a space to the left, and at the same time tooth 2 of the twenty-
toothed ratched wheel 41 is turned, which brings a prominence of the notched
wheel 38 into action on the tooth of its lever 48, and by intervention of the
horizontal axis 33, lever arm 37, and link 39, draws the upright lifter 84

page_text: under the end of the loaded lever 31 of the front measuring roller 1. Note.-
At No. 4 a plain circular portion or the rim of the wheel 19, for winding
up the lace roller, comes round to the beak of the lever h, and suspends the
action of winding up. The front division of carriages A is brought through
forwards; and as they come forwards the front points penetrate the front
bobbin threads, and are then shogged one quarter of a space more to
the left, and then they penetrate the back bobbin threads, and as they go
up a prominence of the camm 36, coming into action, raises the lifter 34,
and thereby raises the loaded lever 31 of the front warp roller 1, which
allows the cord to be pulled by the light weight 27, so as to slip round the
roller 1, and immediately afterwards the prominence of the camm 36 passing
away allows the loaded lever 81 to, descend just before the points get quite up,
and that turns the front roller 1 round a little, in order to give off its threads
for the formation of the row of spots now begun. When the front division of
carriages is locked in the front combs the front points get up, and then No. 5
is racked, which racks nothing. The back points draw out and go down just
under the front ones, and are reinserted so as to hold up the accumulated
warp threads, as well as the ordinary crosses, as at No. 1. The back division
of carriages is brought through forwards, and No. 6 is racked, which racks
the fork 4 and 8 each one space to the left, with the spotting threads in
them; also tooth 2 of the eight-toothed ratchet wheel is caught. The back
division of carriages is put through backwards, and No. 7 is. racked, which
racks the forks 4 and 8 cach two spaces to the right, with the threads in them.
The front points draw out and begin to go down, and the front division of
carriages is put through backwards, and No. 8 is racked, which nudges the
front guides a to the left for an instant, and racks the forks 4 and 8.each one
space to the left, with the threads in them; the front points. then penetrate.
the warp threads, and immediately afterwards the front-guides a return ono
gate to the right, having only boen-nudged to the left to facilitate the insertion
of the points.;-the-front points rack half a space to the right to penetrate the
front bobbin threads, and at the same time tooth 3 of the twenty-toothed
ratchet wheel 41 is turned as the carriage come forwards the front points
penetrate the front bobbin threads, and then rack a quarter of a space to the
left, and then penetrate the back bobbin threads, and rack another quarter of
a space to the left, and as they go up the rise on the camm 36, coming into
action on the lifter 34, turns the front measuring roller 1, as at No. 4. The
front division of carriages comes through forwards, and No. 9 racks, but does
nothing; the back points draw out and are reinserted as No. 5. The back
division of carriages comes through forwards, and No. 10 is racked, which
2

page_text: racks the forks, back and front, each one space to the left, with the threads in
them. The back division of carriages is put through backwards, and No. 11 is
racked, which racks the forks, back and front, each two spaces to the right,
with the threads in them. The front points draw out and begin to go down;
the front division of carriages is put through backwards, and as they go back
the front points rack half a space to the right, and when the front division of
carriages is locked in the back combs, No. 12 racks, which nudges the front
guides one space to the left for an instant, as at No. 8, and racks the forks,
back and front, each one space to the left, with the threads in them; the front
points then penetrate the warp threads, and the front guides afterwards return
one space to the right, as at No. 8. Tooth 4 of the twenty-toothed ratchet
wheel 41 is turned, and the front carriages are brought through forwards, and
the front points penetrate the front and back bobbin threads, and then rack half
a space to the left, and as they go up the front measuring roller 1 is turned, as
before at No. 8, when the front carriages get quite in the front combs No. 13
is racked, which racks nothing; the back points draw out, and are reinserted,
as at No. 9. The back division of carriages is brought through forwards, and
No. 14 is racked, which racks the forks, back and front, each one space to the
Icft, with the threads in them. The back division of carriages is put through
back wards, and No. 15 is racked, which racks the front forks 4 and back forks 8
each two spaces to the right, with the threads in them. The front points draw
out and go down, and the front division of carriages is put through backwards,
and No. 16 is racked, which nudges the front guides to the left for an instant,
and racks the forks, back and front, one space to the loft, with the threads in
them; the front points then penetrate the warp threads, and rack half a space
to the right, and then the front guides return one space to the right, and
tooth 5 of the twenty-toothed ratchet wheel 41 is turned. The front division
of carriages is brought through forwards, and the points penetrate the front
and back bobbin threads; and as they go up the front measuring roller is
turned a little, and the threads slackened as before; and then the points rack
half a space to the left, and go up; when the front division of carriages gets
quite in the front combs No. 17 is racked, which racks nothing; the back
points draw out and are reinserted, as before at No. 18. The back division of
carriages is brought through forwards, and No. 18 is racked, which racks the
forks, back and front, each one space to the left, with the threads in them.
The back division of carriages is put through backwards, and No. 19 is racked,
which racks the forks, back and front, each two spaces to the right, with the
threads in them. The front points draw out and go down, and the front divi-
sion of carriages is put through backwards, and No. 20 is racked, which
□°

page_text: nudges the front guides a to the left for an instant, and racks the forks, back
and front, each one space to the left, with the threads in them. The winding
tip motion of the lace roller is here resumed; the front points penetrate the
warp threads, and then the front guides return to the right, and the front
points rack half a space to the right, and then tooth 6 of the twenty-toothed
ratchet wheel 41 is turned, and as the carriages come forwards into the front
combs the front points penetrate the front and back bobbin threads, and as
they go up the front measuring roller 1 is turned a little, and the threads are
slackened as at No. 16; the points rack half a space to the left, and they get
up by the time the front division of carriages is locked in the front combs,
when No. 21 is racked, which racks the front guides a one space to the
left. The back points draw out, and are reinserted as before'; the back
division of carriages is brought through forwards, and No. 22 is racked,
which rack the front guides one space to the right, and the forks, back
and front, each one space to the left, with the threads in them. The
back division of carriages is put, through backwards, and 'No. 23 is racked,
which racks the back guides one space to the right, the front forks one
space to the right, with their threads in them, and the back forks two spaces
to the right, with their threads in them. The front points draw out and
go down, and the front division of carriages is put through backwards,
and No. 24 is racked, which racks the front guides one space to the left, the
back guides the same, and the forks, back and front, each one space to the left,
with the threads in them; the front points penetrate the warp threads, and
then rack half a space to the right, and tooth 7 of the twenty-toothed ratchet
wheel 41 is turned, which brings à fall on the edge of the notched wheel 17
into action on the tooth of its lever, and allows the withdrawing spring 7-to-
take the forks away outwards from the spotting threads;-then as the carriages
come forwards the front points penetrate the front and back bobbin threads,
and as the points go-up-the front measuring roller 1 is turned and the spotting
_threads slackened, as before at No. 20'; just before the points get up they are
racked half a space to the left, and when they get up they will here take up
for the sixth and last time in making this row of spots; when the front
division of carriages gets quite into the front combs No. 25 is racked, which
racks the front guides one space to the right. The back points draw out and
are reinserted as at No. 21. The back division of carriages is brought
through forwards, and No. 26 is racked, which racks the back guides one-space
to the right. The back division of carriages is put through backwards, and
No. 27 is racked, which racks the back guides. one space to the left. The
front point draw out and go down, and rack one space to the right, and the

page_text: front division of carriages goes backwards, and when they get quite into tho
back combs No. 28 is racked, which racks the front combs one space to the
left, but no carriages in them; the front points then penetrate the warp threads
and immediately afterwards the front guides rack one space to the left, their
racking having been delayed for facilitating the insertion of the front points
amongst the warp threads. Tooth 8 of the twenty-toothed ratchet wheel 41
is then turned, which brings a fall on the notched wheel 38 into action on
the tooth of its lever, and by intervention of its spindle bar 33, arm 37, and
link 39, pushes the top end of the lifter 34 backwards so far as to place it in
its middle position so that it will not act on the ends of either of the two
levers 31 or 32 of the giving-off rollers. The front carriages are brought
through forwards, and the front points rack half a space to the left before they
penetrate the front bobbin threads, and one space to the right before they
penetrate the back bobbin threads; the camm 36 raises the lifter 34, but it
does not act on either of the levers so as to turn the rollers 1 or 2; the front
points rack one space to the left, and then go up; when the front division of
carriages gets quite into the front combs No. 29 is racked, which racks the
front combs one space to the right, with the front division of carriages in them,
and racks the front guides one space to the right. The back points draw out
and then the front points which are in the threads are racked half a space to
the left, and the back points are reinserted as before. The back division of
carriages comes through forwards, and No. 30 is racked, which racks the front
combs one space to the left, with all the carriages in them. The back division
of carriages goes through backwards, and No. 31 is racked, which racks the
front combs one space to the right, with the front division of carriages in them,
and racks the back guides one space to the right. The front points draw out
and go down, and rack half a space to the right. The front division of
carriages goes through backwards, and No. 32 is racked; the front points.
penetrate the warp threads, and then the back guides rack one space to the
left, the racking having been delayed in order to facilitate the insertion of the
points amongst the warp threads; the front points then rack a quarter of a
space to the left; also, at No. 32, the front fork bar 9 racks two spaces to the
right, coming up to its dead stop, and its racking lever 23 moves rather more
than four spaces to allow of the insertion of its plug piece 21, which is about
to take place, and which plug piece is two spaces in thickness; the back
fork bar 10 racks one space to the right against its dead stop, and its racking
wheel 26 is cut out two more spaces besides, to allow of its filling plug piece 22,
which is also two spaces in thickness, being inserted; there are no threads
in the forks at the time.
Tooth 9 of the twenty-toothed ratchet wheel 41 is

page_text: turned, which brings a rise on the notched wheel 18 into action on the tooth
of its elbow lever, and thereby inserts both filling plug pieces 21, 22; between
the ends of the bolts of the fork bars and the backs of their levers 23 and 24.
As the carriages come forwards the front points penetrate the front and back
bobbin threads, and then rack a quarter space more to the left; the camm 36
raises the lifter 34, but does not act on either of the rollers 1 or 2. The front
division of carriages gets quite into the front combs, No. 83 is racked, which
racks the front guides one space to the left; the back points draw out. The back
carriages are brought through forwards; as they come forwards the back points
enter, which they do as before; when the back division of carriages gets quite
into the front combs, No. 34 racks, which racks the front guides one space to
the right. The back division of carriages goes backwards, and No. 35 racks
the front guides one space to the right, and racks the front forks four spaces
to the left, and the back forks three.spaces to the left, in preparation for a
second row of spots at the left-hand side of the first row and lower down the
piece of net. The front points draw out and are lowered down, and the front
division of carriages is put through backwards, and No. 36 is racked, which
racks the front guides one space to the left, the back guides the same. The
front points: penetrate the warp threads, and then rack half a space to the
right. Tooth 10 of the twenty-toothed ratchet wheel 41 is then turned, and
the front division of carriages is brought through forwards into the front combs,
and as they do so the front points penetrate the front and back bobbin threads,
and then rack half a space to the left, and get up by the time the front carriages:
get quite into the front combs, when No. 37 is racked, which racks the front
guides one space to the right. The back points draw out and are reinserted
as before. The back carriages are brought through forwards, and No. 38 is
racked, which racks the back guides one space to the right. The back car-
riages are put through backwards, and No. 39 is racked, which racks the back
guides one space to the left. The front points are drawn out and go down, as
they do so they rack one space to the right. The front.division-of-carriages-is-
put through backwards, and No. 40 is racked, which racks. the front combs
one space to the left, and tooth No. 2 of the eight-toothed ratchet. wheel
52 is turned, which racks the holders two spaces to the left, and the
slides 45 one space. to the left, thereby forming openings in the blade of
the back driving bar L two spaces more to the left than the spaces were when
the spots were making before; also a rise, on the wheel 56, for raising the
holders, comes into action against the tooth of its elbow lever 57, and detains
those carriages which are required to perform their turn-again, in the same
manner as they would do to form a bullet hole. The racking wheels have

page_text: now been once round, and two complete meshes of net have been formed,
together with one row of spots, and at the next succeeding revolution exactly
the same racking motions will be given to the front combs and the front and
back guides, and also to the front and back forks. But note.-In conse-
quence of the insertion of the filling pieces 21, 22, they will lay hold of
different threads their next time of entering the warp threads from those
which they laid hold of before, for they will take those threads which stand
threaded through the guides which are bent outwards, and which threads stand
two spaces to the left of those formerly taken. The continuance of the operation
is as before, except as follows:-When the front points have made their inser-
tion amongst the warp threads. just after No. 40 is racked, tooth 11 of the
twenty-toothed ratchet wheel 41 is turned, which brings a prominence on the
notched wheel 17 into action against the tooth of its lever, and inserts the
forks 4 and 8 as before. When No. 2 of the racking wheels is racked,
tooth 3 of the eight-toothed ratchet wheel 52 is caught; aud when No. 4 of
the racking wheels is racked, the aforesaid tooth 3 of the ratchet wheel 52 is
turned; this racks the sliders 45 on the bar z one space to the right hand,
thereby closing the vacancies in the back driving bar L; and tooth 3 of the
ratchet wheel 52 also racks the holders s two spaces to the right, opposite
those places in the back driving bar L where vacancies were left at the first
time of making spots; also, just after the second racking of No. 4 of the
racking wheels, tooth 12 of the twenty-toothed ratched wheel 41 is turned,
which brings a fall on the notched wheel 38 into action on the tooth of its
lever, and thereby allows the spring to pull the upper end of the lifter 34
under the end of the lever 32 of the back measuring roller 2, ready for giving
off threads for the formation of the second row of spots at the times of taking
up by the front points. After the second racking of No. 8, tooth 13 of the
twenty-toothed ratchet wheel 41 is turned; after the second racking of
No. 12, tooth 14 is turned; after No. 16, tooth 15 is turned; after No. 20,
tooth 16 is turned; after No. 24, tooth 17 is turned, which brings a fall
on the edge of the wheel 17 into action on the tooth of its lever 14,
and allows the forks to be withdrawn clear of the warp threads, as at
tooth 7; after No. 28 is racked, tooth 18 of the ratchet wheel 41 is turned,
which brings a rise on the wheel 88 into action against the tooth of its lever 43,
and draws the upper end of the lifter 34 away from under the end of the
lever 32 of the back giving-off roller, and places it in its middle position, as at
tooth 8. When No. 32 of the racking wheels is racked, the front fork bar
racks four spaces to the right against.its dead stop, and the back fork bar racks
three spaces to the right against its dead stop, and then tooth.19 is turued, which

page_text: brings a fall of the notched wheel 18 into action on the tooth of its elbow
lever 20, and allows the springs to withdraw the filling pieces 21, 22, from
between the levers and the ends of the bolts of the fork bars 9 and 10
When No. 35 is racked, the front fork bar 9 is racked two spaces to the left
its lever 23 being racked four spaces to make up for the withdrawal of the
filling pieces 21; and the back fork bar 10 racks one space to the left, its
lever 24 being racked three spaces to the left to make up for the withdrawa
of its filling piece 22. After No. 36 is racked, tooth 20 of the twenty-toothed
ratchet wheel 41 is turned; when No. 40 is racked, tooth 4 of the eight-
toothed ratchet wheel 52 is turned, which racks the sliders 45 on the bar a
one space to the right, in order to open vacancies in the blade of the back
driving bar ready for performing turn-again, in the same manner as for bulle
holes, for the third row of spots, which will be in the same places, as regards
the width of the net, as the first row described; and also at No. 40, the
holders & are again brought into action on the teeth of the carriages as before
All the parts of the machine have now regained the positions they occupied at
the commencement of this description, and four rows of complete meshes of net
have been formed, together with two rows of spots, and the continuance of the
operation is only a repetition of the foregoing description. And note.-Though
the eight-toothed ratchet wheel 52 will have only gone half way round,
yet the other half is an exact repetition of the former half, and four teeth in
the ratchet wheel would be sufficient, but eight are put in for the convenience
of driving easier. And note. Although I have by way of example herein-
before described and represented that the peculiar racking motions which are
required to be given to the particular warp threads which aro to form the
spots are to be communicated to these threads by means of racking forks,
nevertheless the same effects may be produced by extra stump pins or benders,
or by guides (with eyes) fixed on extra guide bars, in place of racking forks.
Another further part of my said improvements in machinery for making
bobbin net lace relates to that kind of such machinery which is commonly
called single-tier Lever's machinery, the bobbin net lace made by such
machinery having diagonal traversing threads traversing obliquely from sel-
vedge to selvedge in the most usual and accustomed manner of working such
machinery; the improvement being for the purpose of producing ornamental
spots in the said bobbin net lace with traversing threads, by gathering up and
accumulating portions of particular pairs of adjacent warp threads, so as to
form successive wrappings thereof, in a double looped or figure-of-eight course,
around pairs of aljacent bobbin threads, which are, for the time being, the
corresponding bobbin threads to the said particular warp threads, and which

page_text: bobbin threads being in their progress of traversing diagonally with contrary
obliquities across the width of the piece of net from selvedge to selvedge
thereof. The two bobbin threads composing each of the aforesaid pairs of
adjacent bobbin threads proceed with contrary obliquities towards each other,
so as to approach together and become a pair of adjacent bobbin threads. at
each place in the net where a spot is to be produced, as aforesaid, by lapping
around them several successive figure-of-eight courses of wrappings of a pair
of adjacent warp threads which are belonging to the said place in the net, and
the said two bobbin threads would, in due course of making bobbin net lace
with traversing threads, intersect and pass across each other, so as to form a
crossing at the place where such spot is to be formed; but nevertheless the
said two bobbin threads are not allowed to cross each other at the place of the
spot, but instead thereof, each one on arriving at that place is caused to return
with a contrary obliquity of traversing direction to that which it had before it
arrived at the said place, which is the same disposition of those traversing
threads as would be given to them for making what are termed bullet holes,
and which bullet holes are very commonly arranged and distributed over..the
bobbin net lace made by Lever's machinery, according to what are termed
fancy bullet-holed patterns. The nature of the spots being very much the
same as those produced by the double-tier machinery herein-before last
described, it is not necessary to enter more fully into the explanation of their
texture, and the same is sufficiently explained in the enlarged representation
in Sheet XXV., and it is only requisite here to explain the manner whereby
the same results are attained by working single-tier Lever's machinery accord-
ing to this present part of my improvements as were attained by the double-
tier machinery herein-before last described. The Lever's machinery for this
present purpose is to be provided with the same apparatus as is commonly
used for what is called fancy bullet holing, which would be adapted to produce
a bullet hole in the net at every place where an ornamental spot is intended
to be produced by aid of this part of my present improvements. The said
bullet-holeing apparatus consists of what are commonly called turn-again
combs, when the same are used for the purpose of making breadths of bobbin
net lace with traversing threads in Lever's machinery; that is to say, a
notch is cut out in the combs opposite to every place in their row where a
bullet hole (or a spot) is intended to be formed in the width of the net, two
adjacent combs being wholly removed from each such notch, and two other
combs (one at each side) being cut away to stumps, or half combs, and in each
such vacancy a turn-again comb is applied, consisting of one complete comb
and two half combs (one at each side thereof), those half combs being upper

page_text: halves, adapted to pass over the stump combs aforesaid. The said turn-agai
combs are fixed in a row on a turn-again comb bar, which is moved, whe
required, by a racking wheel, so that by means of such turn-again combs an
particular bobbin carriages which in their course of traversing come into sucl
turn-again combs can; by action thereof, conjointly with that of extra pushers
be transferred from one division of carriages to the other division, so as to
perform. what is called turn-again; all which is well known to persons
conversant with bobbin net lace machinery, and requires no further description
and a Patent was granted to Mr. Sumner, in February 1831, for an arrange-
ment to turn-again combs to Lever's machinery for fancy bullet-boling
thereby, which is well adapted to be used in this part of my present improve
ments for making spots. The ordinary rows of back pushers have a vacancy
of one pusher cut out opposite to every place where there is a turn-again
comb in the row of back combs, and an extra pusher bar is applied over the
usual back pusher bar, with one extra pusher thereon for each vacancy in the
row of pushers, to fill up the same and complete their row when plain net is
making; but by moving the said extra pusher bar endways, the vacancies can
be opened, when required, for producing the required. turn-again of the
carriages during the making of the spots; also an extra pusher bar is
applied over the usual front pusher bar, with one extra pusher thereon at
every such place as aforesaid, which extra pushers can, by motion of their
extra pusher bar endways, be caused to fill up the space between two adjacent
front pushers. The said extra pusher bars are moved endways..by. means of
notched wheels applied on centre stud pins affixed to the landing bars, with
ratchet wheels to turn the same round by, action of drivers applied on stud
pins affixed to the comb bars, wherefore the said ratchet wheels and notched
wheels are turned by the motion of the landing bars, somewhat in the same
manner, as the catch bar.. wheels are turned. The turn-again combs in the
back comb bar are moved by a racking wheel fixed on the same axis as the
other extra racking wheels. All this being well known, and commonly used
-as-Sumner's-Patent-machinery, requires no further explanation than is
conveyed by the Drawings, Sheets XXV. to XXX: The additional machinery
which is applied according to this part of my present improvements to the
ordinary Lever's machine is brought into operation occasionally for forming
spots in the net, the ordinary process of making the net being suspended
whilst tho spots are forming, and is then resumed again after each transverso
row. of spots is finished. Sheets. XXV. to XXX. of the Drawings hereunto
annexed contain a representation of a Leyer's hand machine with this part of
my improvements applied thereto. The names of the principal parts are.
:

page_text: written upon the Drawings, and, together with the table of descriptive
references, explain most of the parts. There are but few alterations of the
ordinary Lever's machinery, and all the parts thereof operate nearly in their
usual manner for making the plain net, but with one additional, motion,
because the ordinary racking wheels at the right-hand end of the machine are
turned by a ratchet wheel of nine teeth instead of eight teeth, and in taking
up the meshes of the net, the points will operate in that manner which is
termed taking-up all the twist, and not in the more usual manner of taking-up
in Lever's machinery, which is called hugging the twist, the extra motion
being provided for enabling the points to take up all the twist. The
additional parts which are provided for forming spots according to this
part of my improvements are as follows:-Two extra guide bars 3 and 4,
Sheet XXV., are provided for guiding all those warp threads which are
to concur with bobbin threads in forming spots, and those warp threads
are supplied from the additional warp roller 12, all other warp threads
(which never operate for making spots) being conducted through the
the single row of main guides v, which are as usual in Lever's machinery,
excepting that two adjacent guides are cut out so as to leave a vacancy
of two guides at every place in the row of main guides where spots are
to be made in the width of the net, see Figure v, and extra guides aro
applied on the pair of extra guide bars 3 and 4, suitably for supplying
the said vacancies at all those places where spots are to be made in a row
across the width of the net. The place of one of the two adjacent guides
which are cut out of the main guides vat each vacancy is supplied by an extra
guide 1 on one of the extra bars 3 in front, and the place of the other vacant
guide is supplied by an extra guide 2 on the other extra bar 4. Whenever
plain net is making all the said extra guides stand correctly spaced into their
several vacancies in the row of main guides v, wherefore the main guides v,
together with all the extra guides I and 2, hold all the warp threads.in a con-
tinuous unbroken row, suitably for the passing and repassing of the bobbin
carriages between those warp threads in the usual manner of Lever's machines;
and so long as plain net is making all the three guide bars t, 3, and 4, are
racked with equal and simultaneous motions as if they were one bar; but when
spots are making the main guide bar t is never racked, but it stands motionless;
and at the time of so making spots the pair of extra guide bars -3, 4, are racked
with suitable motions for causing those pairs of adjacent warp threads
which are guided by their guides 1 and 2 to concur with their corresponding
bobbin threads in forming spots. The main guide bar tis applied on the upper
edge of a fixed tye bar, and the extra guide bars 3 and 4 are applied against

page_text: the upright front face of the said tye bar, which supports them all three. Tho
main guide bar t is racked by its guide bar racking wheel j, with nine steps, as
shewn in Sheet XXV., fixed on the usual upright axis V of the racking wheels
at the right-hand end of the machine, which while plain net is making are
turned round by means of a nine-toothed ratchet wheel, and a chopper lever S
with a driver Y acting in the usual manner to move it one of those teeth at
every time that the landing bars are fully extended, and that the bobbin
carriages are swung out to the full extent of their vibration each way; but
when the making of plain net is discontinued for the purpose of making a row
of spots the chopper lever S is detained from retreating and catching the teeth
of the nine-toothed ratchet wheel by its driver Y, wherefore the chopper will
not be moved as usual, but the axis V will stand motionless, together with all
the racking wheels upon it, until the row of spots is finished, and the making
of plain net is to be resumed; the chopper lever S will then be allowed to
retreat, in order that the driver Y may resunic its usual action on the teeth of
the nine-toothed ratchet wheel. The front comb bar a, as well as the main
guide bar t, being racked by racking wheels on the axis V, will both be left
without racking motions whilst spots are forming, and so will the turn-again
comb bar I, as well as the selvedge guide bars, if such bars are used, in order
to enable the machinery to make its bobbin net lace in breadths. The two extra
guide bars 3 and 4 are racked by means of two large additional racking wheels
7 and 8, fixed on an upright axis 9, which is mounted in suitable bearings at
the left-hand end of the machine, with a ratchet wheel 10, of forty-four teeth,
on the same axis 9, to be turned a tooth at a tine by a driver 23, jointed to
one arm of an elbow lever 24, which plays on an upright fixed centro pin; and
the other arm is moved by a projecting piece w, fixed on one of the goose neck
links, so as to turn the forty-four toothed ratchet wheel 10 one tooth every
time that the landing bars are fully extended, and that the bobbin carriages are
swung out to the full extent of their vibration either way; the motion so given
to the large additional racking wheels on the axis 9 being simultaneous with
those given to the ordinary racking wheels on the axis V (whilst plain net is
making, by the driver Y of their chopper lever S, excepting that the said large
racking wheels are always kept in motion, as well when spots are making as
when plain net is making; and during the most part of the latter periods, the
large racking wheels 7 and 8 give to both the extra guide bars 3 and 4 the
same racking motions as the ordinary guide bar wheel on the axis V is at the
same time giving to the main guide bar t, in order that all the three guide bars
t, 3, and 4 may be moved simultaneously like one bar during the greater part
of the making of plain net; but during the making of spots, when the axis V,

page_text: and consequently the main guide bar t, is left standing motionless, the large
racking wheels 7 and 8 on the axis 9 will give to the pair of extra guide bars
3 and 4 such racking motions as they require to have for making spots. The
driver Y of the chopper S is thus taken out of action when spots are to be
made by help of a notched wheel 48, which is fixed upon a long-horizontal
axis 42, which extends behind all the length of the machine, being supported
in bearings which project out backwards from the fixed framing. The axis 42
is turned round by means a large ratchet wheel 39, of fifty-six teeth, which are
actuated one at a time by a driver 49, jointed to a short arm 50 of the back
axis T of the usual drawing tackle levers. The driver 49 turns the fifty-six
toothed ratchet wheel 89, when the landing bars are extending from the warp
threads, the motions being given nearly coincidently with those which are
given to the other ratchet wheels of the upright axis V and of the upright
axis 9, which latter wheel has forty-four teeth; but the back axis 42 requires
to be turned once round in the same time that the axis 9 is turned once
round, wherefore two other long drivers 43 and 44 are provided for acting in
the teeth of the fifty-six toothed ratchet wheel 39; one of them 48 is jointed
to a short arm 45, projecting out backwards from the upper spindle bar F for
the front point bar, and the other long driver 44 is jointed to a like arm 47 of
the lower spindle bar G for the back point bar. Whenever either of the point
bars is put down, the long driver 43 or 44, which belongs to it, takes a tooth
of the ratchet wheel 39; and when the same point bar goes up again, in
order to take up the threads, the driver 43 or 44 belonging to that bar
will turn the ratchet wheel 39 one tooth, so that the said wheel is
moved one tooth at every time that the landing bars are extended, and
also one other tooth at every time that the point bars
go up; and
having fifty-six teeth, it is turned quite round by the time that the ratchet
wheel 10, of forty-four teeth, is also turned once round (tooth by tooth),
that is, at every time that the landing bars are extended, because twelve
out of the fifty-six teeth are turned (tooth by tooth) at the taking-up
motions of the point bars, the other forty-four teeth being turned at the
extending of the landing bars simultaneously with the turning of the wheel 10.
Note. The nine-toothed ratchet wheel on the upright axis V is turned round
three times for making three rows of complete meshes of plain net, which (in
the particular machine now describing) is the extent of not intervening between
the succeeding rows of spots, and then, by the before-mentioned detention of
its chopper lever S, the nine-toothed ratchet wheel is left motionless whilst a
row of spots is making, during which operation the landing bars are extended
seventeen times, and the two large ratchet wheels 10 and 39 are each turned

page_text: that number of teeth. The point bars are actuated for taking-up four times
whilst the row of spots is making, wherefore the ratchet wheel 39, on the back
axis 42, is turned round four teeth besides the aforesaid seventeen, making twenty-
one teeth whilst a row of spots is made, and whilst the nine-toothed. ratchet
wheel is standing still, and whilst the large ratchet wheel 10 is turned round
seventeen teeth; then, whilst the three rows of intervening meshes of plain
net are making, the landing bars are extended twenty-seven times, moving the
ratchet wheels 10 and 39.that number of teeth; also the point bars taking up
eight times in the same period, moves eight teeth more, or, in all, thirty-five
teeth moved at each time of making plain net, which, added to the aforesaid
twenty-one teeth which are moved whilst a row of spots are making, comprises
the fifty-six teeth of the wheel 39, which therefore goes once round whilst
one row of spots and three rows of intervening meshes of plain net are made;
and in the same time the ratchet wheel 10, of forty-four teeth, also goes once
round. The chopper lever 'S is detained whilst a row of spots are making by
a lever 25, which is poised on a fixed centre pin projecting out from the wood
frame; its upper end applies to catch the lower end of the chopper lever S, and
the lower end of the lever 25 applies to the circumference of a notched wheel
48, fixed on the extreme end of the back axis 42. Whenever a row of spots
is to be made, the wheel 48 presents a prominence to the lever 25, and places
its upper end so that it will intercept the lower end of the chopper lever S,
when the same is brought forwards, by the front landing bar acting behind its
thumb piece, the chopper lever is thereby withheld from retreating by action
of its usual spring, and its driver Y cannot take hold of any more teeth of the
nine-toothed ratchet wheel during all the time of making spots; but when that
is over, the wheel 48 presents a notcb, and allows the lever 25 to be removed
by a reacting spring out of the way of the chopper lever S, leaving the same
at liberty to act on the nine-toothed ratchet wheel as usual, and move it one
tooth every time that the landing bars are extended. The point bars; back
and front, operate alternately by turns-in-the-usual-manner of Lever's
machinery, for taking up the crosses and twists to form meshes of net;
excepting that they do not operate by the mode which is termed hugging
the twist; but each point bar, when it operates, takes up all the twist which
has been then made; and when the points operate by turns for catching and
gathering up the slackened warp threads, in order to form spots, the back
point bar must be moved endways half a single-tier space (of one-twentieth of
an inch for a single-tier gage machine), so as to place its points exactly:
beneath or above those of the front point bar, and they must be retained in
such manner all the time whilst spots are making. For this purpose a small-

page_text: ratchet wheel 15 (see Sheets XXVI., and XXIX.), of six teeth, is fixed on a
short horizontal axis, with a notched wheel 16 by the side of it, and that axis
is mounted in a small supporting frame 14, affixed to the spindle bar G, for the
back point bar, and projecting out backwards from that spindle bar. 17 is a
driver, which applies to the teeth of the six-toothed ratchet wheel 15, it is
mounted upon a fixed centre pin, borne by the top bar W. When the back
point bar is put down, by pressing on the left treadle, in preparation for taking
up, the ratchet wheel 15 is carried upwards towards its driver 17, which,
catching one of its six teeth, turns it round, together with the notched
wheel 16. The notched wheel 16 applies its circumference to the beak of a
short pendulous lever 18, and by intervention thereof the prominences of the
wheel 16 act on one arm of an elbow lever 19, which is mounted on an
upright centre pin fixed to the spindle bar G, and the other arm of the elbow
lever 19 is connected with a strong spring 21, which, when notches of the
wheel 16 come round, pulls the said arm of the lever 19 against a gage screw
26, on the top joint bar d of the back point bar, so as to pull that bar towards
the left hand as far as the stop screw 53 of the left-hand top joint will permit,
in which case the back points will become interspaced to the front points in
their proper and usual manner for taking-up in making plain net; but when
the wheel 16 presents its prominences to the beak of the lever 18, then the
elbow lever 19 is removed, in spite of its strong spring 21, from all action on
the back points, in which case a slighter spring 22 will bear the back points
to the right as far as the stop screw 54 of the right-hand top joint will permit,
in which situation the pointed pins of the back points will be brought imme-
diately beneath the pointed pins of the front points. The points of one row
being exactly above or beneath those of the other during the making of spots,
they cannot rise up one into the other to stop at one common level for both
rows, as is the most usual mode of taking-up in Lever's machines; but one
row of points must always be stopped a little above the other row in two
levels, to each of which levels each row must be raised up in its turn, the
points which took up last always stopping at the lowest of the two levels until
the other row which occupies (for the time) the highest level is withdrawn,
and soon after they quit the net the other row of points rises from the lowest
to the highest level. This is a common mode of stopping the ascent of the
point bars in other bobbin net machines, and may be done by applying a
horizontal sliding bolt 30 in a socket fixed across the back standard D, in
such a position that either of its ends being protruded out of the socket, will
come in the way of picces 29, fixed to each of the tail pole levers r or s, in
order to form a temporary stop to the descent of those levers when the

page_text: points to which they belong have been raised up to the lowest of the two
levels, first one point bar and then the other being stopped in that manner,
first by one end and then by the other end of the bolt 30, which is moved
endways for that purpose, so as to protrude one or other of its ends out of its
socket by the lower end of a lever 35, which is poised on a horizontal centre
pin fixed into the back standard D, and the upper end of the lever 35 divides
into two branches, which are acted upon in turn by pieces 36, fixed to each
of the tail pole levers. When the tail poler or s of either row of points is
lifted up by pressure of the foot on its treadle, the piece 36 of that tail pole
acting laterally against its branch of the lever 35, moves the bolt 30 endways,
so as to withdraw its end away from the other tail pole lever beneath the
piece 29 thereof which was resting on the said end of the bolt 30, and
thereby stopping its row of points at the lowest of the two levels; but the
instant that the said end of the bolt 30 is retracted within its socket it lets
the tail pole lever down until the same is stopped by its stop screw a, which
will detain its points at the highest of the two levels, and the same endway
motion of the bolt-30 which withdraws it from stopping one tail-pole lever
protrudes its other end out of the socket, in readiness. for stopping the other
tail pole lever for that row of points which is in the act of taking-up when
the said 'row bas ascended to the lowest of the two levels. The points being
applied in this manner, they will require to be withdrawn with a horizontal
motion from the meshes of the net without descending at all in withdrawing;
the mode of doing this in the most improved kind of Lever's machine is by
upright lifting links P, Q; (Sheets XXVI. and XXVIII.), at the back of the
machine, which are jointed at their lowest ends to the hinder ends of treadlo
levers e, e, which are both poised on one fixed centre pin, and their foremost
ends are connected by links to the two treadles. The upper ends of the
lifting links P, Q, are connected with the tail pole levers r, s, by joint pins
fixed into those levers, and passing through oblique slots in the upper ends
of the lifting links P, Q. When either of the treadles is pressed.down-the-
corresponding link P or Q is lifted by connection of the treadle lever e, but no
motion will be communicated to the tail pole lever to which it belongs until
the link P or Q has risen upwards the full length of the slot in its upper end,
and after that it will act on the joint pin of the tail pole lever to lift the same,
and thereby put down the point bar. It is during the said first lifting of the
link P or Q, whilst no motion is communicated to the tail, pole lever, that
tlie points are withdrawn, the same being performed by means of catches n'n,
which are applied on centre pins fixed into each lifting link P and Q, in a
suitable manner for intercepting the hinder ends of two levers and L, which

page_text: are mounted on centre pins fixed to the back standard D, and are connected
with the point bars, in order to withdraw the points from the meshes of the
net. The lever k, which is for withdrawing the front points, is a straight
lever, the foremost end being connected by an upright link E with the back-
most end of a long lever arm 1, which projects out from the top joint bar d of
the links, by which the front point bar is suspended, and the arm 1 reaches
over the spindle bars F, G. The lever L, for withdrawing the back point bar,
is an elbow lever, and the lower end of its upright arm is connected by a
horizontal link w with the middle of the back point bar whenever either of the
tail pole levers rors descends to rest on its ordinary stop screw x, and has
thereby raised the points to which it belongs to the highest of the two levels
before mentioned; then the catch n will catch beneath the back end of the
corresponding lever k or L, and when in that situation, the treadle being
pressed to raise the lifting link P or Q, its catch n will lift up the end of the
lever k or L, so as withdraw the points completely before the tail pole
lever r or s begins to be moved upwards; and in consequence of the oblique
direction of the slots at the upper end of the link P or Q, the same, together
with its catch n, will retreat so far backwards in rising as to cause the
end of the catch n to escape or slip backwards from beneath the hinder end
of the lever k or L the time that the points are quite withdrawn, and
before the tail pole lever r or s begins to be lifted. The ordinary caster
backs for the point bars, which are nearly as usual in Lever machinery, act
to keep the points from returning into the net after they have been with-
drawn by the aforesaid action, and also to keep them withdrawn all the time
they are descending, and until they get quite down rather lower than usual
in Lever's machinery, and then the caster backs allow the points to drop in,
and make their insertion amongst the threads, leaving them so inserted all
the time they are rising up for taking up the meshes of the net or for
gathering up warp threads to form spots. And note. At the conclusion of
the operation of making a row of spots, when the making of plain net is to
be resumed, the carriages are to be divided into two divisions by operating
with the front points in the mode usually practised, but in doing so those
points produce no effect upon the threads when they go down and up again
in the operation of dividing the carriages at that particular time of dividing.
In the ordinary course of working Lever's machinery the dividing of the
carriages into two divisions is performed by the same action of the treadles
which causes the points to take up, so that the action of dividing is in-
seperably connected with that of taking-up; but when spots are making the
points must perform their taking-up without dividing the carriages, although
L

page_text: when the making of plain net is resumed they must divide the carriages in
taking-up as usual. This is effected by disjointing and rejointing the two
pendulous links M, N, which descend as usual from the two tail pole levers r
and s to joint pins at the ends of the lever arms K of the axis Z of the
dividing lever 0; and when either of the point bars is brought into action, the
link M or N, belonging to that point bar, pulls up the lever K in descending,
and by the long arm O lifts the tail y of the back pusher bar m, in order to
bring forwards the back pushers, and effect the dividing of the carriages;
but when spots are making the lower ends of the two links M and N are
brought forwards so much as to disjoint them from their joint pins at the ends
of the levers K; this is done by means of a forked lever 59, which is mounted
on a fixed centre pin at its lower end, and the upper end turns backwards with
two branches, which receive the two pendulous links M and N in a notch at the
extremity of each branch, so that the forked lever 59 will guide and command
the links M, N, as to their jointing to or disjointing from their lever arms K,
the ends whereof are open notches, into which the links M, N, are inserted,
with a joint pin across each notch; and the links M, N, have hooked
prominences adapted to catch those joint pins when the links are put back by
the action of the forked lever 59, in which case the dividing of the carriages
will result from the taking-up action of the points suitably for making plain
net as usual in Lever's machines; but when, by aid of the forked lever 59, the
links M, N, are brought forwards, they will quit and miss the joint pins of the
levers K, so as to become disjointed therefrom in preparation for making spots,
and the taking-up motions of the points will not effect any dividing of the
carriages. The forked lever 59 has a long lever arm 58 affixed to it, and
projecting backwards, with a tooth at the end to apply upon the circumference
of a notched wheel 57 on the back axis 42, which wheel, when it presents a
prominence to the tooth of the lover 58, moves the forked lever 59 forwards, so
as to disjoint tho links M, N, from the lever arms K; or when the wheel 57
presents a notch, it allows the link-to-be-jointed again. The back catch bar is
-connected with the spindle bars F, G, of the two point bars, as usual in Lever's
machines, by an upright link p, connected with one end of the lever x, which
is poised by its middle on a fixed centre pin, and the other end is connected
by two links with short arms projecting out forwards from each of the spindle
bars F, G, wherefore, when either of the point bars-is put down for taking-up,
the back catch bar will be lifted up out of the back notches of the carriages;
in order that the division may take place by action of the back pushers; and as
the same points go up again they let down the back catch bar into the notches
of the back division of divided carriages; this, which is the usual action, is

page_text: performed as usual. The back or dividing stop U, as usual, is poised by its
middle on a fixed centre pin, and the tail end applies with a tooth to a notched
wheel 56 on the back axis 42, which is substituted for the usual back ratchet
wheel and notched wheel, in order to let the stop U act to intercept the prong =
of the back landing bar, and detain the same, when the bars, after being closed,
are extended just so much as is suitable for the edges of the catch bars to take
into the notches of the divided carriages; and then, as the points go up after
the division is effected, the back axis 42 and wheel 56, being turned one tooth
of the fifty-six toothed ratchet wheel 39, by action of one or other of the
drivers 43 or 44, disengages the back dividing stop U from the prong =, in
order to leave the landing bars at liberty to be extended, wherefore the
wheel 56 actuates the stop U in the same manner as is done in the ordinary
working of Lever's machines. And whilst spots are making the two catch
bars, back and front, require to be lifted and let fall in uninterrupted alternate
succession, in order to pass and repass the carriages through between the warp
threads alternately backwards and forwards with an uninterrupted swing or
vibration, without any cessation or interruption for dividing, as is the case when
plain net is making. For this purpose extra catch bar wheels are provided in
addition to the ordinary catch bar wheels, which latter are put out of action
when spots are making, and the additional ones are brought into action. The
said extra catch bar wheels are mounted in small frames, which are fastened
on the landing bars in the same manner as the ordinary catch bar wheels with
their ratchet wheels are mounted, except that the extra catch bar wheels are
applied at the opposite end of each bar to that end where the ordinary
catch bar wheels are applied. The ratchet wheels of the said extra catch bar
wheels are turned round (whilst spots are making) by extra drivers of their
own, similar to the ordinary drivers for the ratchet wheels of the ordinary
catch bar wheels. When a row of spots is to be begun, the said ordinary
drivers are lifted and held up out of action on their respective ratchet wheels,
and the extra drivers are let down into action on the teeth of their respective
ratchet wheels; these changes are effected by two notched wheels 66 and 68,
fixed on the back axis 42, and two other wheels 67 and 70, fixed on the upright
axis 9. The notched wheel 66 acts by medium of an elbow lever 72 upon the
ordinary driver f of the ordinary front catch bar wheel to lift up the same and
keep it off its ratchet wheel whenever the wheel 66 presents a prominence, and
vice versa. The wheel 70 on the axis 9 acts by a lever 76 to let down the
extra driver 74 for the ratchet wheel of the front extra catch bar wheel, which
latter is fixed upon the left-hand end of the front landing bar. A notch of the
wheel 70 lets down the driver 74 into action, and a prominence of the wheel

page_text: 70 lifts up the driver 74, therefore the notched wheel 66, with its lever 72,
acting on the ordinary driver f, and the notched wheel 70 and its lever 76
acting on the extra driver 74, effect between them the requisite change for the
front catch bar; and for the back catch bar, the notched wheel 67 on the
upright axis 9 acts by a lever 77 to lift up the ordinary driver H of the
ordinary back catch bar wheel, so as to take it out of action and keep it so ;
and the notched wheel 68 on the back axis 42 acts by an elbow lever 78 to
let down the extra driver claw 75 of the extra back catch bar wheel (the
frame for which wheel is fixed upon the right-hand end of the back landing
bar), and to lift up that extra driver out of action when required. The
ordinary catch bar wheels are formed just as usual in Lover's machines,
except having nine teeth instead of eight teeth (see Sheet XXV.), but the
extra catch bar wheels, which are brought into use by the means above
described when spots are making, are adapted to lift up and let down the catch
bars with uninterrupted alternate motion, in order to pass and repass the
carriages between the warp threads during the making of spots without dividing
the carriages into two divisions until the spots are finished. During the opera-
tion of inaking a row of spots the winding-up motion of the lace roller must be
discontinued, which is done by a notched wheel 38 on the back axis 42
operating on the lower end of a long lever 55, which is poised by its middle
on a fixed centre pin, and the upper end applies to the two ordinary clawkers
g, h, which are joined to short arms of the spindle bars F and G, so as to
hold them off, when required, from acting on the winding-up ratchet wheel
of the lace roller. When the wheel 38 presents a prominenco to its lever
35, the two clawkers g, h, will be permitted to act as usual for winding up
the lace whilst plain net is making,.but when it presents a notch they will
be held off by effort of a reacting spring, so as to cease taking-up whilst
spots are making. Note.-They are so held off in order to discontinue
winding-up a little before the making of plain net is finished, and they are
brought again into action for resuming-winding-up, in order to take up any
slackness of the threads, a little before the making of plain net is resumed.
And in order that the threads which are supplied from the thread roller 12
may be given off, when required for the formation of spots, the threads from
that roller, before going up to the eyes of the guides 1 and 2, are passed
around a giving-off roller 11, each thread making a complete turn around
the roller 11, which may be covered with woollen cloth, to cause adhesion
of the threads, and therefore the said roller 11-being turned round a little
will pull off warp thread from the roller 19, and yield the same to the guides
1, 2, when they require the same to be taken up by the taking-up points.

page_text: The roller 11 is turned round, when required, by means of a cord 28, which
is tied to the extremity of the horizontal lever 20, which said cord goes up
and makes one or two turns around a groove at the right-hand end of the
measuring roller 11; and a weight 27 is tied to the other end of the cord
28, in that direction which will pull the warp threads tight. During the
making of the spots, when either of the poult bars, back or front, is put down
for the act of taking-up, one of the short arms 31 of the spindle bars F or G
lifts its corresponding gage screw on the upright lifter 32, and by means of
the hooked end of the lifter 32 pulls up the back most end of the lever 20,
so as to lift up the weight 27, and turns the measuring roller 11; and as the
points go up again the back end of the lever 20 falls, and the weight 27
causes the cord to slip over the roller 11, but without turning the same;
nevertheless, the said threads are always capable of being pulled off from
their rollers 11, 12, in common with the other guide threads for making plain
net, and with an equality of tension to that which is endured by those threads.
The thread roller 11 is provided with a weight 52 and friction cord to retard
it, in the usual manner of extra thread rollers. And note.-The weight
belonging to the measuring roller 11 also tends to retard the threads from
being pulled off the thread roller 12, when they are to be worked in cominon
with the other guide threads, which are supplied by the main warp roller
for making the plain net, for then the measuring rollers are not turned in
manner aforesaid, which is only done when spots are in progress of formation,
wherefore the weight 52 of the thread roller 12, and the weight 13 of the
measuring roller 11, must be regulated so that the two weights together
will occasion the same tension of the spotting threads in pulling-off as is
occasioned on the other guide threads by the weighting of the main warp
roller from which they are supplied. But note.-When the rows of spots
are completed, and the making of plain net is to be resumed, a rise on the
notched wheel 37 comes into action on the tooth of the upright lever 51,
and by intervention of its link pushes the hooked end of the lifter 32 away
forwards from the pin 41 in the lever 20, and then the lifter rises as the
points, back or front, take up, but the lever 20 remains motionless, and the
threads are pulled from off the thread roller, in the ordinary manner of extra
thread rollers, as if the weights were hung on them in the usual manner.
Tables of descriptive references to Sheets XXV. to XXX. of the Drawings
hereunto annexed, representing a single-tier Lever's hand machine adapted
for making ordinary bobbin net lace with traversing threads from selvedge
to selvedge, either in narrow breadths or in wide pieces, in the usual manner
of Lever's machinery, and with additional machinery applied, according to

page_text: part of the present improvements, for producing ornamented spots in such
lace, by accumulating particular pairs of adjacent warp threads in figure-of-
eight wrappings around their corresponding pairs of adjacent bobbin threads,
which latter threads omit to make their accustomed crossings at the places
where spots are to be made upon them, in order that the usual tension
of those bobbin threads in their diagonal directions may be reversed, in
consequence of each one making a turn-again or return with contrary
obliquity of diagonal direction to that which it had before arriving at the
place of each spot, wherefore there will be a turn-again at each side of
each spot, and the tendency thereof will be to keep the spot extended to
its full dimensions. (A), front landing bar, suspended by main joint arms
at each end from the main centre pin; (B), back landing bar, suspended
by main joint arms at each end from the main centre pin; (C), front point
bar with leads of points upon it, having ten points per inch for a ten-point
gage machine; (D), upright back standard, erected on the back tye bar;
(E), upright link for withdrawing front points, it is jointed to the lever arm
1, which reaches over backwards from the top joint bar d, and is also jointed
to the back lever E; (F), horizontal spindle bar, from the crank bar arms
of which the front point bar is suspended; (G), horizontal spindle bar, from
the crank bar arms of which the back point bar is suspended; (F), driver
for turning the nine-tooth ratchet wheel of tho back catch bar wheel; (I),
turn-again comb bar, applied behind the back comb bar, and with its turn-
again combs disposed in vacancies in the, row of the back combs; (K), lever
arm of the horizontal axis Z, to be caught by the pendulous links M or N;
(L), elbow lever, poised on a centre pin fixed into the back standard D,
it is for withdrawing the back points by the link w, which extends from
that lever to the back point bar; (M), pendulous link, descending from the
tail pole lever r of the front point bar to the lever arm K; (N), pendulous
link, descending from the tail pole levers of the back point bar to the lever
arm K; (0), long lever arm on the horizontal axis Z of the dividing tackle,
to act on the tail y of the back_pusher-bar-m-;-(P), upright lifting link at
the back, to put down the front points, it extends up from the backmost end
of the treadle levere to that of the tail pole lever r; (Q), upright lifting
link at the back, to put down back points, it extends up from the backmost
ends of the treadle lever e to that of the tail pole levers; (R), front pusher
bar, and m, back pusher bar; (S), chopper lever for moving the driver y of
the ratchet wheel of the ordinary racking wheels on the upright axis V, at the
right-hand end of the machine, with its thumb-piece for disengaging it, when
required; (T), long horizontal back axis of the drawing tackle levers; (U),

page_text: back or dividing stop for detaining the landing bars (after they have been
closed), at a suitable distance for dividing the carriages, until the stop is
released in the act of taking-up with either points; (V), upright axis of the
ordinary racking wheels at the right-hand end of the machine, it is turned
round by the driver y acting on a ratchet wheel of nino teeth fixed on the
upper end of the axis V; (W), top bar of the fixed framing; (X), lever for lifting
up the back catch bar when either of the point bars is put down; (Y), driver
of the chopper lever S, for turning the nine-toothed ratchet wheel on the axis V
one tooth at every time that the landing bars are fully extended, and the car-
riages drawn quite through and clear of the warp threads; (Z), horizontal axis
of the dividing levers K and O. (a), front comb bar, suspended by its main joint
arms at each end of it from the main centre pin; (b), back comb bar, suspended
by its main joint arms at each end of it from the main centre pin; (c), back
point bar with leads of points upon it, containing ten points per inch in their
row for a ten-point gage machine; (d), top joint bar, from which the front point
bar is suspended; (e), treadle levers, which are poised on a fixed centre pin at
the back of the machine, their foremost ends being connected by links with the
treadles, and their backmost ends being connected by the upright lifting links P
and Q, with the back ends of the tail pole levers r and s; (f), driver for turn-
ing the nine-toothed ratchet wheel of the front catch bar wheel; (g), clawker
for turning the ratchet wheel for winding up the lace roller every time that
the front point bar goes up; (h), clawker for turning the ratchet wheel for
winding up the lace roller every time that the back point bar goes up, (i),
racking wheel on the upright axis V, for racking the front comb bar a;
(1), racking wheel on the upright axis V, for racking the main guide bar t;
(k), straight back lever poised on a centre pin fixed to the back standard D,
it is for drawing out the front points by the upright link E, and lever arm 7;
(1), lever arm, fixed to the top joint bar d, and reacting over to the link E, for
withdrawing the front points; (m), back pusher bar, with a tail y reaching
out backwards from it to be lifted up by the long lever arm o, so as to bring
the back pushers into action when either of the point bars is put down;
(n), catches applied to the upright lifting links P, Q, for withdrawing the points
by the first commencement of the motion which is given to the treadles for
actuating the point bars; (p), upright link descending from the lever X, for
lifting back catch bar when either of the point bars is put down; (r), tail
pole lever projecting out backwards from the spindle bar F, for actuating the
front point bar; (s), tail pole lever projecting out backwards from the spindle
bar G, for actuating the back point bar; (t), main guide bar with the leads of
main guides (v), fixed upon it; v, main guides, twenty per inch in their row,

page_text: with two adjacent guides left out at every place in the width of the net where
a spot is to be made; (w), projecting piece fixed on the goose neck link at
the left-hand end, in order to actuate lever 24, for turning the ratchet wheol
of the additional racking wheels at the left-hand end of the machine; (x),
stop screw on the back standard D, for stopping the descent of the tail pole r
of the front point bar when the front points have been raised up by their back
balance weight to their highest level in the meshes of the net; (y), tail of
back pusher bar m, for receiving the action of the long lever arm O, and
bringing the back pushers into action when either of the point bars goes
down; (2), prong projecting down from the back landing bar, for occasionally
catching against the foremost end of the back or dividing stop U, so as to
detain the landing bars when they are closed, and prevent them from separating
further than is suitable for dividing the carriages into two divisions. (1), extra
guides in front of the row of main guides v, fixed on the bar 3, with ono
extra guide opposite to every place in the width of the net where a spot is to
be made therein at the same timo; (2), extra guides in front of the row of
main guides v, inside of the row of extra guides 1; with one extra guide for
each of the extra guides 1; (3), front extra guide bar for carrying one extra
guide 1 opposite to every vacancy in the row of main guides v; (4), front
extra guide bar for carrying one extra guide 2 opposite to every vacancy in
the row of main guides v; (7), large racking wheel on the upright axis 9, at
the right-hand end of the machine, for racking the extra guide bar 3, with
the extra guides 1; (8), racking wheel on the upright axis 9, for racking the
extra guide bar 4, with the extra guides 2; (9), upright axis of the racking
wheels at the left-hand end of the machine; (10), large ratchet wheel of
forty-four teeth on the upright axis 9; (11), measuring roller; (12), small
warp thread roller for supplying threads for the formation of spots; (13),
fixed weight at the left-hand end of the measuring roller; (14), supporting
frame, affixed to the spindle bar G of the back point bar for the axis of the
ratchet wheel 15; (15), ratchet wheel of six teeth, for racking the back.points;
(16), notched wheel-by-side-thereof; (17), driver for the ratchet wheel 15;
(18), pendulous lever applying to the edge of the notched wheel 16; (19),
elbow lover, actuated by the notched wheel 16; (20), horizontal lever to which
the end of the measuring roller is tied; (21), spring applied to the top joint
bar d, to urge the back points to left, this is a strong spring; (22); spring to
urge the back points to the right, this is a slighter spring than 21; (23),
driver to turn the ratchet wheel 10, of forty-four teeth, on the upright axis 9;
(24,) elbow lever of that driver acted upon by the piece w, aflixed to the
goose neck link; (25), lever to detain the chopper lever S, from acting

page_text: to turn the ordinary racking wheels when spots are making; (26), gage
screw of the top joint bar d, for the back point bar; (27), moveable
weight at one end of the cord 28 of the measuring ruller 11; (28), cord
for turning the measuring roller 11; (29), stopping pieces fixed on the tail
pole levers and s; (30), sliding stop bolt to stop the tail pole levers of the
point bars, by the pieces 29 alternately stopping the back points and the front
points; (31), arms of the spindle bars F and G; (32), upright lifter of the lever
20; (35), forked lever arms to move the bolt 30; (36), finger pieces fixed to the
tail pole lever r, s, to move the lever 35; (37), notched wheel on the back axis
42, for regulating the times of action of the lifter 32; (39), ratchet wheel of 56
teeth on the back axis 42; (38), wheel on the back axis 42, for disconnecting the
winding-up motion of the lace roller; (41), pin on the lever 20, for the hooked
lifter 32 to lay hold of when the points descend; (42), long horizontal back
axis, extending all the length of the machine behind the frame; (43), extra
driver from the arm 45 of the spindle bar F of the front points, to turn the
fifty-six toothed ratchet wheel 39 one tooth whenever the back point bar takes
up; (44), extra driver from the arm 47 of the spindle bar G of the back
points, to turn the fifty-six toothed ratchet wheel 89 one tooth whenever the
back point bar takes up; (45), short arm of the upper spindle bar F, for the
driver 48; (47), short arm of lower spindle bar G, for the driver 44; (48),
notched wheel on the back axis 42, for detaining the chopper lever S from
acting during the making of spots; (49), driver, jointed to the arm 50 of the
axis T of the drawing tackle levers; (50), arm of the back axis T of the
drawing tackle levers; (51), upright lever of the notched wheel 37; (52),
weight on the thread roller 12; (53), stop screw of the left-hand top joint of
the back point bar; (54), stop screw of the right-hand top joint of the back
point bar; (55), long lever for holding off the winding up clawkers 9 and h, it
is actuated by the notched wheel 38 on the back axis 42; (56), notched wheel
on the back axis 42, for actuating the back stop U; (57), notched wheel to
govern the forked lever 59 by its arm 58; (58), long lever arm of the lever
59 (59), forked lever, with branches for disengaging the pendulous links M
and N; (66), notched wheel on the axis 42, for disengaging the driver f of
the front catch bar wheel; (67), notched wheel on the axis 9, for disengaging
the driver of the ordinary back catch bar wheels; (68), notched wheel on the
axis 42, for disengaging the clawker of the back extra catch bar wheels; (70),
notched wheel on the upright axis 9, for disengaging the clawker of the front
extra catth bar wheels; (72), elbow lever, for lifting the ordinary driver f of
the front catch bar wheel; (78), elbow lever, for lifting the extra driver 75;
(74), extra claw driver, for the front extra catch bar wheel; (75), extra claw

page_text: driver, for the back extra catch bar wheel; (76), lever, for lifting the extra
driver 74; (77), lever, for lifting the back catch bar claw driver 74; (78), front
extra catch bar wheel. The construction of the machinery being understood,
the mode of working the same is as follows:-Supposing the machine has been
regularly at work for making a wide piece of spotted ornament net, the spots
being formed by accumulation of warp threads around bobbin threads
which do not form crossing at the place of the spots, and the stops being
arranged in straight rows along the pieces of net, and supposing it to be
stopped for examination, the positions of the several parts are as follows:-
The landing bars are nearly closed and the carriages are in the centre amongst
the warp. threads, and have just been divided by the taking up of the front
points, which releases the back stop of the landing bars, and the blades of the
catch bars are down in the notches of their respective divisions of carriages.
The drivers of the ordinary or plain net catch bar wheels are in action on their
ratchets, and the clawkers of the extra wheels of the two catch bars aro lifted
up cut of action on their ratchets, the clawker of the front extra catch bar
wheel being lifted by the notched wheel 70 on the upper end of the upright
axis at the left-hand end of..the machine, and the clawker of the back extra
catch bar wheels being lifted up by the notched wheel 68 on the back axis.
The dividing links are in action on the dividing arms. The clawkers g, h, for
turning.the ratchet wheel for winding up the lace roller, are in action. Tho
ordinary chopper Y, for turning the usual racking wheels at the right-hand
end of the machine, is in action on its ratchet wheel. The notched wheel 37,
for regulating the times of giving off threads from the measuring roller 11 for
the formation of spots, has a prominence on its edge in action on the tooth of
the upright lever, and thereby holds the lifter 32 (of the lever 20 for turning
the measuring roller 11) forwards, away from under the pin 41 in the lever 20.
And note. All the wheels on the back axis stand with the teeth of their levers
on No. 44. The racking wheels for the front comb bar and guido bar stand
with their ends of their bolts on No. 9, and the extra racking wheels 7 and 8
for the extra guide bars 3 and 4, and the turn again comb bar, and also the
wheels 67 and 70 for lifting the driver of the ordinary back catch bar wheels,
and the clawker of the extra front catch bar wheels, stand with the teeth
of their levers on No. 44. The racking wheels for the extra pusher bars
also stand with their teeth on No. 44. The front comb bar stands racked
to the left as far as it can go against its dead stop at the left-hand end
of the machine; it is capable of racking two spaces in all of one twentieth
of an inch for a ten-point gage machine. The main guide bar, stands
racked in a middle position, from which it can go one space to the right or one

page_text: space to the left. The extra guide bar 3 stands racked in a middle position,
from which it can go one space to the right or one space to the left, and its
guides 1 stand opposite to the place of the right handmost of the two guides
which has been cut out of the row of main guides where a spot is intended to be
made; the extra guide bar 4 also stands racked in a middle position, from
which it can go two spaces to the right or one space to the left, and its guides
2 stand opposite to the place of the left handmost of the two guides which has
been cut out of the row of main guides, so that the threads in the main guides
and in the extra guides together form an unbroken row of threads. The turn-
again comb bar stands racked to the left as far as it can go; it is only capable
of racking one space in all. The extra pusher bars both stand racked to the left
as far as they can go, the front one can only move one space, the back one two
spaces. The front extra pushers stand over certain main pushers and opposite
to the second carriage to the left hand of the left handmost extra guide thread,
which thread is in a guide on the guide bar 4; the back extra pushers stand over
the vacancies in the back main pushers and opposite to the first carriage to the
left hand of the left handmost extra guide thread, so that the main pushers and
extra pushers together form one unbroken row of pushers. The back point bar
stands racked to the right as far as it can go; it is only capable of racking one
space of one-twentieth part of an inch for a ten-point gage machine, or half the
space between one point and another. This position being understood, the mode
of operation is as follows:-Extend the landing bars of the machine to draw
the two divisions of carriages through and clear away from the warp threads,
the front division into the front combs, and the back division into the back
combs; and when the carriages are quite clear of the threads, rack No. 1, both
of the racking wheels and of the notched wheels, this racks the front combs
two spaces to the right, with the front division of carriages in them.
the bars; the front catch bar is raised for an instant, and then let fall again
when the carriages get quite in the centre, so as to secure all the carriages in
one row; the back catch bar is raised. Extend the bars to bring all the
carriages through forwards into the front combs, and rack No. 2, which racks
the front combs two spaces to the left, with all the carriages in them. Close
the bars; the back catch bar is let fall, and the front one is raised. Extend
the bars to take all the carriages through backwards, and rack No. 3, which
racks the main guides one space to the left, and also all the extra guides one
space to the left, for they are all acting as one row of guides at present.
Close the bars; the front catch bar is let fall, and the back one raised. Extend
the bars to bring all the carriages through forwards, and rack No. 4, which
racks all the guides one space to the right. Close the bars; the back catch
Close

page_text: bar is let fall, and the front one is raised. Extend the bars to take the
carriages through backwards, and rack No 5, which racks all the guides one
space to the left. This racking of the guides at No. 5 is for the purpose of
placing the warp threads in a favorable position for the back points taken up
as they have to take up all the twist, for at No. 6 the twist which is formed a
No. 5 will be taken off again, and No. 5 also let loose the back stop ready for
locking. Closo the bars; the front catch bar remains up, the back one down
the landing bars are locked by the back stop U. Take up with the back points,
and divide the carriages by pressing the left treadle; as they descend, tooth 1
of the ratchet 15 of the wheel 16 for racking the back points is turned by
means of its driver 17, and brings a fall of the wheel 16 into action against
the tooth in the end of the lever 18; this allows the strong spring 21 to pull
the back point bar one space to the left hand, that its points may stand inter-
spaced to the front ones ready for taking up all the twist in the plain net.
Just before the back points get down, the finger piece 36 on the tail pole
of the back point spindle bar gets up to the bent prong of the fork lever
35 and pushes it towards the right hand, and by so doing withdraws the
sliding stop bolt 30 from under the end of the stop picce 29, which projects
downwards from the tail pole lover of the front. point spindle bar, and in
consequence thereof the tail pole drops and raises the front points up to the
highest of the two levels at which they rest in the threads. As the back
points go up, the driver attached to their spindle bar turns a tooth of the
ratchet wheel of the back axis, whereby the back stop. is unlocked, leaving
the landing bars at liberty. Extend the bars to take the front division of
carriages into the front combs and the back division into the back combs, and
rack No. 6, which racks the front combs two spaces to the right, with the
front division of carriages in them, and racks all the guides two spaces to the
right, thereby taking the twist off which was formed at No. 5. Close the bars;
the back catch bar rises for a moment-and then falls again, and secures all the
carriages in one row; the front catch bar is raised. Extend the bars to take all
the carriages through backwards, and rack No. 7, which racks_the_front.combs.
two spaces to the left, but no carriages in them, and all the guides ono space
to the left. Close the bars; the front catch bar is let fall and the back. one is
raised. Extend the bars to bring all the carriages through forwards, and rack
No. 8, which racks all the guides one space to the right. Close the bars; the
back catch bar is let fall, and the front one is raised.. Extend the bars to take
all the carriages through backwards, and rack No. 9, which racks all, the
guides one space to the left, and let loose the back stop ready for locking. Close
the bars, they are locked by the backstop; the back catch bar remains down,

page_text: and the front one remains up. Take up with the front points, and divide the
carriages by pressing the right-band treadle. Just before they get quite
down, the finger piece 36 on the tail pole of the front point spindle bars gets
up to the bent prong of the forked lever 35, and pushes it towards the left
hand, and thereby withdraws the sliding stop bolt 30 from under the end of
the stop piece 29, which projects downwards from the tail pole lever of the
back point spindle bar, and in consequence thereof the tail pole drops and
raises the back points up to the highest of the two levels at which they rest in
the threads. As the front points go up, the driver 43, attached to their
spindle bar, turns one tooth of the ratchet wheel 39 of the back axis,
whereby the back stop is unlocked. The ordinary racking wheels have now
gone once round, and one complete row of meshes of net has been made, and
the said wheels will make two more revolutions and three motions more before
any variation in the mode of operation takes place, which will bring No. 30 of
the large racking wheels, and also No. 30 of the notched wheels, on the back
axis round to the teeth in the ends of their levers, and all the extra guides
will partake of the same racking motions as the main guides until after
No. 30. The front points will take up twice, and the back points will take
up twice, and tooth 2 and 3 of the small wheel for racking the back points
will be turned, but will not affect the points as there is no rise at those
numbers; but the joint bar of the back points will bear against its left-hand
dead stop on the arm of their spindle bar. The continuance of the operation
is as follows:-Extend the bars to bring all the carriages through forward,
and rack No. 4 and 31, which rack the main guides one space to the right,
but none of the extra guides move. Close the bars; the back catch bar is let
fall, and the front one is raised. In closing the bars, No. 31 of both the extra
pusher bar racking wheels is turned, which racks the front extra pushers ono
space the right, thereby closing a space between two front pushers; and the
back extra pushers rack two spaces to the right, thereby opening a vacancy in
the row of back pushers opposite to the extra front pushers, for the purpose of
making the bullet hole, over which the spot is to be formed. Extend the bars
to take the carriages through backwards, and rack No. 5 and 32, which racks
the main guides one space to the left; the extra guides do not move; the
back stop is released ready for locking. Close the bars, they are locked by
the back stop; the back catch bar remains down, the front oue remains up.
Take up with the back points and divide the carriages as at No. 5; as the
points descend tooth 4 of the wheel for racking the back points is turned; as the
points go up a tooth of the ratchet wheel 39 of the back axis is turned, which
releases the back stop, and the stop bolt 30 is moved and performs the same

page_text: action as at No. 5. Extend the bars to take the front division of carriages into
the front combs and the back division into the back combs, and rack No. 6
and 33, which rack the front combs two spaces to the right with the front
division of carriages in them, and racks the main guides two spaces to the
right, and all the extra guides one space to the right, and the turn-again combs
one space to the right. Close the bars; the back catch bar rises for an instant,
and then falls again, to secure all the carriages in one row; the front catch bar
rises. Extend the bars to take all the carriages through backwards, and rack
No. 7 and 34, which rack the front combs two spaces to the left, the main
guides one space to the left; at No. 34 a rise on the notched' wheel 57 is
brought into action and disengages the dividing links M, N, and a fall on the
notched wheel 37 pulls the hook at the bottom of the lifter 32 backwards
under the pin 41 in the giving-off lever 20, and a fall in the notched wheel 38
disengages the winding-up clawkers of the ratchet wlicel for the lace roller.
Close the bars; the front catch bar is let fall, and the back one is raised.
Extend the bars to bring the carriages through forwards, and rack Nos. 8
and 35, which rack the main guides one space to the right, and rack the extra
guides 1 one space to the left, and racks the extra guides 2 two spaces to the
right, and rack the turn-again combs one space to the left; and a fall on the
nctched wheel 70 lets into action the clawker of the extra front catch bar
wheels, and a prominence on the notched wheel 66 takes out of action the
driver of the ordinary front plain net catch bar wheels. Close the bars; the
back catch bar falls, and the front one is raised by its extra wheel. Extend tho
bars to take the carriages through backwards, and rack Nos. 9 and 36, which
rack the main guides one space to the left, and the extra guides.1 two spaces
to the right, and the extra guides 2 two spaces to the left; and prominence on
the notched wheel 67 coming into action lifts up out of action the driver of
the ordinary back catch bar wheels, and a fall of the notched wheel 68 lets into
action the clawker of the back extra catch bar wheels, and a rise on the
notched wheel 48 raises the front end of the lever 25, to prevent the chopper
Y-acting on the ratchet of the ordinary racking wheels; the back stop is let
loose: Close the bars, they are locked by the back stop; the front catch bar
which is now acted upon by its extra wheel is let fall, and the back catch bar
which is now. acted upon by its extra wheel is raised. Take up with the front
points; but the carriages are not divided at this time of taking up the front
points; take up the cross of the last now of half holes, and also the first lap of
the row of spots; when the points get nearly down the hook of the under end
of the lifter 32 raises the back end of the lever 20, and by pulling the cord
28 turns the measuring roller 11 a little, in order to give off thread for

page_text: forming this row of spots; as the points go up the back stop is unlocked.
Extend the bars to bring the carriages through forwards, and rack No. 37
only, which racks the extra guides 1 two spaces to the left, and the extra
guides two spaces to the right. Close the bars; the back catch bar is let fall,
the front one is raised. Extend the bars to take the carriages through back-
wards, and rack No. 38 only, which racks the extra guides 1 two spaces to the
right, and the extra guides 2 two spaces to the left; the back stop is let loose
ready for locking. Close the bars; the front catch bar is let fall, the back one
is raised. Take up with the back points, the measuring roller is turned a
little as before; as the points descend tooth 5 of their ratchet 15 is turned,
which brings a rise on its notched wheel 16 into action against the tooth of its
lever 18, and thereby takes off the weight of the strong spring 21, and allows
the weak spring 22 to pull the back point bar up to its dead stop at the right-
hand end, this places the back points immediately under the front ones, and
they continue so, or immediately over them, all the time of spotting; this is the
second complete lap in the row of spots; as the points go up the back stop is
unlocked. Extend the bars to bring the carriages through forwards, and rack
No. 39 only, which racks the extra guides 1 two spaces to the left, and the
extra guides 2 two spaces to the right. Close the bars; the back catch bar is
let fall, and the front one is raised. Extend the bars to take the carriages
through backwards, and rack No. 40 only, which racks the extra guides 1 two
spaces to the right, and the extra guides 2 two spaces to the left; the back
stop is let loose. Close the bars; the front catch bar is let fall, the back one
is raised, and the bars are locked. Take up with the front points, this takes
up the third complete lap of the spots, and the measuring roller 11 is turned
as before; as the points go up the back stop is unlocked. Extend the bars to
bring the carriages through forwards, and rack No. 41, which racks the extra
guides 1 two spaces to the left, and the extra guide 2 two spaces to the right.
Close the bars; the back catch bar is let fall, and the front one is raised.
Extend the bars to take the carriages through backwards, and rack No. 42,
which racks the extra guides 1 one space to the right, and the extra guides 2
two spaces to the left; the back stop is let loose. Close the bars; the front
catch bar is let fall, and the back one is raised, and the back stop is locked.
Take up with the back points, this takes up a fourth lap of the spot, and the
measuring roller is turned a little, as before; as the points descends tooth 6 of
the ratchet 15 of the wheel 16 for racking them is turned; as they go up the
back stop is released. Extend the bars to bring the carriages through
forwards, and rack No. 43, which racks the extra guides 1 and 2 each one
space to the right; and a prominence on the notched wheel 70 raises the

page_text: clawker of the front extra catch bar wheels out of action, and a fall on the
notched wheel 66 lets down the driver of the ordinary front catch bar wheels
Close the bars; as they close No. 43 of the ratchets of the extra pusher bar
racking wheels is turned; which racks the front extra pushers one space to
the left, and the back extra pushers two spaces to the left, thereby restoring
the pushers to their original position of two unbroken rows; the back catch
bar is let fall, and the front one, which is now on its ordinary wheel is
raised. Extend the bars to take the carriages through backwards, and
rack No. 44, which racks the extra guides 1 and 2 each one space to the left,
restoring them to one unbroken row with the main guides in their plain net
position. Also a fall on the notched wheels 67 allows the driver of the
ordinary back catch bar wheels to fall into action on its ratchet wheel, and
a rise on the notched wheel 68 takes out of action the clawker of the back
extra catch bar wheels, and a fall on the notched wheel takes 48 out of
action the lever 25, which has prevented the ordinary chopper of the usual
racking wheels from acting; a rise on the notched wheel 38 allows tho
clawkers g, h, of the ratchet wheel for winding up the lace roller.to drop into
action. Also a fall on the notched wheel 57 allows the dividing, links to fall
backwards under the pins in the dividing levers; and a rise on the notched
wheel 37 pushes the hook at the bottom of the lifter 32 away from under the
pin 41 in the giving-off lever 20; the back stop is let loose. Close the bars;
the ordinary wheels of tho back catch bar are now in action, the back catch
bar remains down, and the front one remains up. Take up with the front
points and divide the carriages. But note. No twist is taken up this time,
but the take-up is to divide the carriages. As the points go up the back stop
is unlocked. All the parts of the machine have now regained the. positions
they occupied at the commencement of this description. The ordinary racking
wheels have gone round four times, the extra racking wheels once, the
notched wheels once, and the small wheel 16, for racking the back point
bar, has gone round once. The points-have each taken up four times in the
plain net, and twice each in spotting, and four completo meshes of net have
been formed, together with a row of spots.
Another part of my said improvements in machinery for making bobbin net
ace relates to that kind of such machinery as is commonly called fluted
roller machinery, being constructed expressly to work single-tier fashion, with
single-tier combs and bobbin carriages, and two fluted rollers, which, together
with the comb bars, are constructed, disposed, and arranged according to part
of my improvements described. in my former Specification, dated the Sixth of
Junc, One thousand eight hundred and thirty-three, the improvement being

page_text: for the purpose of producing other fabrics, different from those usually called
bobbin net lace, from the action of such machinery by aid of the improve-
ments, the said fabrics being of the naturo of narrow weavings, such as narrow
tapes or ribbands of a clothwork woven texture. Sheet XXXI. is a full-size
section of part of a single-tier fluted roller machines, of the same kind a
herein before described, and represented in Sheet XIII., but adapted according
to this part of my present improvements, for producing narrow woven fabrics
as aforesaid. The said fabrics are composed of longitudinal warp threads and
transverse weft threads, crossing alternately over and under at right angles to
each other, as is explained by the Figure in Sheet XXXI., constituting what
is termed a plain cloth woven texture. The longitudinal or warp threads of
tho fabric are supplied, one-half of them, being every álternate thread, from the
usual warp roller and single-tier guides of the bobbin net machine, and
the other half, being the intermediate alternate threads, are supplied from the
single-tier bobbins in carriages of the said machine, which, by their accustomed
swing or vibration, are passed and repassed through between the warp or
guide threads, from the back combs to the front combs; and vice versa. The
transverse or weft threads are supplied from weaving guides applied on bars
in back and front of the ordinary guides in the space between the comb bars,
which weaving bars are capable of moving endways as far as is requisite for
passing across and across the width of the narrow weavings. The said weft
thread guides stand up between the bobbin carriages, in order to reach up to
the edge of the worked bar at the central line of curvature of the combs, in
order to lay the weft threads' across and across in the work at that centre line;
and the upper ends of the said weft guides are adapted to force up the weft
threads, which they lay or shoot across the width of the narrow fabric into their
intended places in the said fabric, so as to perform the office of beating up the
weft, which is performed in ordinary cloth looms by the reed or slea. The
taking-up points of the ordinary bobbin net machinery are wholly laid aside,
being unnecessary. The fabric or material represented in Sheet XXXI..is
made upon a single-tier fluted roller machine, whereof the full-sized section
is contained in the same Sheet, and which machine may be considered to be
a fluted roller machine, with the point bars and all the work for actuating
them removed from the machine; the usual guide bars are also removed, and
a fixed bar substituted, with leads or 'brasses and guides in them, reaching up
just so high as to miss the teeth of the carriages as they vibrate backwards and
forwards from one set of combs to the other; and there are also two waving
guide bars mounted on the inside of the blades of the comb bars, one on the
back comb bar and the other on the front comb bar. These guide bars,

page_text: which I call weaving guide bars, have long brass stems or weft guides screwed
to them, and which stems reach up between the noses of the combs above the
tops of the carriages, and nearly touching the centre or work bar, and these
guides are formed with rounding tops of the shape shown full-size at "A," in
Sheet XXXI: Each of these weaving guides carries one weft thread, and
will be racked by a revolving notched wheel on the main axis of the machine
so far as to carry its weft thread quite through from one side or selvedge of
the narrow breadth of tape or ribband to the other selvedge, and even about
half the breadth of the top of the weaving guide beyond the edge of each
such stripe, tape, or ribband, in order that as the carriages are passed and
repassed through between the warp threads they may not interfere with the
weaving guides, which will be racked with a uniform motion endways from
right to left, and vice versa every time that the carriages are at their
extremities, the front weaving guides being racked towards the right whilst
the carriages are at one extremity of their swing, and the back weaving guides
towards the right whilst the carriages are at the next extremity in the opposite
combs, and then the front weaving guides are racked towards the left; when
in the carriages swing back to their first-mentioned extremity, and the back
weaving guides leftwards, when the carriages at tho next or second extremity,
so as to lay in the weft threads in the same manner as is done by shuttles in
a loom. The weaving threads. are supplied to their weaving guides from
separate thread rollers, which are mounted as in ordinary lace machines, and
weighted very lightly, so as to draw off freely at every throw or racking of the
weaving guides; and the longitudinal warp threads, which constitute one-half
of the longitudinal threads for the fabric, are supplied from a third roller,
mounted as usual, but weighted much more heavily than the.rollers which
supply the weft threads; the other half of the longitudinal threads are
supplied from the ordinary bobbins in the carriages, and which supply them-
selves as usual in lace machines As the weaving guides move endways in
being racked from one side of the tape or ribband to the other, they enter
between the longitudinal warp threads_and_the_bobbin-threads,-their-ends
being pointed like those of shuttles, and as their rounded tops press against
the bobbin threads they will serve to drive up the bobbin threads, and with
them the weft threads which had made their last shoot at the time the
carriages were at their previous extremity, so as to form a compact' tissue of
cloth woven fabric.
Having now described my said improvements in machinery for making
bobbin net lace, for the purpose of producing certain kinds of ornamented
bobbin net lace by aid of the improvements, and the manner of performing

page_text: the same, I, the said Thomas Alcock, do hereby declare that the new Inven-
tion, whereof the exclusive use is granted to me by the said Letters Patent,
dated the Seventeenth day of March, One thousand eight bundred and thirty-
six, consists in the following particulars :-
Firstly, part of my said Invention consists in the improvement, herein-before
described, of a new kind of intervening dividing plate, with radiating slits for
receiving the spool or warp threads of traverse warp machinery, in order to
guide and keep such threads separate, suitably for performing their traversing,
by action of the rows of forks and dividers, and suitably for preventing the
cotting of the threads together, the same being applicable to machinery
constructed according to my former improvements, for which two several
Letters Patent were granted me, on the Eighth day of December, One
thousand eight hundred and thirty-two, and other Letters Patent on the
Twelfth day of February, One thousand eight hundred and thirty-five. The
said new intervening dividing plate, with radiating slits, being applied to receive
and guide the spool or warp threads in the interval between the place where
the said spool or warp threads depart from their arrangement in a circular
row, and the place whero the same threads are brought into new arrangement
in a straight row, as herein-before explained.
Secondly, another part of my said Invention consists in the improvement,
herein-before described, of applying two rows of selecting guides, with their
accessaries, as herein-before described, to my former improved rotary traverse
warp machinery for producing spotted ornamented bobbin net lace (which
machinery is fully described in my former Specification, dated the Twelfth day
of August, One thousand eight hundred and thirty-five), such selecting guides
being formed with lateral hooked notches near to their extremities, which are
adapted to retain the traverse warp threads securely in the notches, so that
the said extremities being inserted into the spaces amongst the entire row of
warp threads, and then suitably racked will select, and by the said notches will
catch all those particular warp threads which require to be racked by them-
selves for the making of spots; and then by withdrawing the said selecting
guides from the row of warp threads, their hooked notches will draw out those
warp threads which have been caught and are retained therein, and by bend-
ing those threads outwards from their places in the general row of warp
threads, they will admit of being racked by the said selecting guides, inde-
pendently of and without interference with any of the other warp threads,
which continue undisturbed in their row; and a front row of such selecting
guides is applied, as aforesaid, to select and catch particular warp threads,
whilst a corresponding back row of such guides selects and catches the next

page_text: adjacent or fellow thread to each of those which are so selected by the front
guides, and by that means one of the threads of each pair of selected adjacent
warp threads can be racked to the right, whilst its fellow thread of the same
pair is racked to the left, so as to cross one before the other, or vice versa ;
and, moreover, the particular warp threads which have been so selected and
caught and drawn out by the said selecting guides may, if required, carry the
said selected warp threads across the places of their neighbouring warp threads
which remain undisturbed in their row, which said effects could not be
attained by any application of stump pins, such as are described in my former
Specification, nor by any kind of guides hitherto used in traverse warp lace
machinery; and by application of this part of my present improvements to my
said former traverse machinery, the spots which are produced in the net made
thereby will bo larger than could be made in the manner described in my
former Specification during the number of vibrations of the bobbin carriages,
which are therein (and herein-before) stated to be devoted to the making of
spots; wherefore the operation of my said former improvements is further im-
proved by the said application of this part of my present improvements thereto.
Thirdly, another part of my said Invention consists in the improvement,
herein-before described, in that kind of machinery for making bobbin net lace
which is commonly called Lever's single-tier machinery, when the same is
suitably adapted for making ornamented bobbin net lace of that kind which
is commonly made without traversing threads from selvedge to selvedge, and
having small hexagonal meshes and large octagonal meshes intermixed, and
having spots formed in the net for the ornament thereof, by accumulating
successive wrappings of pairs of adjacent warp threads around pairs of adja-
cent bobbin threads; the improvements consisting in the means, herein-before
described, of making such spots with what have been herein-before explained
as wrappings, in a figure-of-eight course, so as to produce a firm wickerwork
texture of spot.
Fourthly, another part of my said Invention consists in the improvement,
herein-before described, in that kind of machinery for making bobbin net lace
which is commonly called fluted roller machinery, working the same single-
tier fashion, or else constructing the same expressly for the purpose of working
single tier, for producing ornamented bobbin net lace of that kind which is
without traversing threads from selvedge to selvedge, and having large actas
gonal meshes and small hexagonal meshes intermixed, and being ornamented,
as aforesaid, with firm wickerwork spots of the kind herein-before described,
viz, composed of accumulations of figure-of-eight wrappings of pairs of warp
threads around pairs of bobbin threads.

page_text: Fifthly, another part of my said Invention consists in the improvement,
herein-before described, in that kind of machinery for making bobbin net lace
which is commonly called fluted roller machinery, working the same double-
tier fashion, for the purpose of producing ornamented bobbin net láce of that
kind which is without traversing. threads from selvedge to, selvedge, and
baving large octagonal and small hexagonal meshes intermixed, and being
ornamented, as aforesaid, with large and firm wickerwork spots of the kind
herein-before described, viz, composed of accumulations of figure-of-eight
wrappings of pairs of warp threads around pairs of bobbin thread.
Sixthly, another part of my said Invention consists in the improvement,
herein-before described, in that kind of machinery for making bobbin net lace
which is commonly called Lever's single-tier machinery, for the purpose of.
producing, by aid of the improvements, a bobbin net imitation of what is called
Valenciennes lace ornamented with wickerwork spots of the kind berein-
before explained.
Seventhly, another part of my said Invention consists in the improvement,
herein-before described, in that kind of machinery for making bobbin niet 'lace
which is commonly called fluted roller machinery, working the same single-tier
fashion, or else constructing the same expressly for the purpose of making
single tier, for producing by aid of the improvement a bobbin net imitation of
what is called Valenciennes lace ornamented with wickerwork spots of the
kind herein-before fully described.
Eighthly, another part of my said Invention consists in the improvement,
herein-before described, in that kind of machinery for making bobbin net lace
which is commonly called double-tier fluted roller machinery, for the purpose
of producing by aid of the improvement a bobbin net imitation of Valenciennes
lace ornamented with large wickerwork spots of the kind herein-before fully
described.
Ninthly, another part of my said Invention consists in the improvement,
herein-before described, in that kind of machinery for making bobbin net-lace
which is commonly called double-tier circular bolt or circular comb machinery,
with driving bars and lockers for moving the bobbin carriages in their 'circular
combs, for the purpose of producing, by aid of the improvement, -spotted
ornaniented bobbin net lace having traversing threads from selvedge to
selvedge, of the plain transparent ground of the net, in the usual manner of the
bobbin net lace made by such machinery, the spots which are to be produced
by aid of the improvements being composed of wrappings of pairs of adjacent
warp threads around (or around and between) [airs of corresponding bobbin

page_text: threads, and which bobbin threads do not make their accustomed crossings at
the places where they so concur in forming spots, but the said threads turn-
again from such places as they would do if they were required to form a bullet
hole in place of a spot at overy such place. And note.-Although I have by way
of example represented and described this part of my improvements as being
applied to double-tier machinery having driving bars and lockers for moving
the bobbin carriages in their circular bolts or circular combs, my said
improvements are equally applicable to any other double-tier machinery which
is capable of allowing its bobbin carriages to perform what are called turn-
again evolutions, such as are required for making bullet holes, or for making
breadths.
Tenthly, another part of my said Invention consists in the improvement,
herein-before described, in that kind of machinery for making bobbin net lace,
which is commonly called single-tier Lever's machinery, for the purpose of
producing, by aid of the improvement, ornamented bobbin net lace having
diagonal threads traversing from selvedge to selvedge, as is most usual in the
bobbin net lace made by like machinery, and being ornamented with spots,
which are produced by aid of the improvement from accumulation of wrappings
of pairs of adjacent warp threads around (or around and between) pairs of
corresponding bobbin threads, and which bobbin threads do not make their
accustomed crossings at the places where they so concur in forming spots, but
those threads turn-again from such places, in the same manner as they would
do if they were required to produce bullet holes at such places instead of
spots.
Eleventhly, and lastly, another part of my said Invention consists in the
improvement, herein-before described, in machinery for making bobbin net lace,
which is in part constructed according to my former Patent improvements of
the Eighth of December, One thousand eight hundred and thirty-two, for the
purpose of producing, by aid of the improvements, certain fabrics other than
those commonly called ornamented bobbin net lace, those fabrics being of
the nature of narrow weavings of clothwork texture, as herein-before
described.
In witness whereof, I, the said Thomas Alcock, have hereunto set my
hand and seal, this Seventeenth day of September, One thousand eight
hundred and thirty-six.
THOMAS (L.S.) ALCOCK.

page_text: AND BE IT REMEMBERED, that on the Seventeenth day of September,
in the seventh year of the reign of His Majesty King William the Fourth,
the said Thomas Alcock came before our said Lord the King in His Chancery,
and acknowledged the instrument aforesaid, and all and every thing therein
contained and specified, in form above written. And also the instrument
aforesaid was stamped according to the tenor of the Statute made in the
fifty-fifth year of the reign of His late Majesty King George the Third.
Inrolled the Seventeenth day of September, One thousand eight hundred
and thirty-six.

page_text: A Fluted, roller, rotary, traverse, warp Lace Machine such as is described in Thomas Alcock's former Specification of the
6th of June 1833 for making breadths of bobbin Nel Lace with additional improvements applied thereto according to
his other Specification of the 12th of August 1835. for the purpose of producing ornamental spots in such net, and also with
part of the present improvements applied thereto for the purpose of producing larger spots in such net than by the former